TW201828705A - Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method - Google Patents

Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201828705A
TW201828705A TW106142775A TW106142775A TW201828705A TW 201828705 A TW201828705 A TW 201828705A TW 106142775 A TW106142775 A TW 106142775A TW 106142775 A TW106142775 A TW 106142775A TW 201828705 A TW201828705 A TW 201828705A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
motion vector
block
reference picture
candidate
candidate motion
Prior art date
Application number
TW106142775A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
遠間正真
安倍清史
西孝啓
橋本隆
Original Assignee
美商松下電器(美國)知識產權公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 美商松下電器(美國)知識產權公司 filed Critical 美商松下電器(美國)知識產權公司
Publication of TW201828705A publication Critical patent/TW201828705A/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N19/00Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
    • H04N19/50Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
    • H04N19/503Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
    • H04N19/51Motion estimation or motion compensation
    • H04N19/513Processing of motion vectors
    • H04N19/517Processing of motion vectors by encoding
    • H04N19/52Processing of motion vectors by encoding by predictive encoding

Abstract

An encoding device comprising a memory and a circuit that can access the memory, wherein the circuit that can access the memory maps each of a plurality of reference blocks to a corresponding region of an image to be encoded, according to motion vectors of said reference blocks, said reference blocks including one or more reference blocks that are included in a first reference picture constituting a first reference picture list and one or more reference blocks that are included in a second reference picture constituting a second reference picture list, and if the corresponding region overlaps with a block to be encoded of the image to be encoded, the circuit derives a candidate motion vector, as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors, from the motion vectors of the reference blocks that were mapped to the corresponding region, selects a predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and uses the predicted motion vector to encode information of the block to be encoded.

Description

編碼裝置、解碼裝置、編碼方法及解碼方法Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method and decoding method

發明領域 本揭示是有關於一種將動態圖像之資訊進行編碼之編碼裝置等。FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present disclosure relates to an encoding apparatus or the like that encodes information of a moving image.

背景技術 迄今,作為用來編碼動態圖像之規格已有H.265。H.265亦被稱為HEVC(High Efficiency Video Coding/高效率視訊編碼)。Background Art Heretofore, H.265 has been used as a specification for encoding a moving image. H.265 is also known as HEVC (High Efficiency Video Coding).

先行技術文獻 非專利文獻 非專利文獻1:H.265(ISO/IEC 23008-2 HEVC(High Efficiency Coding))Advance Technical Literature Non-Patent Literature Non-Patent Document 1: H.265 (ISO/IEC 23008-2 HEVC (High Efficiency Coding))

發明概要 發明欲解決之課題 惟,若動態圖像之編碼量變多,動態圖像之傳送延遲就變大,動態圖像之記憶容量也變大。其結果使資源及能源等之消費量變多。SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Problem to be Solved by the Invention However, when the amount of coding of a moving image increases, the transmission delay of a moving image becomes large, and the memory capacity of a moving image also becomes large. As a result, the consumption of resources and energy has increased.

在此,本揭示是提供一種編碼裝置等,該編碼裝置等可支援有關於動態圖像之編碼量之削減。Here, the present disclosure provides an encoding apparatus or the like that can support reduction in the amount of encoding of a moving image.

用以解決課題之手段 本揭示一態樣之編碼裝置是將動態圖像的資訊進行編碼,包含有記憶體、及可對前述記憶體進行存取之電路,可對前述記憶體進行存取之前述電路是:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於編碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象圖像中的編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述編碼對象區塊的預動移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量;且使用前述預測移動向量,將前述編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。Means for Solving the Problem The encoding device of the present disclosure encodes information of a moving image, and includes a memory and a circuit for accessing the memory, and the memory can be accessed. The foregoing circuit is: according to the motion vector of the reference block, respectively mapping a plurality of the foregoing reference blocks to corresponding regions in the image to be encoded, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include 1 included in the first reference picture. One or more reference blocks and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, the first reference picture is a first reference picture list constituting two reference picture lists for bi-prediction, the foregoing The reference picture is a second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists; when the corresponding area overlaps the coding target block in the encoding target image, the reference area that has been mapped to the corresponding area is a motion vector of the block, the candidate motion vector is derived as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the pre-motion vector of the encoding target block; and the plurality of candidate movements from the foregoing Among the selected amount of the prediction motion vector; and using the predicted motion vector, the information about the coding target block is encoded.

另,該等概括性或者是具體性的態樣,可以透過系統、裝置、方法、積體電路、電腦程式、或者、電腦可讀取之CD-ROM等之非暫時性記錄媒體來實現,也可以透過系統、裝置、方法、積體電路、電腦程式、及記錄媒體的任意組合來實現。In addition, the generality or the specific aspect can be realized by a non-transitory recording medium such as a system, a device, a method, an integrated circuit, a computer program, or a computer-readable CD-ROM. This can be achieved by any combination of systems, devices, methods, integrated circuits, computer programs, and recording media.

發明之效果 本揭示一態樣之編碼裝置等可支援與動態圖像有關之編碼量之削減。Advantageous Effects of Invention The coding apparatus and the like of one aspect of the present invention can support the reduction of the amount of coding associated with moving pictures.

用以實施發明之形態 (成為本揭示之基礎的見解) 在構成動態圖像之區塊的編碼中,有使用畫面間預測的情形。畫面間預測也被稱為移動補償。MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION (Discussion on the basis of the present disclosure) In the coding of a block constituting a moving image, there is a case where inter-picture prediction is used. Inter-picture prediction is also known as motion compensation.

例如,編碼裝置對編碼對象區塊的編碼使用畫面間預測時,檢測(推定)動態圖像的移動,藉此來檢測編碼對象區塊的移動向量。接著,編碼裝置是參考在時間性質上不同於編碼對象區塊的參考圖片之中,藉編碼對象區塊的移動向量所指示的圖像,而產生編碼對象區塊的預測圖像。然後,編碼裝置是將編碼對象區塊的圖像與編碼對象區塊的預測圖像之差分圖像進行編碼。For example, when the encoding apparatus uses inter-picture prediction for encoding of the encoding target block, the moving of the moving image is detected (estimated), thereby detecting the motion vector of the encoding target block. Next, the encoding apparatus refers to an image indicated by a motion vector of the encoding target block among the reference pictures different in temporal property from the encoding target block, and generates a predicted image of the encoding target block. Then, the encoding device encodes the difference image between the image of the encoding target block and the predicted image of the encoding target block.

編碼裝置也可將編碼對象區塊的移動向量進行編碼。此時,解碼裝置是將解碼對象區塊的移動向量及差分圖像進行解碼,並且使用解碼對象區塊的移動向量及差分圖像,將解碼對象區塊進行解碼。The encoding device can also encode the motion vector of the encoding target block. At this time, the decoding apparatus decodes the motion vector and the difference image of the decoding target block, and decodes the decoding target block using the motion vector and the difference image of the decoding target block.

具體來說,解碼裝置參考在時間性質上不同於解碼對象區塊的參考圖片之中,藉解碼對象區塊的移動向量所指示的圖像,而產生解碼對象區塊的預測圖像。然後,解碼裝置將解碼對象區塊的預測圖像與解碼對象區塊的差分圖像相加,藉此再構成解碼對象區塊的圖像。Specifically, the decoding apparatus refers to the image indicated by the motion vector of the decoding target block among the reference pictures different in temporal property from the decoding target block, and generates a predicted image of the decoding target block. Then, the decoding device adds the predicted image of the decoding target block to the difference image of the decoding target block, thereby reconstructing the image of the decoding target block.

編碼裝置在編碼對象區塊的移動向量的編碼中,也可將編碼對象區塊的移動向量與編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量間的差分移動向量進行編碼。The encoding apparatus may encode the difference motion vector between the motion vector of the encoding target block and the prediction motion vector of the encoding target block in the encoding of the motion vector of the encoding target block.

此時,編碼裝置從複數個區塊的複數個移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量。該等複數個區塊,例如包括在空間性質上不同於編碼對象區塊之複數個區塊、及在時間性質上不同於編碼對象區塊之1個區塊。然後,編碼裝置從複數個候選移動向量之中,將用以特定預測移動向量的預測移動向量索引進行編碼。At this time, the encoding device derives a plurality of candidate motion vectors with respect to the predicted motion vector from a plurality of motion vectors of the plurality of blocks. The plurality of blocks include, for example, a plurality of blocks different in spatial nature from the coding target block, and one block that is temporally different from the coding target block. Then, the encoding device encodes the predicted motion vector index for the specific predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors.

接著,解碼裝置將解碼對象區塊的差分移動向量及預測移動向量索引進行解碼。又,解碼裝置從複數個區塊的複數個移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量。該等複數個區塊是對應於在編碼時導出複數個候選移動向量時所使用的複數個區塊,例如包括在空間性質上不同於解碼對象區塊之複數個區塊、及在時間性質上不同於解碼對象區塊之1個區塊。Next, the decoding device decodes the differential motion vector and the predicted motion vector index of the decoding target block. Further, the decoding means derives a plurality of candidate motion vectors with respect to the prediction motion vector from a plurality of motion vectors of the plurality of blocks. The plurality of blocks are corresponding to a plurality of blocks used when deriving a plurality of candidate motion vectors at the time of encoding, for example, including a plurality of blocks different in spatial nature from the decoding target block, and in time nature It is different from the 1 block of the decoding target block.

接著,解碼裝置使用解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量索引,從複數個候選移動向量之中,特定解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量。然後,解碼裝置將解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量、與解碼對象區塊的差分移動向量相加,藉此導出解碼對象區塊的移動向量。藉此,編碼裝置與解碼裝置可使用相同的移動向量。Next, the decoding apparatus uses the predicted motion vector index of the decoding target block to specify a prediction motion vector of the decoding target block from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Then, the decoding device adds the predicted motion vector of the decoding target block to the differential motion vector of the decoding target block, thereby deriving the motion vector of the decoding target block. Thereby, the encoding device and the decoding device can use the same motion vector.

編碼裝置及解碼裝置在被稱為預測移動向量指定模式之動作模式中,也可進行使用如上述之差分移動向量的動作。The coding apparatus and the decoding apparatus may perform an operation using the differential motion vector as described above in an operation mode called a prediction motion vector designation mode.

又,編碼裝置也可使用編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量作為編碼對象區塊的移動向量,來產生預測圖像。同樣地,解碼裝置也可使用解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量作為解碼對象區塊的移動向量,而產生預測圖像。編碼裝置及解碼裝置也可在被稱為合併模式之動作模式中進行如此的動作。Further, the encoding apparatus may also generate a predicted image by using the predicted motion vector of the encoding target block as the motion vector of the encoding target block. Similarly, the decoding apparatus can also generate a predicted image by using the predicted motion vector of the decoding target block as the motion vector of the decoding target block. The encoding device and the decoding device can also perform such an operation in an operation mode called a merge mode.

又,例如編碼裝置在從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量之際,評價複數個候選移動向量之每一個,選擇在複數個候選移動向量之中最高度評價的候選移動向量,來作為預測移動向量亦可。此時,編碼裝置是在2個評價對象區域的適合程度愈高,則對評價對象的候選移動向量予以愈高度評價,其中前述2個評價對象區域是不同於編碼對象區塊之2個區域,且至少其中一者是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。Further, for example, when the prediction apparatus selects the prediction motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the coding apparatus evaluates each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and selects the candidate motion vector that is the most highly evaluated among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Predictive motion vectors are also available. In this case, the higher the degree of suitability of the two evaluation target regions is, the higher the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target is, and the two evaluation target regions are two regions different from the coding target block. And at least one of them is two regions determined in accordance with the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object.

此時,解碼裝置也可在從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量之際,評價複數個候選移動向量之每一個,並且選擇在複數個候選移動向量之中被最高度評價的候選移動向量,來作為預測移動向量。此時,解碼裝置是在2個評價對象區域的適合程度愈高,則對評價對象的候選移動向量予以愈高度評價,其中前述2個評價對象區域是不同於解碼對象區塊之2個區域,且至少其中一者是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。At this time, the decoding apparatus may evaluate each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors when selecting the prediction motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and select the candidate motion that is most highly evaluated among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Vector, as a predictive motion vector. In this case, the higher the degree of suitability of the two evaluation target regions, the higher the evaluation of the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target, wherein the two evaluation target regions are two regions different from the decoding target block. And at least one of them is two regions determined in accordance with the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object.

藉此,編碼裝置與解碼裝置是可按照相同的選擇方法,而導出相同的預測移動向量。然後,編碼裝置與解碼裝置是使用所導出之預測移動向量來作為移動向量,藉此,可在不伴隨有移動向量的編碼及解碼的情況下使用相同的移動向量。如此技術也被稱為FRUC(Frame Rate Up-Conversion)。Thereby, the encoding device and the decoding device can derive the same predicted motion vector according to the same selection method. Then, the encoding device and the decoding device use the derived prediction motion vector as the motion vector, whereby the same motion vector can be used without encoding and decoding of the motion vector. This technique is also known as FRUC (Frame Rate Up-Conversion).

在上述各態樣中,是從複數個候選移動向量中選擇預測移動向量。此時,若在複數個候選移動向量中不含適合的候選移動向量時,就不能導出適合的預測移動向量。然後,若不能導出適合的預測移動向量時,就不能進行適當的預測處理,會使編碼效率降低,編碼量變多。接著,使動態圖像的傳送延遲變得更大,動態圖像的記憶容量也變得更大。結果就會造成資源及能源等的消耗量變多。In each of the above aspects, the predicted motion vector is selected from a plurality of candidate motion vectors. At this time, if a suitable candidate motion vector is not included in the plurality of candidate motion vectors, an appropriate prediction motion vector cannot be derived. Then, if an appropriate prediction motion vector cannot be derived, appropriate prediction processing cannot be performed, and the coding efficiency is lowered and the amount of coding is increased. Next, the transmission delay of the moving image is made larger, and the memory capacity of the moving image is also made larger. As a result, the consumption of resources and energy will increase.

在此,本揭示一態樣之編碼裝置是將動態圖像的資訊進行編碼,包含有記憶體、及可對前述記憶體進行存取之電路,可對前述記憶體進行存取之前述電路是:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於編碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象圖像中的編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述編碼對象區塊的預動移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量;且使用前述預測移動向量,將前述編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。Herein, an encoding apparatus according to an aspect of the present invention encodes information of a moving image, and includes a memory and a circuit that can access the memory, and the foregoing circuit that can access the memory is And correspondingly mapping a plurality of the foregoing reference blocks to corresponding regions in the image to be encoded according to the motion vector of the reference block, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more included in the first reference picture. a reference block and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, wherein the first reference picture is a first reference picture list constituting a list of two reference pictures used for bi-prediction, and the second reference picture Is a second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists; when the corresponding corresponding area overlaps the coding target block in the encoding target image, the motion vector from the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding area is Deriving a candidate motion vector as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the pre-motion vector of the encoding target block; selecting the foregoing from the plurality of candidate motion vectors Measuring motion vector; and using the predicted motion vector, the information about the coding target block is encoded.

藉此,編碼裝置可從參考區塊導出適合的候選移動向量,該參考區塊是在第1參考圖片清單及第2參考圖片清單中的複數個參考區塊之中,假設對於編碼對象區塊具有高關聯性的參考區塊。因此,編碼裝置能提高在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量含有適合的候選移動向量之可能性。Thereby, the encoding device may derive a suitable candidate motion vector from the reference block, wherein the reference block is among the plurality of reference blocks in the first reference picture list and the second reference picture list, and is assumed to be the coding target block. Reference block with high correlation. Therefore, the encoding apparatus can increase the likelihood that a plurality of candidate motion vectors for selecting a predicted motion vector contain suitable candidate motion vectors.

然後,藉此,編碼裝置可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像的編碼量之削減。Then, the encoding device can support the derivation of a suitable prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the encoding amount of the moving image.

例如,前述電路也可在將前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊分別在前述編碼對象圖像中進行對映之後,再將前述第2參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊分別在空白區域中進行對映,前述空白區域是在前述編碼對象圖像之中前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊未被對映之區域。For example, the above-described circuit may perform mapping of one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture in the encoding target image, and then one or more reference areas in the second reference picture. The blocks are respectively mapped in a blank area, and the blank area is an area in which one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture are not mapped in the encoding target image.

藉此,編碼裝置可較第2參考圖片清單中的1個以上的參考區塊,更優先地對第1參考圖片清單中的1個以上的參考區塊進行對映。有下列情況,即,第1參考圖片清單中的參考區塊之移動向量的可靠性是高於第2參考圖片清單中的參考區塊之移動向量的可靠性。在如此情況下,編碼裝置可依照可靠性較高的移動向量,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus can more preferentially map one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture list than one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture list. There is a case where the reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the first reference picture list is higher than the reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the second reference picture list. In this case, the encoding device can derive a suitable candidate motion vector according to the highly reliable motion vector.

又,例如,前述電路也可在前述複數個參考區塊之中的2個以上的參考區塊被對映的2個以上的對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象區塊時,從前述2個以上的參考區塊之2個以上的移動向量中的至少1個移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量。Further, for example, the above-described circuit may overlap two or more of the two or more corresponding regions in which two or more reference blocks of the plurality of reference blocks are mapped in the coding target block. The candidate motion vector is derived by referring to at least one of two or more motion vectors of the block.

藉此,編碼裝置可從複數個參考區塊中之至少1個參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量,前述複數個參考區塊是假設為對於編碼對象區塊具有高關聯性的區塊。Thereby, the encoding device may derive a suitable candidate motion vector from at least one of the plurality of reference blocks, the plurality of reference blocks being assumed to have a high correlation with the coding target block.

又,例如,前述電路也可在不存在有重疊在前述編碼對象區塊之前述對應區域,且存在有重疊在前述編碼對象區塊的周邊區域的前述對應區域時,從已被對映於重疊在前述周邊區域的前述對應區塊之參考區塊的移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量。Further, for example, the circuit may be mapped to overlap when there is no corresponding region overlapping the encoding target block and there is a corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region of the encoding target block. The candidate motion vector is derived from the motion vector of the reference block of the aforementioned corresponding block in the foregoing peripheral area.

藉此,就算編碼對象區塊中之參考區塊沒被對映,編碼裝置也可依照編碼對象區塊的周邊中已被對映之參考區塊的移動向量,導出適合的前述候選移動向量。Thereby, even if the reference block in the coding target block is not mapped, the encoding device may derive the appropriate candidate motion vector according to the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped in the periphery of the coding target block.

又,例如,前述電路也可在從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量時,評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個,於前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇被評價最高的候選移動向量,做為前述預測移動向量,在評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個時,2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像間之適合程度越高,越高度評價前述評價對象的候選移動向量,前述2個比較對象區域是與前述編碼對象區塊不同的2個區域,且至少其中一者是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。Further, for example, the circuit may evaluate each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors when selecting the prediction motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and select the highest evaluated among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. The candidate motion vector is used as the prediction motion vector. When evaluating each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the degree of suitability between the reconstructed images of the two comparison target regions is higher, and the candidate motion of the evaluation object is highly evaluated. The vector, the two comparison target regions are two regions different from the coding target block, and at least one of them is two regions determined in accordance with the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target.

藉此,編碼裝置可參考與編碼對象區塊不同區域的再構成圖像,評價各候選移動向量,從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。因此,編碼裝置與解碼裝置可以用相同方法,從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。藉此,編碼裝置可以省略選擇預測移動向量用之資訊的編碼,可支援編碼量的削減。Thereby, the encoding apparatus can evaluate each candidate motion vector with reference to the reconstructed image of the region different from the encoding target block, and select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Therefore, the encoding device and the decoding device can select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors in the same manner. Thereby, the encoding apparatus can omit the encoding of the information for selecting the prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the encoding amount.

又,例如,前述電路也可在從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量時,導出適用有定標比值(scaling ratio)之前述參考區塊的移動向量,做為前述候選移動向量,前述定標比值是從包括前述編碼對象圖像之編碼對象圖片到包括前述參考區塊之參考圖片的時間差之相對於從包括前述參考區塊的參考圖片到包括前述參考區塊的移動向量所指示的參考區域的參考圖片的時間差之比值。Moreover, for example, the foregoing circuit may also derive a motion vector of the reference block to which a scaling ratio is applied when the candidate motion vector is derived from a motion vector of a reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region. As the foregoing candidate motion vector, the foregoing scaling ratio value is a time difference from a coding target picture including the foregoing encoding target image to a reference picture including the foregoing reference block, with respect to from a reference picture including the aforementioned reference block to the foregoing The ratio of the time differences of the reference pictures of the reference area indicated by the motion vector of the reference block.

藉此,編碼裝置可適當地將參考區塊的移動向量進行定標,可導出已被定標的移動向量做為候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding device can appropriately scale the motion vector of the reference block, and can derive the scaled motion vector as the candidate motion vector.

又,例如,前述編碼對象區塊也可為做為編碼單位而決定的區塊,或者是在做為編碼單位而決定的區塊中以預定尺寸而決定的子區塊。Further, for example, the encoding target block may be a block determined as a coding unit or a sub-block determined by a predetermined size in a block determined as a coding unit.

藉此,編碼裝置可針對編碼單位的區塊,或者編碼單位的區塊內的子區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding device can derive a suitable candidate motion vector for the block of the coding unit or the sub-block within the block of the coding unit.

又,例如,前述電路也可進而針對前述編碼對象圖像中的複數個編碼對象區塊的每一個,在前述對應區域重疊於該編碼對象區塊時,從已被對映於前述對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出對於該編碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之候選移動向量。Furthermore, for example, the above-described circuit may further be used for each of the plurality of encoding target blocks in the encoding target image, when the corresponding region overlaps the encoding target block, and is mapped from the corresponding region. The candidate motion vector of the predicted motion vector for the coding target block is derived by referring to the motion vector of the block.

藉此,編碼裝置針對編碼對象圖像中的各編碼對象區塊,可導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding device can derive an appropriate candidate motion vector for each encoding target block in the encoding target image.

又,本揭示一態樣之解碼裝置是一種將動態圖像的資訊進行解碼的解碼裝置,包含有記憶體、及可對前述記憶體進行存取之電路,可對前述記憶體進行存取之前述電路是:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於解碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述解碼對象圖像中的解碼對象區塊時,從已被對映於前述對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量;且使用前述預測移動向量,將前述解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼。Furthermore, the decoding device of one aspect of the present disclosure is a decoding device for decoding information of a moving image, comprising a memory and a circuit for accessing the memory, and the memory can be accessed. The foregoing circuit is: mapping a plurality of the foregoing reference blocks to corresponding regions in the decoding target image according to the motion vector of the reference block, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include the first reference picture. One or more reference blocks and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, the first reference picture is a first reference picture list constituting two reference picture lists for bi-prediction, the foregoing The reference picture is a second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists; when the corresponding corresponding area is superimposed on the decoding target block in the decoding target picture, the reference has been mapped from the corresponding area. The motion vector of the block derives the candidate motion vector as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block; from the plurality of candidate movements Among the selected amount of the prediction motion vector; and using the predicted motion vector, the information about the decoding target block is decoded.

藉此,解碼裝置可在第1參考圖片清單及第2參考圖片清單中的複數個參考區塊之中,從被假設為對於解碼對象區塊有高關聯性的參考區塊,可導出適合的候選移動向量。因此,解碼裝置可以提高在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量中含有適合的候選移動向量之可能性。Thereby, the decoding apparatus can derive a suitable reference block from the plurality of reference blocks in the first reference picture list and the second reference picture list from the reference block that is assumed to have high correlation with the decoding target block. Candidate motion vector. Therefore, the decoding apparatus can increase the likelihood that a suitable candidate motion vector is included in the plurality of candidate motion vectors used to select the predicted motion vector.

然後,藉此,解碼裝置可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像之編碼量的削減。Then, the decoding device can support the derivation of the appropriate prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the coding amount of the motion image.

例如,前述電路也可在將前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊各個於前述解碼對象圖像進行對映之後,將前述第2參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊各個在空白區域中進行對映,前述空白區域是前述解碼對象圖像之中前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊未對映的區域。For example, in the above circuit, after one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture are mapped to the decoding target image, one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture may be used. The mapping is performed in a blank area, and the blank area is an area in which one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture among the decoding target images are not mapped.

藉此,解碼裝置可較第2參考圖片清單中的1個以上的參考區塊,更優先地將第1參考圖片清單中的1個以上的參考區塊進行對映。第1參考圖片清單中的參考區塊的移動向量之可靠性有比第2參考圖片清單中的參考區塊的移動向量之可靠性高的時候。如此情況下,依照可靠性較高之移動向量,可導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding apparatus can more preferentially map one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture list than one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture list. The reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the first reference picture list is higher than the reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the second reference picture list. In this case, suitable candidate motion vectors can be derived according to the highly reliable motion vector.

又,例如前述電路也可在已將前述複數個參考區塊之中的2個以上的參考區塊進行對映之2個對應區域重疊在前述解碼對象區塊時,從前述2個以上的參考區塊之2個以上的移動向量之中的至少1個移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量。Further, for example, the above-described circuit may overlap two or more references when two corresponding regions in which two or more reference blocks among the plurality of reference blocks have been mapped are overlapped in the decoding target block. The candidate motion vector is derived by at least one motion vector among two or more motion vectors of the block.

藉此,解碼裝置可從假設對於解碼對象區塊有高關聯性之複數個參考區塊之中至少1個參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding apparatus can derive a suitable candidate motion vector from at least one of the plurality of reference blocks that are assumed to have high correlation with the decoding target block.

又,例如前述電路也可在不存在有重疊於前述解碼對象區塊之前述對應區域,且存在有重疊於前述解碼對象區塊的周邊區域之前述對應區域時,從參考區塊之移動向量導出前述候選移動向量,前述參考區塊是已對映於重疊在前述周邊區域之前述對應區域 。Further, for example, the above-described circuit may be derived from the motion vector of the reference block when there is no corresponding region overlapping the decoding target block and there is a corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region of the decoding target block. In the foregoing candidate motion vector, the reference block is mapped to the aforementioned corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region.

藉此,就算在解碼對象區塊中參考區塊不進行對映,解碼裝置也可在解碼對象區塊之周邊中,依照已進行對映之參考區塊的移動向量,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, even if the reference block is not mapped in the decoding target block, the decoding device may derive a suitable candidate motion vector according to the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped in the periphery of the decoding target block. .

又,例如前述電路也可在從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量時,評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個,於前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇被最高度評價之候選移動向量,做為前述預測移動向量,且在評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個時,2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像間之適合程度越高,前述評價對象的候選移動向量就越被高度評價,前述2個比較對象區域是與前述解碼對象區塊不同的2個區域,且至少其中一個是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定之2個區域。Further, for example, when the prediction motion vector is selected from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the circuit may evaluate each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and select the most highly evaluated among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. The candidate motion vector is used as the prediction motion vector, and when evaluating each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the degree of suitability between the reconstructed images of the two comparison target regions is higher, and the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object is The two comparison target areas are two areas different from the decoding target block, and at least one of them is two areas determined in accordance with the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target.

藉此,解碼裝置可參考與解碼對象區塊不同的區域之再構成圖像,評價各候選移動向量,從複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量。因此,編碼裝置及解碼裝置可以相同的方法,從複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量。藉此,解碼裝置可節省用以選擇預測移動向量之資訊的解碼,可支援編碼量的削減。Thereby, the decoding apparatus can evaluate each candidate motion vector with reference to the reconstructed image of the region different from the decoding target block, and select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Therefore, the encoding device and the decoding device can select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors in the same manner. Thereby, the decoding apparatus can save decoding for selecting information for predicting the motion vector, and can support the reduction of the amount of coding.

又,例如,前述電路也可在從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量時,導出已適用如下定標比值之前述參考區塊的移動向量,做為前述候選移動向量,其中前述定標比值為從含有前述解碼對象圖像之解碼對象圖片迄至含有前述參考區塊之參考圖片的時間差相對於從含有前述參考區塊的參考圖片迄至含有前述參考區塊的移動向量所指示之參考區域的參考圖片的時間差之比值。Further, for example, when the foregoing candidate motion vector is derived from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region, the circuit may derive a motion vector of the reference block to which the scaling value is applied as The candidate motion vector, wherein the scaling ratio is a time difference from a decoding target picture including the decoding target image to a reference picture including the reference block, with respect to the reference picture from the reference block to the foregoing reference The ratio of the time differences of the reference pictures of the reference area indicated by the motion vector of the block.

藉此,解碼裝置可以適當地將參考區塊的移動向量進行定標,且可導出已進行定標的移動向量,做為候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device can appropriately scale the motion vector of the reference block, and can derive the scaled motion vector as the candidate motion vector.

又,例如,前述解碼對象區塊也可為做為解碼單位而決定的區塊,或者是在做為前述解碼單位而決定的區塊之中以預定的尺寸決定的子區塊。Further, for example, the decoding target block may be a block determined as a decoding unit or a sub-block determined by a predetermined size among the blocks determined as the decoding unit.

藉此,解碼裝置可針對解碼單位的區塊、或者、解碼單位的區塊內之子區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding apparatus can derive a suitable candidate motion vector for the block of the decoding unit or the sub-block within the block of the decoding unit.

又,例如,前述電路,進而針對前述解碼對象圖像中的複數個解碼對象區塊的每一個,在前述對應區域重疊在該解碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出對於該解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之候選移動向量。Further, for example, the circuit further includes, for each of the plurality of decoding target blocks in the decoding target image, when the corresponding region overlaps the decoding target block, from a reference region that has been mapped to the corresponding region The motion vector of the block derives a candidate motion vector for the predicted motion vector of the decoding target block.

藉此,解碼裝置可針對解碼對象圖像中的各解碼對象區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device can derive an appropriate candidate motion vector for each decoding target block in the decoding target image.

又,本揭示一態樣的編碼方法是一種將動態圖像的資訊進行編碼之方法,進行:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於編碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象圖像中的編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇前述預測移動向量;並且使用預測移動向量,將前述編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。Moreover, the encoding method of the present disclosure is a method for encoding information of a moving image, and performing mapping of the plurality of the reference blocks to the image of the encoding object according to the motion vector of the reference block. Corresponding region, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, and the first reference picture is Forming a first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists for bi-prediction, wherein the second reference picture is a second reference picture list constituting the two reference picture lists; and the foregoing corresponding region overlaps the foregoing reference picture When encoding the target block in the object image, the candidate motion vector is derived from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region as a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the encoding target block. One of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the foregoing prediction motion vector is selected; and the information of the foregoing coding target block is used using the prediction motion vector Line coding.

藉此,使用該編碼方法之裝置等可於第1參考圖片清單及第2參考圖片清單中的複數個參考區塊之中,從被假設為對於編碼對象區塊有高關聯性的參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。因此,使用該編碼方法之裝置等可提高在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量中含有適合的候選移動向量之可能性。Thereby, the apparatus or the like using the encoding method can be used as a reference block which is assumed to have high correlation with the coding target block among the plurality of reference blocks in the first reference picture list and the second reference picture list. , export the appropriate candidate motion vector. Therefore, the apparatus or the like using the encoding method can increase the possibility of including a suitable candidate motion vector among a plurality of candidate motion vectors for selecting a prediction motion vector.

接著,藉此,使用該編碼方法之裝置等可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像的編碼量之削減。Then, the device or the like using the encoding method can support the derivation of an appropriate prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the coding amount of the moving image.

又,本揭示一態樣之解碼方法是一種將動態圖像的資訊進行解碼的方法,進行:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於解碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述解碼對象圖像中的解碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇前述預測移動向量;使用前述預測移動向量,將前述解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼。Moreover, the decoding method of the present disclosure is a method for decoding information of a moving image, and performing mapping of the plurality of the reference blocks to the decoding target image according to the motion vector of the reference block. Corresponding region, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, and the first reference picture is Forming a first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists used for bi-prediction, wherein the second reference picture is a second reference picture list constituting the two reference picture lists; and the foregoing corresponding region overlaps the decoding When decoding the target block in the object image, the candidate motion vector is derived from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region as a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block. One of the plurality of candidate motion vectors; the prediction motion vector is selected; and the information of the decoding target block is used by using the prediction motion vector The row decoder.

藉此,使用該解碼方法之裝置等可於第1參考圖片清單及第2參考圖片清單中的複數個參考區塊之中,從被假設為對於解碼對象區塊有高關聯性的參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。因此,使用該解碼方法之裝置等可提高在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量中含有適合的候選移動向量之可能性。Thereby, the apparatus or the like using the decoding method can be used as a reference block which is assumed to have high correlation with respect to the decoding target block among the plurality of reference blocks in the first reference picture list and the second reference picture list. , export the appropriate candidate motion vector. Therefore, the apparatus or the like using the decoding method can increase the possibility of including a suitable candidate motion vector among a plurality of candidate motion vectors for selecting a prediction motion vector.

然後,藉此,使用該解碼方法之裝置等是可支援適合的預測移動向量的導出,且可支援與動態圖像有關聯之編碼量的削減。Then, the device or the like using the decoding method can support the derivation of an appropriate predicted motion vector, and can support the reduction of the amount of coding associated with the moving image.

進而,該等概括性或者具體性態樣,可透過系統、裝置、方法、積體電路、電腦程式、或者、電腦可讀取的CD-ROM等非暫時性的記錄媒體來實現,也可以系統、裝置、方法、積體電路、電腦程式、及記錄媒體之任意組合來實現。Furthermore, the general or specific aspects may be implemented by a non-transitory recording medium such as a system, an apparatus, a method, an integrated circuit, a computer program, or a computer-readable CD-ROM, or a system. The device, the method, the integrated circuit, the computer program, and any combination of recording media are implemented.

以下,一邊參考附圖,一邊具體地說明實施形態。Hereinafter, embodiments will be specifically described with reference to the accompanying drawings.

另,在以下所說明的實施形態每一個都是顯示概括性或具體性的例子。在以下的實施形態中所示的數值、形狀、材料、構成要素、構成要素的配置位置及連接形態、步驟、步驟的順序等都只是例示罷了,其旨趣並非是來限定請求的範圍。又,以下的實施形態中之構成要素之中,針對未記載於顯示最上位概念的獨立請求項之構成要素,是當做為任意的構成要素來說明的。In addition, each of the embodiments described below is an example showing generality or specificity. The numerical values, shapes, materials, constituent elements, arrangement positions, connection forms, steps, and order of steps shown in the following embodiments are merely examples, and the scope of the claims is not limited. Further, among the constituent elements in the following embodiments, the constituent elements of the independent request items that are not described in the uppermost concept are described as arbitrary constituent elements.

(實施形態1) 首先針對可適用後述的本揭示之各態樣中所說明的處理及/或構成之編碼裝置及解碼裝置的一例,說明實施形態1的概要。惟,實施形態1只不過是可適用本揭示之各態樣所說明之處理及/或構成的編碼裝置及解碼裝置之一例罷了,在本揭示所說明的處理及/或構成係也可實施於與實施形態1不同的編碼裝置及解碼裝置中。(Embodiment 1) First, an outline of Embodiment 1 will be described with respect to an example of an encoding device and a decoding device to which the processing and/or configuration described in each aspect of the present disclosure to be described later can be applied. However, the first embodiment is merely an example of an encoding device and a decoding device to which the processing and/or configuration described in the various aspects of the present disclosure can be applied. The processing and/or configuration described in the present disclosure may be implemented. The coding apparatus and the decoding apparatus different from the first embodiment.

對於實施形態1,適用在本揭示之各態樣所說明的處理及/或構成時,例如亦可以進行以下任一種方式。 (1)對於實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置,在構成該編碼裝置或者解碼裝置之複數個構成要素之中,將與本揭示的各態樣中所說明的構成要素相對應的構成要素,替換成本揭示的各態樣中所說明的構成要素; (2) 對於實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置,針對構成該編碼裝置或者解碼裝置之複數個構成要素之中一部分的構成要素,先施予功能或者欲實施之處理的追加、替換、刪除等之任意的變更後,再將與本揭示之各態樣中所說明的構成要素相對應的構成要素,替換成本揭示之各態樣中所說明的構成要素; (3) 對於實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置所要實施的方法,針對處理的追加、及/或該方法所含的複數個處理之中一部分的處理先施予替換、刪除等之任意的變更後,再將與本揭示的各態樣中所說明的處理相對應的處理,替換成本揭示的各態樣中所說明的處理; (4) 將構成實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置之複數個構成要素之中一部分的構成要素,和本揭示之各態樣中所說明的構成要素、具有本揭示之各態樣中所說明的構成要素所具備的功能之一部分之構成要素、或者要實施本揭示之各態樣中所說明之構成要素所要實施的處理之一部分的構成要素相組合而實施; (5)將具有構成實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置之複數個構成要素之中一部分的構成要素所具備的功能之一部分的構成要素、或者實施構成實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置之複數個構成要素之中一部分的構成要素所實施的處理之一部分的構成要素,和本揭示之各態樣中所說明之構成要素、具有在本揭示之各態樣中所說明之構成要素所具備的功能之一部分之構成要素、或者是實施本揭示之各態樣中所說明之構成要素所實施之處理之一部分的構成要素相組合來實施; (6)對於實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置所要實施的方法,在該方法所含的複數個處理之中,將對應於本揭示之各態樣中所說明之處理的處理,替換成本揭示之各態樣中所要說明的處理; (7)將實施形態1之編碼裝置或者解碼裝置所要實施的方法所含之複數個處理之中的一部分處理,和本揭示之各態樣中所說明之處理相組合來實施。In the first embodiment, when the processing and/or configuration described in each aspect of the present disclosure is applied, for example, any of the following aspects may be employed. (1) The coding device or the decoding device according to the first embodiment, among the plurality of constituent elements constituting the coding device or the decoding device, constituent elements corresponding to the constituent elements described in the aspects of the present disclosure, (2) The coding device or the decoding device according to the first embodiment first applies to a part of a plurality of constituent elements constituting the coding device or the decoding device. Any changes in the addition, replacement, deletion, and the like of the function or the process to be performed, and the components corresponding to the components described in the aspects of the present disclosure are replaced by the various aspects of the cost disclosure. (3) The method to be performed by the encoding device or the decoding device according to the first embodiment, the processing addition, and/or the processing of a part of the plurality of processing included in the method is first replaced or deleted. After any arbitrary changes, the processing corresponding to the processing described in each aspect of the present disclosure is replaced with the various aspects disclosed by the cost. (4) The constituent elements of a part of the plurality of constituent elements constituting the encoding apparatus or the decoding apparatus of the first embodiment, and the constituent elements described in the respective aspects of the present disclosure, and the various aspects of the present disclosure The constituent elements of one of the functions of the constituent elements described in the example or the constituent elements of the processing to be performed by the constituent elements described in the various aspects of the present disclosure are combined; (5) A component of one of the functions of a part of the plurality of components constituting the coding device or the decoding device of the first embodiment, or a plurality of components constituting the coding device or the decoding device of the first embodiment Some of the components of the processing performed by the constituent elements of the present invention, and the constituent elements described in the various aspects of the present disclosure, and a part of the functions of the constituent elements described in the various aspects of the present disclosure The constituent elements or the processing performed by the constituent elements described in the various aspects of the present disclosure A part of the components are combined and implemented. (6) The method to be implemented by the encoding device or the decoding device according to the first embodiment, among the plurality of processes included in the method, corresponds to each of the aspects of the present disclosure. The processing of the description process replaces the processing to be described in each aspect of the cost disclosure; (7) processing a part of the plurality of processing included in the method to be implemented by the encoding apparatus or the decoding apparatus of the first embodiment, and The processes illustrated in the various aspects disclosed are combined to be implemented.

另,本揭示之各態樣中所說明之處理及/或構成的實施方式並不限於上述例子。例如,也可以實施在與實施形態1中所揭示之動態圖像/圖像編碼裝置或者是動態圖像/圖像解碼裝置不同的目的而被利用的裝置中,也可以單獨地實施已在各態樣中所說明之處理及/或構成。又,也可將已在不同的態樣中所說明的處理及/或構成進行組合來實施。Further, the embodiments of the processes and/or configurations described in the various aspects of the present disclosure are not limited to the above examples. For example, it may be implemented in a device different from the moving image/image encoding device or the moving image/image decoding device disclosed in the first embodiment, or may be implemented separately. The processing and/or composition illustrated in the aspects. Further, the processes and/or configurations already described in the different aspects may be combined and implemented.

[編碼裝置的概要] 首先,說明實施形態1之編碼裝置之概要。圖1是顯示實施形態1之編碼裝置100之功能構成之方塊圖。編碼裝置100是將動態圖像/圖像,以區塊單位進行編碼之動態圖像/圖像編碼裝置。[Outline of Encoding Device] First, an outline of the encoding device according to the first embodiment will be described. Fig. 1 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of an encoding apparatus 100 according to the first embodiment. The encoding device 100 is a moving image/image encoding device that encodes moving images/images in block units.

如圖1所示,編碼裝置100為將圖像以區塊單位進行編碼之裝置,包含有:分割部102、減法部104、轉換部106、量化部108、熵編碼部110、反量化部112、反轉換部114、加法部116、區塊記憶體118、迴路濾波部120、訊框記憶體122、內預測部124、間預測部126、及預測控制部128。As shown in FIG. 1, the encoding apparatus 100 is an apparatus for encoding an image in units of blocks, and includes a division unit 102, a subtraction unit 104, a conversion unit 106, a quantization unit 108, an entropy coding unit 110, and an inverse quantization unit 112. The inverse conversion unit 114, the addition unit 116, the block memory 118, the loop filter unit 120, the frame memory 122, the intra prediction unit 124, the inter prediction unit 126, and the prediction control unit 128.

編碼裝置100,例如是藉通用處理器及記憶體來實現。此時,當儲存在記憶體的軟體程式藉由處理器來執行時,處理器是做為分割部102、減法部104、轉換部106、量化部108、熵編碼部110、反量化部112、反轉換部114、加法部116、迴路濾波部120、內預測部124、間預測部126、及預測控制部128而發揮功能。又,編碼裝置100也可做為一種專用的1個以上的電子電路來實現,該專用的1個以上的電子電路是對應於分割部102、減法部104、轉換部106、量化部108、熵編碼部110、反量化部112、反轉換部114、加法部116、迴路濾波部120、內預測部124、間預測部126、及預測控制部128。The encoding device 100 is realized by, for example, a general purpose processor and a memory. At this time, when the software program stored in the memory is executed by the processor, the processor functions as the dividing unit 102, the subtraction unit 104, the conversion unit 106, the quantization unit 108, the entropy coding unit 110, and the inverse quantization unit 112. The inverse conversion unit 114, the addition unit 116, the loop filter unit 120, the intra prediction unit 124, the inter prediction unit 126, and the prediction control unit 128 function. Further, the encoding device 100 can be realized by one or more dedicated electronic circuits corresponding to the dividing unit 102, the subtracting unit 104, the converting unit 106, the quantization unit 108, and the entropy. The coding unit 110, the inverse quantization unit 112, the inverse conversion unit 114, the addition unit 116, the loop filter unit 120, the intra prediction unit 124, the inter prediction unit 126, and the prediction control unit 128.

以下,針對編碼裝置100所含之各構成要素予以說明。Hereinafter, each component included in the encoding device 100 will be described.

[分割部] 分割部102是將輸入動態圖像所含之各圖片分割成複數個區塊,將各區塊輸出至減法部104。例如,分割部102,首先將圖片分割成固定尺寸(例如128×128)之區塊。該固定尺寸的區塊有時亦被稱為編碼樹單元(CTU)。接著,分割部102根據遞迴性的四元樹(quadtree)及/或二元樹(binary tree)區塊分割,將固定尺寸的區塊之每一個分割成可變尺寸(例如64×64以下)的區塊。這個可變尺寸的區塊有時亦被稱為編碼單元(CU)、預測單元(PU)或者轉換單元(TU)。另,在本實施形態中,CU、PU及TU沒有區別的必要,圖片內的一部分或者全部的區塊也可成為CU、PU、TU的處理單位。[Division Unit] The division unit 102 divides each picture included in the input moving image into a plurality of blocks, and outputs each block to the subtraction unit 104. For example, the dividing unit 102 first divides the picture into blocks of a fixed size (for example, 128 × 128). This fixed size block is sometimes also referred to as a coding tree unit (CTU). Next, the dividing unit 102 divides each of the fixed-size blocks into variable sizes (for example, 64×64 or less) according to the recursive quadtree and/or binary tree partitioning. ) The block. This variable size block is sometimes also referred to as a coding unit (CU), a prediction unit (PU), or a conversion unit (TU). Further, in the present embodiment, there is no need to distinguish between CU, PU, and TU, and some or all of the blocks in the picture may be processing units of CU, PU, and TU.

圖2是顯示實施形態1中的區塊分割一例之圖。在圖2中,實線是表示透過四元樹區塊分割所得到的區塊邊界,虛線是表示透過二元樹區塊分割所得到的區塊邊界。Fig. 2 is a view showing an example of block division in the first embodiment; In Fig. 2, the solid line indicates the block boundary obtained by the division of the quaternary tree block, and the broken line indicates the block boundary obtained by the division of the binary tree block.

在此,區塊10是128×128像素的正方形區塊(128×128區塊)。該128×128區塊10,首先是被分割成4個正方形的64×64區塊(四元樹區塊分割)。Here, block 10 is a square block of 128 x 128 pixels (128 x 128 blocks). The 128 x 128 block 10 is first divided into 64 square 64 blocks (quaternary tree block partitioning) divided into 4 squares.

左上的64×64區塊是進一步被垂直分割成2個矩形的32×64區塊,左邊的32×64區塊是進一步被垂直分割成2個矩形的16×64區塊(二元樹區塊分割)。其結果,左上的64×64區塊是被分割成2個16×64區塊11、12、及32×64區塊13。The upper left 64×64 block is a 32×64 block that is further vertically divided into two rectangles, and the left 32×64 block is a 16×64 block that is further vertically divided into two rectangles (binary tree area) Block split). As a result, the upper left 64x64 block is divided into two 16x64 blocks 11, 12, and 32x64 blocks 13.

右上的64×64區塊是被水平分割成2個矩形的64×32區塊14、15(二元樹區塊分割)。The upper right 64x64 block is a 64x32 block 14, 15 (binary tree block partition) that is horizontally divided into two rectangles.

左下的64×64區塊是被分割成4個正方形的32×32區塊(四元樹區塊分割)。4個32×32區塊之中,左上的區塊及右下的區塊被進一步進行分割。左上的32×32區塊是垂直分割成2個矩形的16×32區塊,右邊的16×32區塊是進一步被水平分割成2個16×16區塊(二元樹區塊分割)。右下的32×32區塊是被水平分割成2個32×16區塊(二元樹區塊分割)。其結果,左下的64×64區塊是被分割成1個16×32區塊16、2個16×16區塊17、18、2個32×32區塊19、20、及2個32×16區塊21、22。The lower left 64x64 block is a 32x32 block (quaternary tree block partition) that is divided into 4 squares. Among the four 32×32 blocks, the upper left block and the lower right block are further divided. The upper left 32×32 block is a 16×32 block vertically divided into two rectangles, and the right 16×32 block is further horizontally divided into two 16×16 blocks (binary tree block division). The lower right 32x32 block is horizontally divided into two 32x16 blocks (binary tree block partitioning). As a result, the lower left 64×64 block is divided into one 16×32 block 16, two 16×16 blocks 17, 18, two 32×32 blocks 19, 20, and two 32×. Block 16 21, 22.

右下的64×64區塊23不分割。The 64×64 block 23 at the lower right is not divided.

如上,在圖2中,區塊10是根據遞迴性的四元樹及二元樹區塊分割,而被分割成13個可變尺寸的區塊11至23。如此分割,有時亦被稱為QTBT(quad-tree plus binary tree)分割。As above, in Fig. 2, the block 10 is divided into 13 variable-sized blocks 11 to 23 according to the recursive quadtree and binary tree block division. This division is sometimes referred to as QTBT (quad-tree plus binary tree) segmentation.

另,在圖2中,1個區塊是被分割成4個或者2個區塊(四元樹或者二元樹區塊分割),而分割並不限於此。例如,1個區塊也可被分割成3個區塊(三元樹區塊分割)。如此包括三元樹區塊分割的分割有時亦被稱為MBT(multi type tree)分割。In addition, in FIG. 2, one block is divided into four or two blocks (quaternary tree or binary tree block division), and the division is not limited thereto. For example, one block can also be divided into three blocks (three-dimensional tree block division). Segmentation including ternary tree block partitioning is sometimes referred to as MBT (multi type tree) segmentation.

[減法部] 減法部104是由分割部102所分割的區塊單位,從原訊號(原樣本)減去預測訊號(預測樣本)。即,減法部104是算出編碼對象區塊(以下,稱為目前區塊)的預測誤差(也稱為殘差)。接著,減法部104將所算出的預測誤差輸出至轉換部106。[Subtraction Unit] The subtraction unit 104 is a block unit divided by the division unit 102, and subtracts the prediction signal (predicted sample) from the original signal (original sample). In other words, the subtraction unit 104 is a prediction error (also referred to as a residual) for calculating a coding target block (hereinafter referred to as a current block). Next, the subtraction unit 104 outputs the calculated prediction error to the conversion unit 106.

原訊號是編碼裝置100的輸入訊號,為表示構成動態圖像之各圖片的圖像之訊號(例如亮度(luma)訊號及2個色差(chroma)訊號)。在下面內容中,也將表示圖像的訊號稱為樣本。The original signal is an input signal of the encoding device 100, and is a signal (for example, a luma signal and two chroma signals) indicating an image of each picture constituting the moving image. In the following, the signal representing the image is also referred to as a sample.

[轉換部] 轉換部106是將空間區域的預測誤差轉換成頻率區域的轉換係數,且將轉換係數輸出至量化部108。具體來說,轉換部106,例如對於空間區域的預測誤差,進行已事先決定的離散餘弦轉換(DCT)或者離散正弦轉換(DST)。[Conversion Unit] The conversion unit 106 converts the prediction error of the spatial region into a conversion coefficient of the frequency region, and outputs the conversion coefficient to the quantization unit 108. Specifically, the conversion unit 106 performs, for example, a discrete cosine transform (DCT) or a discrete sine transform (DST) that has been determined in advance for the prediction error of the spatial region.

另,轉換部106也可從複數個轉換型式之中適應性地選擇轉換型式,使用對應於所選擇的轉換型式之轉換基底函數(transform basis function),將預測誤差轉換成轉換係數。如此轉換有時亦被稱為EMT(explicit multiple core transform)或者AMT(adaptive multiple transform)。Further, the conversion unit 106 may adaptively select a conversion pattern from among a plurality of conversion patterns, and convert a prediction error into a conversion coefficient using a transform basis function corresponding to the selected conversion pattern. Such a conversion is sometimes referred to as an EMT (explicit multiple core transform) or an AMT (adaptive multiple transform).

複數個轉換型式,例如包括有DCT-II、DCT-V、DCT-VIII、DST-I及DST-VII。圖3是顯示對應於各轉換型式之轉換基底函數之表。在圖3中,N是顯示輸入像素的數量。來自該等複數個轉換型式之中的轉換型式的選擇,例如也可依據在預測的種類(內預測及間預測),也可依據在內預測模式。A plurality of conversion patterns include, for example, DCT-II, DCT-V, DCT-VIII, DST-I, and DST-VII. Figure 3 is a table showing the conversion basis functions corresponding to the respective conversion patterns. In Figure 3, N is the number of input pixels displayed. The selection of the conversion pattern from among the plurality of conversion patterns may be based on, for example, the type of prediction (internal prediction and inter prediction) or the internal prediction mode.

顯示是否適用如此的EMT或者AMT之資訊(例如被稱為AMT旗標)以及顯示所被選擇的轉換型式的資訊是以CU等級而被進行訊號處理。另,該等資訊的訊號處理沒有必要限定在CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、圖片等級、切片等級、方塊(tile)等級或者CTU等級)。Information indicating whether such EMT or AMT is applicable (for example, referred to as an AMT flag) and information indicating the selected conversion pattern is signal processed at the CU level. In addition, the signal processing of the information is not necessarily limited to the CU level, but may be other levels (such as sequence level, picture level, slice level, tile level or CTU level).

又,轉換部106也可將轉換係數(轉換結果)再轉換。如此再轉換有時亦被稱為AST(adaptive secondary transform)或者NSST(non-separable secondary transform)。例如,轉換部106是依對應於內預測誤差之轉換係數的區塊所含之子區塊(例如4×4子區塊)各個進行再轉換。顯示是否適用NSST之資訊及有關於使用在NSST之轉換矩陣之資訊是以CU等級進行訊號處理。另,該等資訊的訊號處理沒有必要限定在CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、圖片等級、切片等級、方塊等級或者CTU等級)。Further, the conversion unit 106 may reconvert the conversion coefficient (conversion result). Such reconversion is sometimes referred to as AST (adapive secondary transform) or NSST (non-separable secondary transform). For example, the conversion unit 106 performs reconversion for each of the sub-blocks (for example, 4 × 4 sub-blocks) included in the block corresponding to the conversion coefficient of the intra prediction error. The information showing whether NSST is applicable and the information about the conversion matrix used in NSST is signal processing at the CU level. In addition, the signal processing of the information is not necessarily limited to the CU level, but may be other levels (such as sequence level, picture level, slice level, block level or CTU level).

在此,可分離(Separable)的轉換是指依方向分離輸入的維數,進行數次轉換的方式,不可分離(Non-Separable)的轉換是指在輸入為多維時將2以上的的維匯整,而視為一維,再一起進行轉換的方式。Here, the separable conversion refers to a method of separating the dimension of the input according to the direction and performing the conversion several times. The non-separable conversion refers to a dimension of 2 or more when the input is multi-dimensional. Whole, but as a one-dimensional, then the way to convert together.

例如,以不可分離的轉換之1例來說,可舉例有如下者:在輸入為4×4的區塊時,將該區塊視為具有16個要素之一個配列,對該配列,以16×16的轉換矩陣進行轉換處理。For example, in the case of an inseparable conversion, for example, when a block of 4×4 is input, the block is regarded as having one of 16 elements, and the arrangement is 16 The conversion matrix of ×16 performs conversion processing.

又,同樣,將4×4的輸入區塊視為如同具有16個要素之一整個排列,之後對該排列進行數次吉文斯旋轉(Givens rotation)之構成(Hypercube Givens Transform/超立方體吉文斯轉換),也是不可分離(Non- Separable)性轉換的例子。Also, similarly, a 4×4 input block is regarded as having an entire arrangement of one of 16 elements, and then the arrangement is performed several times of Givens rotation (Hypercube Givens Transform/Hybrid Givens Transform) ), also an example of non-separable (Non-Separable) conversion.

[量化部] 量化部108是將從轉換部106所輸出的轉換係數進行量化。具體來說,量化部108是以預定的掃描順序來掃描當前區塊的轉換係數,根據對應於所掃描的轉換係數的量化參數(QP),而將該轉換係數進行量化。然後,量化部108將當前區塊之業經量化的轉換係數(以下稱為量化係數)輸出至熵編碼部110及反量化部112。[Quantization Unit] The quantization unit 108 quantizes the conversion coefficients output from the conversion unit 106. Specifically, the quantization unit 108 scans the conversion coefficient of the current block in a predetermined scanning order, and quantizes the conversion coefficient according to the quantization parameter (QP) corresponding to the scanned conversion coefficient. Then, the quantization unit 108 outputs the quantized conversion coefficients (hereinafter referred to as quantized coefficients) of the current block to the entropy encoding unit 110 and the inverse quantization unit 112.

預定的順序是轉換係數的量化/反量化之用的順序。例如,預定的掃描順序是頻率的升冪排序(從低頻到高頻的順序)或者降冪排序(從高頻到低頻的順序)來下定義。The predetermined order is the order in which the quantization/dequantization of the conversion coefficients is used. For example, the predetermined scanning order is defined by an ascending order of frequency (in order from low frequency to high frequency) or a descending order of power (in order of high frequency to low frequency).

量化參數係指定義量化步階(量化幅寬)的參數。例如,若量化參數的值增加時,量化步階也會增加。即,若量化參數的值增加,量化誤差也會變大。The quantization parameter refers to a parameter that defines a quantization step (quantization width). For example, if the value of the quantization parameter increases, the quantization step also increases. That is, if the value of the quantization parameter increases, the quantization error also becomes large.

[熵編碼部] 熵編碼部110是將從量化部108輸入的量化係數進行可變長度編碼,藉此產生編碼訊號(編碼位元串流)。具體來說,熵編碼部110,例如將量化係數進行二值化,且將二值化訊號進行算術編碼。[Entropy Encoding Unit] The entropy encoding unit 110 performs variable length encoding on the quantized coefficients input from the quantization unit 108, thereby generating an encoded signal (encoded bit stream). Specifically, the entropy coding unit 110 binarizes the quantized coefficients, for example, and arithmetically encodes the binarized signals.

[反量化部] 反量化部112是將來自量化部108的輸入之量化係數進行反量化。具體來說,反量化部112是以預定的掃描順序而將當前區塊的量化係數進行反量化。然後,反量化部112是將當前區塊的業經反量化的轉換係數輸出至反轉換部114。[Inverse Quantization Unit] The inverse quantization unit 112 inversely quantizes the input quantized coefficients from the quantization unit 108. Specifically, the inverse quantization unit 112 inversely quantizes the quantized coefficients of the current block in a predetermined scanning order. Then, the inverse quantization unit 112 outputs the inverse quantized conversion coefficient of the current block to the inverse conversion unit 114.

[反轉換部] 反轉換部114是將反量化部112的輸入之轉換係數進行反轉換,藉此將預測誤差進行復原。具體來說,反轉換部114是對轉換係數進行與轉換部106所進行的轉換對應之反轉換,藉此將當前區塊的預測誤差進行復原。然後,反轉換部114是將業已復原的預測誤差輸出至加法部116。[Inverse Conversion Unit] The inverse conversion unit 114 inversely converts the input conversion coefficient of the inverse quantization unit 112, thereby restoring the prediction error. Specifically, the inverse conversion unit 114 performs inverse conversion corresponding to the conversion performed by the conversion unit 106 on the conversion coefficient, thereby restoring the prediction error of the current block. Then, the inverse conversion unit 114 outputs the predicted error that has been restored to the addition unit 116.

另,業已復原的預測誤差是透過量化的進行而失去了資訊,因此和減法部104所算出的預測誤差不一致。即,在業已復原的預測誤差中含有量化誤差。Further, since the prediction error that has been recovered is that the information is lost by the progress of the quantization, the prediction error calculated by the subtraction unit 104 does not match. That is, the quantization error is included in the predicted error that has been recovered.

[加法部] 加法部116是將來自反轉換部114之輸入的預測誤差、與來自預測控制部128之輸入的預測樣本相加,藉此再構成當前區塊。然後,加法部116將業經再構成的區塊輸出至區塊記憶體118及迴路濾波部120。再構成區塊有時也被稱為局部解碼區塊。[Addition Unit] The addition unit 116 adds the prediction error input from the inverse conversion unit 114 to the prediction sample input from the prediction control unit 128, thereby reconstructing the current block. Then, the addition unit 116 outputs the reconstructed block to the block memory 118 and the loop filter unit 120. Reconstituted blocks are sometimes referred to as local decoded blocks.

[區塊記憶體] 區塊記憶體118是用以儲存區塊的記憶體,其中該區塊為於內預測被參考的區塊,且為編碼對象圖片(以下稱為當前圖片)內的區塊。具體來說,區塊記憶體118是儲存從加法部116所輸出的再構成區塊。[Block Memory] The block memory 118 is a memory for storing a block, wherein the block is a block for intra prediction, and is a region within a coded object picture (hereinafter referred to as a current picture). Piece. Specifically, the tile memory 118 stores the reconstructed block output from the addition unit 116.

[迴路濾波部] 迴路濾波部120是對經由加法部116而再構成的區塊施加迴路濾波,且將業經濾波的再構成區塊輸出至訊框記憶體122。迴路濾波是指在編碼迴路內所使用的濾波器(迴路內濾波器),例如包括解區塊濾波器(DF)、樣本適應性補償(SAO)及適應性迴路濾波器(ALF)等。[Loop Filter Unit] The loop filter unit 120 applies loop filtering to the block reconstructed via the adder 116, and outputs the filtered reconstructed block to the frame memory 122. Loop filtering refers to the filter (intra-loop filter) used in the coding loop, and includes, for example, a deblocking filter (DF), a sample adaptive compensation (SAO), and an adaptive loop filter (ALF).

在ALF中,適用用以移除編碼變形的最小平方誤差濾波器,例如按當前區塊內的2×2子區塊之每一個,根據局部性的梯度(gradient)的方向及活性度(activity),適用從複數個濾波器之中所選擇的1個濾波器。In ALF, the least square error filter used to remove the coding distortion is applied, for example, according to each of the 2×2 sub-blocks in the current block, according to the direction and activity of the local gradient (activity) ), one filter selected from a plurality of filters is applied.

具體來說,首先子區塊(例如2×2子區塊)被分類成複數個類別(例如15或者25類)。子區塊的分類是根據梯度的方向及活性度來進行。例如,使用梯度的方向值D(例如0至2或者0至4)與梯度的活性值A(例如0至4),而算出分類值C(例如C=5D+A)。然後,根據分類值C,使子區塊被分類成複數個類別(例如15或者25類)。Specifically, first, sub-blocks (for example, 2×2 sub-blocks) are classified into a plurality of categories (for example, 15 or 25 types). The classification of sub-blocks is based on the direction and activity of the gradient. For example, the classification value C (for example, C=5D+A) is calculated using the direction value D of the gradient (for example, 0 to 2 or 0 to 4) and the activity value A of the gradient (for example, 0 to 4). Then, based on the classification value C, the sub-blocks are classified into a plurality of categories (for example, 15 or 25 types).

梯度的方向值D,例如是經由比較複數個方向(例如水平、垂直及2個對角方向)的梯度導出。又,梯度的活性值A,例如是藉由將複數個方向的梯度相加,將加法結果進行量化來導出。The direction value D of the gradient is derived, for example, by comparing gradients in a plurality of directions (eg, horizontal, vertical, and 2 diagonal directions). Further, the gradient activity value A is derived, for example, by adding the gradients of the plurality of directions and quantizing the addition result.

根據如此分類的結果,從複數個濾波器之中,決定子區塊用的濾波器。Based on the result of such classification, a filter for a sub-block is determined from among a plurality of filters.

以於ALF所使用的濾波器的形狀來說,例如利用圓對稱形狀。如圖4A至圖4C是顯示ALF所使用的濾波器的形狀的數例之圖。圖4A是顯示5×5菱形形狀濾波器,図4B是顯示7×7菱形形狀濾波器,圖4C是顯示9×9菱形形狀濾波器。顯示濾波器的資訊是以圖片等級來被進行訊號化。另,顯示濾波器之形狀之資訊的訊號化並不須限定在圖片等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、切片等級、方塊等級、CTU等級或者是CU等級)。For the shape of the filter used in the ALF, for example, a circularly symmetrical shape is utilized. 4A to 4C are diagrams showing a few examples of the shape of a filter used in the ALF. 4A is a 5×5 diamond shape filter, 図4B is a 7×7 diamond shape filter, and FIG. 4C is a 9×9 diamond shape filter. The information of the display filter is signaled at the picture level. In addition, the signalization of the information indicating the shape of the filter is not limited to the picture level, and may be other levels (for example, sequence level, slice level, block level, CTU level, or CU level).

ALF的開啟/關閉,例如是以圖片等級或者CU等級來決定。例如,針對亮度,是以CU等級來決定是否適用ALF,針對色差,是以圖片等級來決定是否適用ALF。顯示ALF的開啟/關閉的資訊,是以圖片等級或者CU等級來進行訊號化。另,顯示ALF的開啟/關閉的資訊,並無須限定在圖片等級或者CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、切片等級、方塊等級、或者CTU等級)。The ALF is turned on/off, for example, by picture level or CU level. For example, for brightness, it is determined whether or not ALF is applied by the CU level, and for the color difference, whether or not ALF is applied is determined by the picture level. The information showing the ALF on/off is signalized by the picture level or CU level. In addition, the information indicating the on/off of the ALF is not limited to the picture level or the CU level, and may be other levels (such as sequence level, slice level, block level, or CTU level).

可選擇的複數個濾波器(例如迄至15或25的濾波器)的係數組合是以圖片等級進行訊號化。另,係數組合的訊號化並無須限定在圖片等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、切片等級、方塊等級、CTU等級、CU等級或者是子區塊等級)。The combination of coefficients of a selectable plurality of filters (e.g., filters up to 15 or 25) is signaled at the picture level. In addition, the signalization of the coefficient combination is not limited to the picture level, but may be other levels (such as sequence level, slice level, block level, CTU level, CU level, or sub-block level).

[訊框記憶體] 訊框記憶體122是一種用以儲存被使用在間預測的參考圖片之記憶部,有時也被稱為訊框緩衝器。具體來說,訊框記憶體122是儲存已經由迴路濾波部120過濾的再構成區塊。[Frame Memory] The frame memory 122 is a memory for storing reference pictures that are used for inter prediction, and is sometimes referred to as a frame buffer. Specifically, the frame memory 122 stores the reconstructed block that has been filtered by the loop filter unit 120.

[內預測部] 內預測部124是參考區塊記憶體118所儲存的當前圖片內的區塊,進行當前區塊的內預測(也稱為畫面內預測),以此產生預測訊號(內預測訊號)。具體來說,內預測部124是參考鄰接於當前區塊之區塊的樣本(例如亮度值、色差值)進行內預測,以此產生內預測訊號,且將內預測訊號輸出至預測控制部128。[Internal Prediction Unit] The intra prediction unit 124 refers to a block in the current picture stored in the reference block memory 118, and performs intra prediction (also referred to as intra-picture prediction) of the current block to generate a prediction signal (inter prediction) Signal)). Specifically, the intra prediction unit 124 performs intra prediction by referring to samples (for example, luminance values and color difference values) of the blocks adjacent to the current block, thereby generating an intra prediction signal, and outputting the intra prediction signal to the prediction control unit. 128.

例如,內預測部124利用已事先規定的複數個內預測模式之中的1個,來進行內預測。複數個內預測模式是包括1個以上的非方向性預測模式、及複數個方向性預測模式。For example, the intra prediction unit 124 performs intra prediction by using one of a plurality of intra prediction modes that have been previously defined. The plurality of intra prediction modes include one or more non-directional prediction modes and a plurality of directional prediction modes.

1個以上的非方向性預測模式,例如包括以H.265/HEVC(High-Efficiency Video Coding/高效率視訊編碼)規格(非專利文獻1)所規定的平面(Planar)預測模式及直流(DC)預測模式。One or more non-directional prediction modes include, for example, a Planar prediction mode and a direct current (DC) defined by the H.265/HEVC (High-Efficiency Video Coding) specification (Non-Patent Document 1). ) Prediction mode.

複數個方向性預測模式, 例如包括以H.265/ HEVC規格所規定的33種方向的預測模式。另,複數個方向性預測模式,除了33種方向外,也可進一步包括32種方向的預測模式(合計共65種方向性預測模式)。圖5A是顯示內預測中的67種內預測模式(2個非方向性預測模式及65個方向性預測模式)之圖。實線箭頭符號是表示以H.265/HEVC規格所規定的33種方向,虛線箭頭符號是表示所追加的32種方向。A plurality of directional prediction modes include, for example, prediction modes of 33 directions specified by the H.265/HEVC specification. In addition, the plurality of directional prediction modes may further include prediction modes of 32 directions (a total of 65 directional prediction modes) in addition to 33 directions. FIG. 5A is a diagram showing 67 intra prediction modes (two non-directional prediction modes and 65 directional prediction modes) in intra prediction. The solid arrow symbol indicates 33 directions defined by the H.265/HEVC standard, and the dotted arrow symbol indicates the 32 additional directions added.

另,在色差區塊的內預測中,亮度區塊也可被參考。即,根據當前區塊的亮度成分,當前區塊的色差成分也可被預測。如此之內預測有時也被稱為CCLM (cross- component linear model)預測。像這種參考亮度區塊之色差區塊的內預測模式(例如被稱為CCLM模式),也可作為1種色差區塊的內預測模式而加入。In addition, in the intra prediction of the color difference block, the luminance block can also be referred to. That is, the color difference component of the current block can also be predicted based on the luminance component of the current block. Such intra prediction is sometimes referred to as CCLM (cross-component linear model) prediction. An intra prediction mode such as a color difference block of the reference luminance block (for example, referred to as CCLM mode) can also be added as an intra prediction mode of one color difference block.

內預測部124,也可根據水平/垂直方向的參考像素的梯度,來補正內預測後的像素值。像這樣伴隨著補正的內預測有時被稱為PDPC(position dependent intra prediction combination)。顯示有無PDPC的適用之資訊(例如被稱為PDPC旗標),例如是以CU等級而被進行訊號化。另,該資訊的訊號化並無須限定在CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、圖片等級、切片等級、方塊等級、或者CTU等級)。The intra prediction unit 124 may correct the intra-predicted pixel value based on the gradient of the reference pixels in the horizontal/vertical direction. The intra prediction accompanying the correction like this is sometimes referred to as PDPC (position dependent intra prediction combination). Applicable information showing the presence or absence of a PDPC (for example, referred to as a PDPC flag), for example, is signaled at the CU level. In addition, the signalization of the information need not be limited to the CU level, but may be other levels (such as sequence level, picture level, slice level, block level, or CTU level).

[間預測部] 間預測部126是參考參考圖片,來進行當前區塊的間預測(也叫做畫面間預測),以此產生預測訊號(間預測訊號),其中該參考圖片是訊框記憶體122所儲存的參考圖片,且為與當前圖片相異的參考圖片。間預測是以當前區塊或者當前區塊內的子區塊(例如4×4區塊)的單位來進行。例如,間預測部126是針對當前區塊或者子區塊,在參考圖片內進行移動估測(motion estimation)。接著,間預測部126是利用藉移動估測而得到的移動資訊(例如移動向量)來進行移動補償,以此產生當前區塊或者子區塊的間預測訊號。然後,間預測部126是將所產生的間預測訊號輸出至預測控制部128。[Inter-prediction unit] The inter-prediction unit 126 is a reference reference picture for performing inter-block prediction (also called inter-picture prediction) to generate a prediction signal (inter-predictive signal), wherein the reference picture is a frame memory 122 stored reference pictures, and is a reference picture different from the current picture. The inter-prediction is performed in units of a current block or a sub-block within the current block (e.g., a 4x4 block). For example, the inter prediction unit 126 performs motion estimation within the reference picture for the current block or sub-block. Next, the inter prediction unit 126 performs motion compensation by using motion information (for example, a motion vector) obtained by the motion estimation, thereby generating an inter-predicted signal of the current block or the sub-block. Then, the inter prediction unit 126 outputs the generated inter prediction signal to the prediction control unit 128.

用於移動補償的移動資訊被進行訊號化。對於移動向量的訊號化,預測移動向量(motion vector predictor)也可被使用。即,移動向量與預測移動向量間之差分也可被訊號化。The mobile information for motion compensation is signaled. For signal vectorization of motion vectors, a motion vector predictor can also be used. That is, the difference between the motion vector and the predicted motion vector can also be signaled.

另,不僅使用透過移動估測所得到的當前區塊的移動資訊,也可使用鄰接區塊的移動資訊,來產生間預測訊號。具體來說,也可將根據透過移動估測所得到的移動資訊之預測訊號、與根據鄰接區塊的移動資訊之預測訊號予以加權加總,藉此以當前區塊內的子區塊單位來產生間預測訊號。如此之間預測(移動補償)有時被稱為OBMC (overlapped block motion compensation)。In addition, not only the movement information of the current block obtained by the motion estimation but also the movement information of the adjacent block may be used to generate the inter prediction signal. Specifically, the prediction signal according to the mobile information obtained by the motion estimation and the prediction signal according to the mobile information of the adjacent block may be weighted and added, thereby using the sub-block unit in the current block. Generate inter-predictive signals. Such prediction (motion compensation) is sometimes referred to as OBMC (overlapped block motion compensation).

在如此之OBMC模式中,顯示OBMC用的子區塊的尺寸之資訊(例如被稱為OBMC區塊尺寸)是以序列等級而被訊號化。又,顯示是否適用OBMC模式之資訊(例如被叫做OBMC旗標)是以CU等級而被訊號化。另,該等資訊的訊號化的等級並無須限定在序列等級及CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如圖片等級、切片等級、方塊等級、CTU等級、或者子區塊等級)。In such an OBMC mode, information showing the size of a sub-block for OBMC (for example, referred to as an OBMC block size) is signaled at a sequence level. Also, information indicating whether or not the OBMC mode is applicable (for example, referred to as an OBMC flag) is signaled by the CU level. In addition, the level of signalization of such information need not be limited to the sequence level and CU level, but may also be other levels (such as picture level, slice level, block level, CTU level, or sub-block level).

針對OBMC模式,更具體地來進行說明。圖5B及圖5C是用以說明OBMC處理所進行的預測圖像補正處理的概要之流程及概念圖。The OBMC mode will be described more specifically. 5B and 5C are a flow chart and a conceptual diagram for explaining an outline of a predicted image correction process performed by the OBMC process.

首先,使用被分配到編碼對象區塊之移動向量(MV),取得依通常的移動補償所得到之預測圖像(Pred)。First, a motion vector (MV) assigned to a coding target block is used to obtain a predicted image (Pred) obtained by normal motion compensation.

其次,將已編碼完畢的左鄰接區塊的移動向量(MV_L)適用在編碼對象區塊,取得預測圖像(Pred_L),將前述預測圖像與Pred_L加權、疊合,以此進行預測圖像的第1次補正。Next, the motion vector (MV_L) of the encoded left adjacent block is applied to the coding target block, the predicted image (Pred_L) is obtained, and the predicted image and the Pred_L are weighted and superimposed to perform the predicted image. The first correction.

以同樣方式,將已編碼完畢之上鄰接區塊的移動向量(MV_U)適用在編碼對象區塊,取得預測圖像 (Pred_U),將前述已進行第1次補正的預測圖像與Pred_U賦予權重、疊合,以此進行預測圖像的第2次補正,將此做為最後的預測圖像。In the same manner, the motion vector (MV_U) of the adjacent block that has been encoded is applied to the coding target block, and the predicted image (Pred_U) is obtained, and the predicted image with the first correction and the Pred_U are weighted. And superimposing, to perform the second correction of the predicted image, and use this as the final predicted image.

另,在此說明了使用左鄰接區塊與上鄰接區塊的2階段補正的方法,但也能作成如下構成,即,使用右鄰接區塊或下鄰接區塊,進行比2階段更多次數的補正之構成。In addition, a method of using the two-stage correction of the left adjacent block and the upper adjacent block is described here, but it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the right adjacent block or the lower adjacent block is used for more times than the 2 stages. The composition of the correction.

另,進行疊合的區域,也可為僅只區塊邊界附近之一部分的區域,而非區塊整體的像素區域。In addition, the superimposed region may be an area that is only a part of the vicinity of the block boundary, rather than the pixel area of the block as a whole.

另,在此雖是針對來自1張參考圖片的預測圖像補正處理進行說明,但是在從複數張參考圖片來補正預測圖像的情況也是同樣的方式,從各參考圖片取得已補正的預測圖像後,將所得到的預測圖像進一步疊合,以此作為最後的預測圖像。Here, although the prediction image correction processing from one reference picture is described here, the same applies to the case where the prediction image is corrected from the plurality of reference pictures, and the corrected prediction map is obtained from each reference picture. After the image, the obtained predicted image is further superimposed as the final predicted image.

另,前述處理對象區塊也可為預測區塊單位,也可為將預測區塊進一步加以分割的子區塊單位。In addition, the foregoing processing target block may also be a prediction block unit, or may be a sub-block unit that further divides the prediction block.

作為判斷是否適用OBMC處理的方法,例如有一種使用obmc_flag之方法,該obmc_flag是顯示是否適用OBMC處理的訊號。以一具體例來說,在編碼裝置中,判斷編碼對象區塊是否屬於移動為複雜的區域,在屬於移動為複雜的區域時,設定值為1來作為obmc_flag,適用OBMC處理進行編碼,在不屬於移動為複雜的區域時,則設定值為0來作為obmc_flag,不適用OBMC處理來進行編碼。此外,在解碼裝置中,將記述在串流的obmc_flag解碼,以此因應該值,切換是否適用OBMC處理,來進行解碼。As a method of judging whether or not the OBMC processing is applied, for example, there is a method of using obmc_flag which is a signal indicating whether or not OBMC processing is applied. In a specific example, in the encoding apparatus, it is determined whether the encoding target block belongs to an area where the movement is complicated, and when the movement is a complex area, the set value is 1 as obmc_flag, and the OBMC processing is applied for encoding, When the movement is a complex area, the value is set to 0 as obmc_flag, and OBMC processing is not applied for encoding. Further, in the decoding apparatus, the obmc_flag described in the stream is decoded, and the OBMC processing is switched to perform decoding in accordance with the value.

另,移動資訊也可在不被訊號化之狀態下,在解碼裝置側導出。例如也可採用以H.265/HEVC規格所規定的合併模式。又,例如也可於解碼裝置側進行移動估測,藉此導出移動資訊。此時,移動估測能在不使用當前區塊的像素值之狀態下進行。In addition, the mobile information can also be derived on the decoding device side without being signaled. For example, a merge mode specified by the H.265/HEVC specification can also be used. Further, for example, the motion estimation may be performed on the decoding device side to derive the mobile information. At this time, the motion estimation can be performed without using the pixel value of the current block.

在此,針對在解碼裝置側進行移動估測之模式來說明。在該解碼裝置側進行移動估測的模式有時被稱為PMMVD(pattern matched motion vector derivation)模式或者FRUC(frame rate up-conversion)模式。Here, a mode in which the motion estimation is performed on the decoding device side will be described. The mode in which the motion estimation is performed on the decoding device side is sometimes referred to as a PMMVD (pattern matched motion vector derivation) mode or a FRUC (frame rate up-conversion) mode.

FRUC處理之一例是顯示在圖5D中。首先,參考空間性質上或時間性質上鄰接於當前區塊的編碼完畢區塊之移動向量,產生複數個候選的清單(也可與合併清單為共通),該複數個候選的清單各自具有預測移動向量。其次,從已登錄在候選清單的複數個候選MV之中選擇最佳候選MV。例如,算出候選清單所含之各候選的評價值,根據評價值,而選擇1個候選。An example of FRUC processing is shown in Figure 5D. First, a reference list of spatially or temporally adjacent coded blocks of the current block is generated, and a list of a plurality of candidates (which may also be common to the merge list) is generated, the list of the plurality of candidates each having a predicted movement vector. Next, the best candidate MV is selected from among a plurality of candidate MVs that have been registered in the candidate list. For example, the evaluation value of each candidate included in the candidate list is calculated, and one candidate is selected based on the evaluation value.

接著,根據所選擇的候選之移動向量,導出當前區塊用的移動向量。具體來說,例如將所選擇的候選之移動向量(最佳候選MV),就這樣被導出來作為當前區塊用的移動向量。又,例如在參考圖片內之位置的周邊區域中進行圖案匹配,藉此也可以導出當前區塊用的移動向量,其中該參考圖片是對應於所選擇之候選的移動向量。即,對於最佳候選MV之周邊的區域,以同樣的方法進行搜索,進而有評價值為好的數字之MV時,將最佳候選MV更新為前述MV,將該MV當做為當前區塊之最後的MV亦可。另,也可做成不實施該處理之構成。Next, the motion vector for the current block is derived based on the selected candidate motion vector. Specifically, for example, the selected candidate motion vector (the best candidate MV) is thus derived as the motion vector for the current block. Also, pattern matching is performed, for example, in a peripheral region of a position within a reference picture, whereby a motion vector for the current block can also be derived, wherein the reference picture is a motion vector corresponding to the selected candidate. That is, for the area around the best candidate MV, the search is performed in the same way, and when there is an MV whose evaluation value is a good number, the best candidate MV is updated to the aforementioned MV, and the MV is regarded as the current block. The last MV is also available. Alternatively, the configuration may be omitted.

在以子區塊單位進行處理時,也可構成為完全同樣的處理。When processing in sub-block units, it is also possible to configure the same processing.

另,評價值是可透過對應於移動向量之參考圖片內的區域、與預定區域之間的圖案匹配,求取再構成圖像的差分值來算出。另,除了差分值外,也可使用使用除此以外的資訊,來算出評價值。Further, the evaluation value is calculated by matching the region in the reference picture corresponding to the motion vector with the pattern between the predetermined region and obtaining a difference value of the reconstructed image. Further, in addition to the difference value, the evaluation value may be calculated using information other than this.

對於圖案匹配,是使用第1圖案匹配或者第2圖案匹配。第1圖案匹配及第2圖案匹配,有時分別被稱為雙向匹配(bilateral matching)以及模板匹配(template matching)。For pattern matching, the first pattern matching or the second pattern matching is used. The first pattern matching and the second pattern matching are sometimes referred to as bidirectional matching and template matching, respectively.

在第1圖案匹配中,是在2個區塊之間進行圖案匹配,該2個區塊是不同的2個參考圖片內的2個區塊,且是沿著當前區塊的移動軌跡(motion trajectory)。因此,在第1圖案匹配中,是使用沿著當前區塊的移動軌跡的其他參考圖片內之區域,來作為算出上述候選的評價值之用的預定區域。In the first pattern matching, pattern matching is performed between two blocks, which are two blocks in two different reference pictures, and are movement trajectories along the current block (motion Trajectory). Therefore, in the first pattern matching, an area in another reference picture along the movement trajectory of the current block is used as a predetermined area for calculating the evaluation value of the candidate.

圖6是用以說明在沿著移動軌跡的2個區塊間之圖案匹配(雙向匹配)一例之圖。如圖6所示,在第1圖案匹配下,在沿著當前區塊(Cur block)的移動軌跡之2個區塊,且在不同的2個參考圖片(Ref0、Ref1)內的2個區塊之配對(pair)之中,搜索最為相配的配對,藉此導出2個移動向量(MV0、MV1)。具體來說,對於當前區塊,導出以候選MV所指定的第1編碼完畢參考圖片(Ref0)內的指定位置中之再構成圖像、與已將前述候選MV以顯示時間間隔進行定標的對稱MV所指定的第2編碼完畢參考圖片(Ref1)內的指定位置中之再構成圖像間之差分,使用所得到的差分值來算出評價值。在複數個候選MV之中,選擇評價值為最佳的候選MV,作為最後MV,即可。Fig. 6 is a view for explaining an example of pattern matching (bidirectional matching) between two blocks along a movement trajectory. As shown in FIG. 6, under the first pattern matching, two blocks in the moving trajectory along the current block (Cur block) and two regions in different two reference pictures (Ref0, Ref1) Among the pair of blocks, the most matching pair is searched, thereby deriving two motion vectors (MV0, MV1). Specifically, for the current block, the reconstructed image in the specified position in the first encoded reference picture (Ref0) specified by the candidate MV is derived, and the symmetricity in which the candidate MV has been scaled at the display time interval is derived. The difference between the reconstructed images in the designated position in the second encoded reference picture (Ref1) designated by the MV is used, and the obtained difference value is used to calculate the evaluation value. Among the plurality of candidate MVs, the candidate MV whose evaluation value is the best is selected as the last MV.

在連續的移動軌跡的假設之下,指示2個參考區塊的移動向量(MV0、MV1)相對於當前圖片(Cur Pic)與2個參考圖片(Ref0、Ref1)間之時間上的距離(TD0、TD1)成比例。例如,當前圖片是時間性質上位於2個參考圖片之間,在從當前圖片到2個參考圖片的時間上的距離相等時,在第1圖案匹配上,能導出鏡射對稱的雙向之移動向量。Under the assumption of continuous moving trajectory, the distance between the motion vector (MV0, MV1) of the two reference blocks relative to the current picture (Cur Pic) and the two reference pictures (Ref0, Ref1) is indicated (TD0) TD1) is proportional. For example, the current picture is temporally located between two reference pictures, and when the distance from the current picture to the two reference pictures is equal, the mirror-symmetric two-way motion vector can be derived on the first pattern matching. .

在第2圖案匹配上,在當前圖片內的模板(在當前圖片內鄰接於當前區塊的區塊(例如上及/或左鄰接區塊))與參考圖片內的區塊之間,進行有圖案匹配。因此,在第2圖案匹配上,使用鄰接於當前圖片內的當前區塊的區塊,以作為前述之候選的評價值之算出用的預定區域。On the second pattern matching, between the template in the current picture (the block adjacent to the current block in the current picture (for example, the upper and/or left adjacent block)) and the block in the reference picture are Pattern matching. Therefore, in the second pattern matching, a block adjacent to the current block in the current picture is used as a predetermined area for calculation of the above-described candidate evaluation value.

圖7是用以說明在當前圖片內的模板(Template)與參考圖片內的區塊之間的圖案匹配(模板匹配)一例之圖。如圖7所示,在第2圖案匹配中,在參考圖片(Ref0)內搜索在當前圖片(Cur Pic)內和鄰接於當前區塊(Cur block)之區塊最匹配的區塊,藉此導出當前區塊的移動向量。具體來說,對於當前區塊,導出:左鄰接及上鄰接兩邊或者任一邊的編碼完畢區域的再構成圖像、與以候選MV所指定的編碼完畢參考圖片(Ref0)內的同等位置中的再構成圖像間之差分,且使用所得到的差分值,算出評價值,在複數個候選MV之中選擇評價值為最佳之值的候選MV,作為最佳候選MV,即可。FIG. 7 is a diagram for explaining an example of pattern matching (template matching) between a template in a current picture and a block in a reference picture. As shown in FIG. 7, in the second pattern matching, a block that matches the block closest to the current block (Cur block) within the current picture (Cur Pic) is searched within the reference picture (Ref0), thereby Export the motion vector of the current block. Specifically, for the current block, the reconstructed image of the coded region of the left adjacent and the adjacent two sides or either side is derived in the same position as the encoded reference picture (Ref0) specified by the candidate MV. The difference between the images is reconstructed, and the evaluation value is calculated using the obtained difference value, and the candidate MV whose evaluation value is the optimum value is selected among the plurality of candidate MVs as the best candidate MV.

如此之顯示是否適用FRUC模式之資訊(例如被稱為FRUC旗標)是以CU等級而被訊號化。又,在適用FRUC模式時(例如FRUC旗標為真時),顯示圖案匹配之方法(第1圖案匹配或者第2圖案匹配)之資訊(例如被稱為FRUC模式旗標)是以CU等級而被訊號化。另,該等資訊之訊號化並不須限定於CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、圖片等級、切片等級、方塊等級、CTU等級或者子區塊等級)。Such information showing whether the FRUC mode is applicable (for example, referred to as the FRUC flag) is signaled by the CU level. Moreover, when the FRUC mode is applied (for example, when the FRUC flag is true), the information of the method of displaying the pattern matching (the first pattern matching or the second pattern matching) (for example, referred to as the FRUC mode flag) is based on the CU level. Be signaled. In addition, the signalization of such information is not limited to the CU level, but may be other levels (such as sequence level, picture level, slice level, block level, CTU level or sub-block level).

在此,針對根據模型來導出移動向量的模式進行說明,其中該模型為假設為等速直線運動之模型。該模式有時被稱為BIO (bi-directional optical flow雙向光流)模式。Here, a description will be given of a mode in which a motion vector is derived from a model, which is a model assumed to be a constant-speed linear motion. This mode is sometimes referred to as BIO (bi-directional optical flow) mode.

圖8是用以說明假設為等速直線運動的模型之圖。在圖8中,(vx ,vy )是表示速度向量,τ0 、τ1 各表示為當前圖片 (Cur Pic)與2個參考圖片(Ref0 ,Ref1 )間的時間上的距離。(MVx0 ,MVy0 )是表示對應於參考圖片Ref0 之移動向量,(MVx1 、MVy1 )是表示對應於參考圖片Ref1 之移動向量。Fig. 8 is a view for explaining a model assumed to be a constant-speed linear motion. In Fig. 8, (v x , v y ) represents a velocity vector, and τ 0 and τ 1 are each represented as a temporal distance between a current picture (Cur Pic) and two reference pictures (Ref 0 , Ref 1 ). (MVx 0 , MVy 0 ) is a motion vector indicating a reference picture Ref 0 , and (MVx 1 , MVy 1 ) is a motion vector indicating a reference picture Ref 1 .

此時,速度向量(vx ,vy )在等速直線運動的假設之下,(MVx0 ,MVy0 )及(MVx1 ,MVy1 )各表示為(vx τ0 ,vy τ0 )及(-vx τ1 ,-vy τ1 ),使以下的光流等式(1)成立。 (數1) At this time, the velocity vectors (v x , v y ) are under the assumption of constant-speed linear motion, and (MVx 0 , MVy 0 ) and (MVx 1 , MVy 1 ) are expressed as (v x τ 0 , v y τ 0 And (-v x τ 1 , -v y τ 1 ), the following optical flow equation (1) is established. (Number 1)

在此,I(k) 是表示移動補償後之參考圖像k(k=0,1)的亮度值。該光流等式是顯示(i)亮度值的時間微分、(ii)水平方向的速度及參考圖像的空間梯度的水平成分的乘積、與(iii)垂直方向的速度及參考圖像的空間梯度的垂直成分的乘積之和等於零者。根據該光流等式與埃爾米特插值(Hermite interpolation)之組合,將從合併清單等所得到的區塊單位之移動向量以像素單位進行補正。Here, I (k) is a luminance value indicating a reference image k (k = 0, 1) after the motion compensation. The optical flow equation is a product that displays (i) time differential of the luminance value, (ii) the horizontal direction velocity, and the horizontal component of the spatial gradient of the reference image, and (iii) the velocity in the vertical direction and the space of the reference image. The sum of the products of the vertical components of the gradient is equal to zero. According to the combination of the optical flow equation and the Hermitian interpolation, the motion vector of the block unit obtained from the merge list or the like is corrected in units of pixels.

另,也可以異於根據假設等速直線運動之模型之移動向量的導出之方法,在解碼裝置側導出移動向量。例如,也可根據複數個鄰接區塊的移動向量,以子區塊單位導出移動向量。Alternatively, the motion vector may be derived on the decoding device side differently from the method of deriving the motion vector of the model of the assumed constant velocity linear motion. For example, the motion vector may also be derived in sub-block units based on the motion vectors of the plurality of contiguous blocks.

在此,針對根據複數個鄰接區塊的移動向量,以子區塊單位導出移動向量的模式進行說明。該模式有被稱為仿射移動補償預測(affine motion compensation prediction)模式的時候。Here, a mode in which a motion vector is derived in units of sub-blocks based on a motion vector of a plurality of adjacent blocks will be described. This mode has a time called an affine motion compensation prediction mode.

圖9A是用以說明子區塊單位的移動向量之導出之圖,該導出是根據複數個鄰接區塊的移動向量來進行。在圖9A中,當前區塊含有16之4×4子區塊。在此,根據鄰接區塊的移動向量,導出當前區塊的左上角控制點的移動向量v0 ,且根據鄰接子區塊的移動向量,導出當前區塊的右上角控制點的移動向量v1 。接著,使用2個移動向量v0 及v1 ,經由以下的式(2),而導出當前區塊內的各子區塊的移動向量(vx ,vy )。 (數2) Fig. 9A is a diagram for explaining the derivation of a motion vector of a sub-block unit, which is performed based on a motion vector of a plurality of adjacent blocks. In Figure 9A, the current block contains 16 4x4 sub-blocks. Here, the motion vector v 0 of the upper left corner control point of the current block is derived according to the motion vector of the adjacent block, and the motion vector v 1 of the upper right corner control point of the current block is derived according to the motion vector of the adjacent subblock. . Next, using two motion vectors v 0 and v 1 , the motion vectors (v x , v y ) of the respective sub-blocks in the current block are derived via the following equation (2). (number 2)

在此,x及y各表示子區塊的水平位置及垂直位置,w表示已事先訂定的權重係數。Here, x and y each represent the horizontal position and the vertical position of the sub-block, and w represents the weight coefficient which has been previously set.

在如此之仿射移動補償預測模式中,也可包括左上及右上角控制點的移動向量之導出方法相異之幾個模式。顯示如此之仿射移動補償預測模式之資訊(例如被稱為仿射旗標)是以CU等級而被進行訊號化。另,該顯示仿射移動補償預測模式之資訊的訊號化無須限定在CU等級,也可為其他等級(例如序列等級、圖片等級、切片等級、方塊等級、CTU等級或者子區塊等級)。In such an affine motion compensation prediction mode, it is also possible to include several modes in which the motion vectors of the upper left and upper right control points are different. Information showing such an affine motion compensated prediction mode (e.g., referred to as an affine flag) is signaled at the CU level. In addition, the signalization of the information showing the affine motion compensation prediction mode need not be limited to the CU level, but may be other levels (eg, sequence level, picture level, slice level, block level, CTU level, or sub-block level).

[預測控制部] 預測控制部128是選擇內預測訊號及間預測訊號之任一種,且將所選擇的訊號做為預測訊號,而輸出至減法部104及加法部116。[Predictive Control Unit] The prediction control unit 128 selects any one of the intra prediction signal and the inter prediction signal, and outputs the selected signal as a prediction signal to the subtraction unit 104 and the addition unit 116.

在此,說明經由合併模式而導出編碼對象圖片的移動向量之例。圖9B是用以說明藉合併模式進行之移動向量導出處理之概要之圖。Here, an example of deriving a motion vector of a coding target picture via a merge mode will be described. Fig. 9B is a diagram for explaining an outline of a motion vector derivation process by a merge mode.

首先,產生已登錄預測MV之候選的預測MV清單。以預測MV的候選來說,包括有:空間鄰接預測MV,是編碼對象區塊之空間性質上位於周邊的複數個編碼完畢區塊所具有之MV;時間鄰接預測MV,是投影到編碼完畢參考圖片中的編碼對象區塊之位置的附近區塊所具有的MV;結合預測MV,是組合空間鄰接預測MV及時間鄰接預測MV之MV值而產生的MV;以及零預測MV,其值為零的MV等。First, a list of predicted MVs of candidates for the registered prediction MV is generated. The candidate for predicting the MV includes: a spatial adjacency prediction MV, which is a MV of a plurality of coded blocks located in the periphery of the spatial region of the coding target block; the temporal adjacent prediction MV is a projection to the encoded reference. The MV of the vicinity block of the position of the coding target block in the picture; the combined prediction MV is the MV generated by combining the MV value of the spatial adjacent prediction MV and the temporal adjacent prediction MV; and the zero prediction MV whose value is zero MV and so on.

其次,從已登錄在預測MV清單的複數個預測MV之中,選擇1個預測MV,以此將之決定做為編碼對象區塊的MV。Next, from among the plurality of prediction MVs that have been registered in the prediction MV list, one prediction MV is selected, and this is determined as the MV of the encoding target block.

進而,可變長度編碼部中,將merge_idx記述在串流中,並進行編碼,其中該merge_idx是顯示已選擇哪一預測MV之訊號。Further, in the variable length coding unit, the merge_idx is described in the stream, and the merge_idx is a signal indicating which prediction MV has been selected.

另,登錄在圖9B中所說明之預測MV清單之預測MV只是一個例子,也可為和圖中的個數不同的個數,或者不含圖中的預測MV之一部分的種類之構成,或者追加了圖中的預測MV之種類以外的預測MV之構成。In addition, the predicted MV registered in the predicted MV list illustrated in FIG. 9B is only an example, and may be a number different from the number in the figure, or a type including a part of the predicted MV in the figure, or The structure of the prediction MV other than the type of the prediction MV in the figure is added.

另,也可使用藉合併模式所導出之編碼對象區塊的MV,進行後述的DMVR處理,藉此來決定最後的MV。Alternatively, the MV of the encoding target block derived by the merge mode may be used to perform the DMVR processing described later, thereby determining the last MV.

在此,針對使用DMVR處理來決定MV之例進行說明。Here, an example in which MV is determined using DMVR processing will be described.

圖9C是用以說明DMVR處理的概要之概念圖。Fig. 9C is a conceptual diagram for explaining an outline of DMVR processing.

首先,以已設定於處理對象區塊的最適合的MVP做為候選MV來說,依照前述候選MV,從L0方向的處理完畢圖片即第1參考圖片、及L1方向之處理完畢圖片即第2參考圖片,分別取得參考像素,取各參考像素的平均,以此產生模板。First, the most suitable MVP that has been set in the processing target block is used as the candidate MV. According to the candidate MV, the processed picture from the L0 direction, that is, the first reference picture and the processed picture in the L1 direction are the second. Referring to the picture, the reference pixels are respectively obtained, and the average of each reference pixel is taken to generate a template.

其次,使用前述模板,分別搜索第1參考圖片及第2參考圖片的候選MV之周邊區域,將成本成為最小的MV決定做為最後的MV。另,成本值是利用模板的各像素值與搜索區域的各像素值之差分值及MV值等來算出。Next, using the template, the peripheral regions of the candidate MVs of the first reference picture and the second reference picture are respectively searched, and the MV whose cost is the smallest is determined as the last MV. Further, the cost value is calculated by using a difference value between each pixel value of the template and each pixel value of the search area, an MV value, and the like.

另,在編碼裝置及解碼裝置中,在此所說明的處理之概要基本上是共通的。Further, in the encoding device and the decoding device, the outline of the processing described herein is basically common.

另,就算不是在此所說明的處理內容,只要是能搜索候選MV的周邊而導出最後的MV之處理,也可使用其他處理。Further, even if it is not the processing content described here, other processing may be used as long as it is a process of searching for the periphery of the candidate MV and deriving the last MV.

在此,針對使用LIC處理來產生預測圖像的模式進行說明。Here, a mode in which a predicted image is generated using the LIC processing will be described.

圖9D是用以說明使用依LIC處理之亮度補正處理的預測圖像產生方法之概要之圖。9D is a diagram for explaining an outline of a prediction image generation method using luminance correction processing by LIC processing.

首先,從參考圖片導出MV,其中該參考圖片是編碼完畢圖片,該MV是用以取得對應於編碼對象區塊之參考圖像。First, the MV is derived from the reference picture, wherein the reference picture is an encoded picture, and the MV is used to obtain a reference picture corresponding to the coding target block.

其次,對於編碼對象區塊,利用左鄰接及上鄰接之編碼完畢周邊參考區域的亮度像素值、與位於以MV所指定的參考圖片內之同等位置之亮度像素值,擷取資訊,算出亮度補正參數,其中該資訊是顯示亮度值在參考圖片與編碼對象圖片是如何變化。Next, for the coding target block, the brightness pixel value of the left adjacent and upper adjacent coded surrounding reference area and the brightness pixel value located at the same position in the reference picture specified by the MV are used to extract information and calculate brightness correction. The parameter, where the information is displayed, shows how the brightness value changes in the reference picture and the encoded object picture.

對於以MV所指定的參考圖片內之參考圖像,使用前述亮度補正參數,進行亮度補正處理,以此產生相對於編碼對象區塊之預測圖像。For the reference image in the reference picture specified by the MV, the brightness correction processing is performed using the aforementioned luminance correction parameter, thereby generating a predicted image with respect to the encoding target block.

另,圖9D中的前述周邊參考區域的形狀只是其中一例而已也可使用除此以外的形狀。In addition, the shape of the aforementioned peripheral reference area in FIG. 9D is only one example, and other shapes may be used.

又,在此已針對從1張參考圖片來產生預測圖像的處理進行說明,但從數張的參考圖片來產生預測圖像的情況也是同樣,先對已從各個參考圖片所取得的參考圖像,以同樣的方法進行亮度補正處理,之後再產生預測圖像。Here, the process of generating a predicted image from one reference picture has been described here, but the same is true for the case where a predicted picture is generated from a plurality of reference pictures. First, the reference picture obtained from each reference picture is first. For example, the brightness correction process is performed in the same manner, and then the predicted image is generated.

以判斷是否適用LIC處理之方法來說,例如有使用lic_flag之方法,該lic_flag是顯示是否適用LIC處理的訊號。以具體的一例來說,在編碼裝置中,判斷編碼對象區塊是否為屬於發生亮度變化之區域,若為屬於發生亮度變化的區域時,對lic_flag設定其值為1,適用LIC處理,進行編碼,若不屬於發生亮度變化之區域時,則對lic_flag設定其值為0,不適用LIC處理,進行編碼。另一方面,在解碼裝置中,將記述於串流之lic_flag進行解碼,以此因應該值,切換是否適用LIC處理,來進行解碼。For the method of judging whether or not the LIC processing is applicable, for example, there is a method of using lic_flag, which is a signal indicating whether LIC processing is applicable. In a specific example, the encoding apparatus determines whether the encoding target block belongs to an area where the luminance change occurs, and if it belongs to the area where the luminance change occurs, sets the value to 1 for lic_flag, and applies LIC processing to perform encoding. If it is not in the area where the brightness change occurs, set the value to 0 for lic_flag, and do not apply LIC processing to encode. On the other hand, in the decoding apparatus, the lic_flag described in the stream is decoded, and the LIC processing is switched to perform decoding in accordance with the value.

以判斷是否適用LIC處理之另一方法來說,例如還有如下方法,該方法是依照在周邊區塊是否適用過LIC處理而判斷。以具體的一例來說,編碼對象區塊為合併模式時,判斷在於合併模式處理中的MV之導出時所選擇的周邊的編碼完畢區塊是否適用LIC處理而進行編碼,因應該結果,切換是否適用LIC處理,而進行編碼。另,在該例的情況,解碼中的處理也是完全相同。For another method of judging whether or not the LIC processing is applicable, for example, there is also a method of judging whether or not the LIC processing is applied to the peripheral block. In a specific example, when the coding target block is in the merge mode, it is determined whether the coded block in the vicinity of the MV in the merge mode process is encoded by the LIC process, and the result is whether the switch is performed. Apply LIC processing and encode. In addition, in the case of this example, the processing in decoding is also identical.

[解碼裝置的概要] 其次,針對解碼裝置之概要進行說明,該解碼裝置可將從上述編碼裝置100所輸出的編碼訊號(編碼位元串流)進行解碼。圖10是顯示實施形態1之解碼裝置200的功能構成之方塊圖。解碼裝置200是以區塊單位而將動態圖像/圖像進行解碼的動態圖像/圖像解碼裝置。[Outline of Decoding Device] Next, an outline of a decoding device that can decode an encoded signal (encoded bit stream) output from the encoding device 100 will be described. FIG. 10 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of a decoding device 200 according to the first embodiment. The decoding device 200 is a moving image/image decoding device that decodes a moving image/image in units of blocks.

如圖10所示,解碼裝置200包含有:熵解碼部202、反量化部204、反轉換部206、加法部208、區塊記憶體210、迴路濾波部212、訊框記憶體214、內預測部216、間預測部218、及預測控制部220。As shown in FIG. 10, the decoding apparatus 200 includes an entropy decoding unit 202, an inverse quantization unit 204, an inverse conversion unit 206, an addition unit 208, a block memory 210, a loop filter unit 212, a frame memory 214, and an intra prediction. The unit 216, the inter prediction unit 218, and the prediction control unit 220.

解碼裝置200,例如可透過通用處理器及記憶體來實現。此時,記憶體所儲存的軟體程式經由處理器來執行時,處理器是做為熵解碼部202、反量化部204、反轉換部206、加法部208、迴路濾波部212、內預測部216、間預測部218、及預測控制部220而運作。又,解碼裝置200也可做為對應於熵解碼部202、反量化部204、反轉換部206、加法部208、迴路濾波部212、內預測部216、間預測部218、及預測控制部220之專用的1個以上的電子電路而附諸實現。The decoding device 200 can be realized, for example, by a general purpose processor and a memory. At this time, when the software program stored in the memory is executed by the processor, the processor functions as the entropy decoding unit 202, the inverse quantization unit 204, the inverse conversion unit 206, the addition unit 208, the loop filter unit 212, and the internal prediction unit 216. The inter prediction unit 218 and the prediction control unit 220 operate. Further, the decoding device 200 may correspond to the entropy decoding unit 202, the inverse quantization unit 204, the inverse conversion unit 206, the addition unit 208, the loop filter unit 212, the intra prediction unit 216, the inter prediction unit 218, and the prediction control unit 220. One or more dedicated electronic circuits are dedicated to implementation.

以下,針對解碼裝置200所含之各構成要素予以說明。Hereinafter, each component included in the decoding device 200 will be described.

[熵解碼部] 熵解碼部202是將編碼位元串流進行熵解碼。具體來說,熵解碼部202,例如是從編碼位元串流進行算術解碼而變成二值訊號。接著,熵解碼部202將二值訊號進行多值化(debinarize)。藉此,熵解碼部202是以區塊單位而將量化係數輸出至反量化部204。[Entropy Decoding Unit] The entropy decoding unit 202 performs entropy decoding on the encoded bit stream. Specifically, the entropy decoding unit 202 performs arithmetic decoding from the encoded bit stream to become a binary signal, for example. Next, the entropy decoding unit 202 demultiplexes the binary signal. Thereby, the entropy decoding unit 202 outputs the quantized coefficients to the inverse quantization unit 204 in units of blocks.

[反量化部] 反量化部204是將解碼對象區塊(以下稱為當前區塊)的量化係數進行反量化,其中該解碼對象區塊為來自熵解碼部202的輸入。具體來說,反量化部204是針對當前區塊的量化係數之各個,根據對應於該量化係數之量化參數,而將該量化係數進行反量化。然後,反量化部204是將當前區塊的業經反量化之量化係數(即轉換係數)輸出至反轉換部206。[Inverse Quantization Unit] The inverse quantization unit 204 inversely quantizes the quantized coefficients of the decoding target block (hereinafter referred to as the current block) which is an input from the entropy decoding unit 202. Specifically, the inverse quantization unit 204 is for each of the quantized coefficients of the current block, and inversely quantizes the quantized coefficients according to the quantization parameter corresponding to the quantized coefficients. Then, the inverse quantization unit 204 outputs the dequantized quantized coefficients (i.e., conversion coefficients) of the current block to the inverse conversion unit 206.

[反轉換部] 反轉換部206是將轉換係數進行反轉換,藉此將預測誤差復原,其中該轉換係數為來自反量化部204之輸入。[Inverse Conversion Unit] The inverse conversion unit 206 restores the prediction error by inversely converting the conversion coefficient, which is an input from the inverse quantization unit 204.

例如從編碼位元串流已解讀的資訊是顯示適用EMT或者AMT的時候(例如AMT旗標為真),反轉換部206是根據顯示所解讀的轉換型式的資訊,將當前區塊的轉換係數進行反轉換。For example, when the information that has been interpreted from the encoded bit stream is displayed when EMT or AMT is applied (for example, the AMT flag is true), the inverse conversion unit 206 converts the current block according to the information of the converted conversion pattern. Perform a reverse conversion.

又,例如從編碼位元串流已解讀的資訊是顯示適用NSST的時候,反轉換部206是對轉換係數適用反再轉換。Further, for example, when the information that has been interpreted from the encoded bit stream is the display applicable NSST, the inverse conversion unit 206 applies inverse retransformation to the conversion coefficient.

[加法部] 加法部208是將預測誤差與預測樣本相加,藉此再構成當前區塊,其中該預測誤差是來自反轉換部206之輸入,該預測樣本是來自預測控制部220之輸入。然後,加法部208是將業經再構成的區塊輸出至區塊記憶體210及迴路濾波部212。[Addition Unit] The addition unit 208 adds the prediction error to the prediction block, thereby reconstructing the current block, wherein the prediction error is an input from the inverse conversion unit 206, which is an input from the prediction control unit 220. Then, the addition unit 208 outputs the reconstructed block to the block memory 210 and the loop filter unit 212.

[區塊記憶體] 區塊記憶體210是用以儲存在內預測中被參考的區塊且為解碼對象圖片(以下稱為當前圖片)內的區塊之記憶部。具體來說,區塊記憶體210是儲存從加法部208所輸出的再構成區塊。[Block Memory] The tile memory 210 is a memory portion for storing a block referenced in the intra prediction and for decoding a block in the target picture (hereinafter referred to as a current picture). Specifically, the tile memory 210 stores the reconstructed block output from the addition unit 208.

[迴路濾波部] 迴路濾波部212是對已經由加法部208而再構成的區塊施行迴路濾波,且將業已濾波的再構成區塊輸出至訊框記憶體214及顯示裝置等。[Loop Filter Unit] The loop filter unit 212 performs loop filtering on the block that has been reconstructed by the adder unit 208, and outputs the filtered reconstructed block to the frame memory 214, the display device, and the like.

顯示從編碼位元串流已解讀之ALF之開啟/關閉的資訊是顯示ALF之開啟的時候,根據一部分的梯度的方向及活性度,從複數個濾波器之中,選擇1個濾波器,將所選擇的濾波器適用於再構成區塊。Displaying the information that the ALF is turned on/off from the encoded bit stream is displayed. When the ALF is turned on, one filter is selected from a plurality of filters according to the direction and activity of a part of the gradient. The selected filter is suitable for reconstructing blocks.

[訊框記憶體] 訊框記憶體214是用以儲存使用在間預測的參考圖片之記憶部,也有時候被稱為訊框緩衝器。具體來說,訊框記憶體214是儲存經由迴路濾波部212所濾波的再構成區塊。[Frame Memory] The frame memory 214 is a memory for storing reference pictures that are used for prediction, and is sometimes referred to as a frame buffer. Specifically, the frame memory 214 stores the reconstructed block filtered by the loop filter unit 212.

[內預測部] 內預測部216是根據從編碼位元串流已解讀的內預測模式,參考區塊記憶體210所儲存的當前圖片內的區塊,來進行內預測,以此產生預測訊號(內預測訊號)。具體來說,內預測部216是參考鄰接於當前區塊的區塊之樣本(例如亮度值、色差值),進行內預測,以此產生內預測訊號,且將內預測訊號輸出至預測控制部220。[Internal Prediction Unit] The intra prediction unit 216 performs intra prediction by referring to the intra-prediction mode that has been interpreted from the encoded bit stream, and refers to the block in the current picture stored in the block memory 210, thereby generating a prediction signal. (internal prediction signal). Specifically, the intra prediction unit 216 performs intra prediction by referring to samples (for example, luminance values and color difference values) of the blocks adjacent to the current block, thereby generating an intra prediction signal, and outputting the intra prediction signal to the prediction control. Department 220.

另,在色差區塊的內預測中,選擇了參考亮度區塊的內預測模式時,內預測部216也可根據當前區塊的亮度成分,預測當前區塊的色差成分。Further, in the intra prediction of the chroma block, when the intra prediction mode of the reference luma block is selected, the intra prediction unit 216 may also predict the chroma component of the current block based on the luminance component of the current block.

又,在從編碼位元串流已解讀的資訊顯示PDPC的適用時,內預測部216是根據水平/垂直方向的參考像素的梯度,來補正內預測後的像素值。Further, when the information display PDPC is interpreted from the encoded bit stream, the intra prediction unit 216 corrects the intra-predicted pixel value based on the gradient of the reference pixels in the horizontal/vertical direction.

[間預測部] 間預測部218是參考訊框記憶體214所儲存的參考圖片,來預測當前區塊。預測是以當前區塊或者當前區塊內的子區塊(例如4×4區塊)的單位進行。例如,間預測部218是使用從編碼位元串流已解讀的移動資訊(例如移動向量)來進行移動補償,以此產生當前區塊或者子區塊的間預測訊號,且將間預測訊號輸出至預測控制部220。The inter-prediction unit 218 is a reference picture stored in the reference frame memory 214 to predict the current block. The prediction is made in units of the current block or sub-blocks within the current block (eg, 4x4 blocks). For example, the inter prediction unit 218 performs motion compensation using the mobile information (for example, motion vector) that has been interpreted from the encoded bit stream, thereby generating an inter-prediction signal of the current block or sub-block, and outputting the inter-predicted signal. To the prediction control unit 220.

另,在從編碼位元串流已解讀的資訊是顯示適用OBMC模式時,間預測部218不只是利用經由移動估測而得到的當前區塊的移動資訊,還利用鄰接區塊的移動資訊,產生間預測訊號。In addition, when the information that has been interpreted from the encoded bit stream is displayed in the applicable OBMC mode, the inter prediction unit 218 not only uses the mobile information of the current block obtained through the motion estimation, but also uses the mobile information of the adjacent block. Generate inter-predictive signals.

又,在從編碼位元串流已解讀的資訊是顯示適用FRUC模式時,間預測部218是依照從編碼串流已解讀的圖案匹配的方法(雙向匹配或者模板匹配),進行移動估測,藉此導出移動資訊。然後,間預測部218是使用所導出的移動資訊,來進行移動補償。Further, when the information that has been interpreted from the encoded bit stream is displayed in the applicable FRUC mode, the inter prediction unit 218 performs the motion estimation in accordance with the pattern matching method (bidirectional matching or template matching) that has been interpreted from the encoded stream. This allows you to export mobile information. Then, the inter prediction unit 218 performs motion compensation using the derived movement information.

又,間預測部218是適用BIO模式時,根據假設等速直線運動之模型,導出移動向量。又,在從編碼位元串流已解讀的資訊顯示適用仿射移動補償預測模式時,間預測部218是根據複數個鄰接區塊的移動向量,而以子區塊單位導出移動向量。Further, when the BIO mode is applied, the inter prediction unit 218 derives a motion vector based on a model of a hypothetical linear motion. Further, when the affine motion compensation prediction mode is applied to the information read from the coded bit stream, the inter prediction unit 218 derives the motion vector in units of sub-blocks based on the motion vectors of the plurality of adjacent blocks.

[預測控制部] 預測控制部220是選擇內預測訊號及間預測訊號之任一個,且將所選擇的訊號做為預測訊號,而輸出至加法部208。[Predictive Control Unit] The prediction control unit 220 selects either one of the intra prediction signal and the inter prediction signal, and outputs the selected signal as a prediction signal to the addition unit 208.

[編碼裝置及解碼裝置中之預測移動向量關聯處理] 在H.264及HEVC等之動態圖像編碼方式中,因資訊量壓縮,而使用了被稱為I圖片、P圖片及B圖片之3種圖片型式。I圖片是透過圖片內預測而被進行編碼。圖片內預測又被稱為畫面間預測或者內預測。[Predictive Motion Vector Correlation Processing in Encoding Device and Decoding Device] In the moving image encoding method such as H.264 and HEVC, 3 is called I picture, P picture, and B picture due to information amount compression. Picture type. I pictures are encoded by intra-picture prediction. Intra-picture prediction is also called inter-picture prediction or intra prediction.

P圖片是透過參考於顯示時間順序上較編碼對象圖片更前方或者後方的業經編碼的1個圖片之間預測,而被進行編碼。B圖片是透過參考於顯示時間順序上較編碼對象圖片更前方或者後方的業經編碼的2個圖片之間預測,而被進行編碼。The P picture is encoded by referring to the prediction between the coded pictures that are displayed in front of or behind the picture to be encoded in the display time order. The B picture is encoded by referring to prediction between the two pictures encoded in front of or behind the picture in the display chronological order.

在間預測中,產生有用以特定參考圖片之參考圖片清單。在參考圖片清單中,對在間預測所參考的編碼完畢之參考圖片分配有參考圖片索引。例如,在B圖片的編碼中,能參考2個圖片。為此,會產生2個參考圖片清單(L0參考圖片清單及L1參考圖片清單)。In inter prediction, a list of reference pictures that are useful for a particular reference picture is generated. In the reference picture list, the reference picture index is assigned to the encoded reference picture referenced by the inter prediction. For example, in the encoding of a B picture, two pictures can be referred to. To this end, two reference picture lists (L0 reference picture list and L1 reference picture list) are generated.

有關於將B圖片或者P圖片中的編碼對象區塊之移動向量進行編碼之方法,有預測移動向量指定模式存在。在預測移動向量指定模式中,會使用鄰接區塊及同位(co-located)區塊,其中該鄰接區塊為鄰接於編碼對象區塊的區塊,該同位區塊是在參考圖片中位置與編碼對象區塊相同的區塊。Regarding the method of encoding the motion vector of the coding target block in the B picture or the P picture, there is a prediction motion vector designation mode. In the prediction motion vector designation mode, a neighboring block and a co-located block are used, wherein the adjacent block is a block adjacent to the encoding target block, and the co-located block is located in the reference picture. Encode the same block of the object block.

具體來說,從已使用在鄰接區塊及同位區塊各自的編碼之移動向量,導出預測移動向量候選。預測移動向量候選又被稱為候選移動向量。又,被用在預測移動向量候選之導出之鄰接區塊及同位區塊等之區塊又被稱為候選區塊。Specifically, the predicted motion vector candidate is derived from the motion vectors that have been encoded in the adjacent blocks and the co-located blocks. The predicted motion vector candidate is also referred to as a candidate motion vector. Further, the block used for the prediction of the motion vector candidate and the adjacent block and the parity block are also referred to as candidate blocks.

然後,從複數個預測移動向量候選之中選擇預測移動向量,使編碼對象區塊的移動向量被編碼。此時,所選擇的預測移動向量之索引等被附加在位元串流。Then, a prediction motion vector is selected from among a plurality of prediction motion vector candidates, so that the motion vector of the coding target block is encoded. At this time, an index or the like of the selected predicted motion vector is added to the bit stream.

另,有關於預測移動向量,使用同位區塊的移動向量之方法被稱為TMVP (Temporal Motion Vector Prediction)。又,有時將同位區塊叫做Col區塊。又,各區塊的移動向量及參考圖片是意指已用於(或用於)區塊的間預測之移動向量及參考圖片。In addition, regarding the prediction of the motion vector, the method of using the motion vector of the co-located block is called TMVP (Temporal Motion Vector Prediction). Also, the co-located block is sometimes called a Col block. Also, the motion vector and reference picture of each block are motion vectors and reference pictures that have been used for (or for) inter-block prediction.

圖11是顯示鄰接區塊及鄰接區塊的移動向量的概念圖。在圖11的例中,4個鄰接區塊A、B、C及D是鄰接於編碼對象區塊的4個區塊。從4個鄰接區塊A、B、C及D之4個移動向量mvA、mvB、mvC及mvD,也可導出4個預測移動向量候選。Figure 11 is a conceptual diagram showing the motion vectors of adjacent blocks and adjacent blocks. In the example of Fig. 11, four adjacent blocks A, B, C, and D are four blocks adjacent to the encoding target block. Four prediction motion vector candidates can also be derived from four motion vectors mvA, mvB, mvC, and mvD of four adjacent blocks A, B, C, and D.

具體來說,也可使鄰接區塊A的移動向量mvA原封不動地做為預測移動向量候選來導出。或者,也可將鄰接區塊A的移動向量mvA進行定標,導出業已定標的移動向量mvA,而做為預測移動向量候選。在此,移動向量的定標,是指將移動向量的大小伸縮,亦包括使用負的比值而將移動向量反轉者。Specifically, the motion vector mvA of the adjacent block A can also be derived as a prediction motion vector candidate as it is. Alternatively, the motion vector mvA of the adjacent block A may be scaled to derive the scaled motion vector mvA as a predicted motion vector candidate. Here, the scaling of the motion vector refers to scaling the size of the motion vector, and also includes inverting the motion vector using a negative ratio.

對於上述的定標,也可使用如下2個時間差的比值,即,從編碼對象圖片迄至編碼對象區塊的參考圖片的時間差之相對於從編碼對象圖片迄至鄰接區塊A之參考圖片的時間差之比值。另,例如從第1圖片迄至第2圖片的時間差是經由第2圖片的顯示順序減去第1圖片的顯示順序而得到的值,且得取負值。For the above scaling, the ratio of the two time differences may be used, that is, the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture of the encoding target block relative to the reference picture from the encoding target picture to the adjacent block A The ratio of time differences. Further, for example, the time difference from the first picture to the second picture is a value obtained by subtracting the display order of the first picture from the display order of the second picture, and a negative value is obtained.

又,與鄰接區塊A的移動向量mvA同樣,從鄰接區塊B、C及D的移動向量mvB、mvC及mvD各個,能導出預測移動向量候選。Further, similarly to the motion vector mvA of the adjacent block A, the motion vector predictor candidates can be derived from the motion vectors mvB, mvC, and mvD adjacent to the blocks B, C, and D.

圖12是顯示Col區塊及Col區塊的移動向量之概念圖。另,各圖片為二維,但在圖12等中的各圖片,為方便說明,是以一維來呈現。Figure 12 is a conceptual diagram showing the motion vectors of the Col block and the Col block. In addition, each picture is two-dimensional, but each picture in FIG. 12 and the like is presented in one dimension for convenience of explanation.

在圖12之例中,Col區塊是使用移動向量mvCol,且參考第1參考圖片,而被編碼。例如,從Col區塊的移動向量mvCol,導出預測移動向量候選。In the example of FIG. 12, the Col block is encoded using the motion vector mvCol and referring to the first reference picture. For example, a predicted motion vector candidate is derived from the motion vector mvCol of the Col block.

具體來說,Col區塊的移動向量mvCol也可原封不動地做為預測移動向量候選來導出。或者,也可將Col區塊的移動向量mvCol進行定標,導出業經定標的移動向量mvCol,來做為預測移動向量候選。對於該定標,也可使用如下2個時間差的比值,從編碼對象圖片迄至編碼對象區塊的參考圖片的時間差之相對於包括Col區塊之第2參考圖片迄至Col區塊的參考圖片的時間差之比值。Specifically, the motion vector mvCol of the Col block can also be derived as a prediction motion vector candidate as it is. Alternatively, the motion vector mvCol of the Col block may be scaled, and the scaled motion vector mvCol may be derived as a prediction motion vector candidate. For the scaling, the following two time difference ratios may also be used, and the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture of the encoding target block is relative to the reference picture including the second reference picture of the Col block up to the Col block. The ratio of the time difference.

進而,現在HEVC的下一世代的動態圖像編碼方式正在被MPEG與ITU-T聯合運作的檢討團隊即JVET(Joint Video Exploration Team)來討論。在這之中,TMVP之改良方式即ATMVP(Advanced Temporal Motion Vector Prediction)已被提出討論。Furthermore, the next generation of HEVC's next-generation dynamic image coding method is being discussed by JVET (Joint Video Exploration Team), a review team jointly operated by MPEG and ITU-T. Among them, TMVP (Advanced Temporal Motion Vector Prediction), which is an improved method of TMVP, has been proposed.

例如,在ATMVP中,根據鄰接區塊的移動向量,暫時決定了編碼對象區塊的移動向量。接著,藉已被暫時決定的移動向量所指示的區塊就被決定做為ATMVP區塊。接著,ATMVP區塊中的移動向量(ATMV:Advanced Temporal Motion Vector)就被當做為預測移動向量候選來使用。For example, in ATMVP, the motion vector of the coding target block is temporarily determined according to the motion vector of the adjacent block. Next, the block indicated by the temporarily determined motion vector is determined to be the ATMVP block. Next, the motion vector (ATMV: Advanced Temporal Motion Vector) in the ATMVP block is used as a prediction motion vector candidate.

另,有時將ATMVP區塊稱為Adv區塊。ATMVP區塊是使用在候選移動向量之導出之候選區塊之例。In addition, the ATMVP block is sometimes referred to as an Adv block. An ATMVP block is an example of a candidate block that is used in the derivation of a candidate motion vector.

圖13是顯示Adv區塊、及Adv區塊之移動向量之概念圖。例如,圖11所示之鄰接區塊D之移動向量mvD被暫時地決定做為編碼對象區塊之移動向量。接著,藉移動向量mvD而從編碼對象區塊所指示的區塊被決定做為Adv區塊。Figure 13 is a conceptual diagram showing the motion vectors of Adv blocks and Adv blocks. For example, the motion vector mvD of the adjacent block D shown in FIG. 11 is temporarily determined as the motion vector of the encoding target block. Next, the block indicated by the encoding target block by the motion vector mvD is determined to be an Adv block.

又,例如藉移動向量mvD而在第2參考圖片中所指示的區域是使用在鄰接區塊D的預測圖像之產生時,Adv區塊是包含在第2參考圖片。即,包含Adv區塊之參考圖片是經由顯示鄰接區塊D之參考圖片之參考圖片索引來表示。然後,從Adv區塊的移動向量mvAdv,導出預測移動向量候選。Further, for example, when the region indicated by the second reference picture by the motion vector mvD is the generation of the prediction image used in the adjacent block D, the Adv block is included in the second reference picture. That is, the reference picture containing the Adv block is represented by a reference picture index showing the reference picture of the adjacent block D. Then, the predicted motion vector candidate is derived from the motion vector mvAdv of the Adv block.

具體來說,Adv區塊的移動向量mvAdv也可原封不動地做為預測移動向量候選來導出。或者,也可將Adv區塊之移動向量mvAdv進行定標,導出業已定標的移動向量mvAdv,來做為預測移動向量候選。對於該定標,可使用如下2個時間差的比值,即,從編碼對象圖片迄至編碼對象區塊的參考圖片的時間差之相對於包括Adv區塊之第2參考圖片迄至Adv區塊之參考圖片的時間差之比值。Specifically, the motion vector mvAdv of the Adv block can also be derived as a prediction motion vector candidate as it is. Alternatively, the motion vector mvAdv of the Adv block may be scaled to derive the scaled motion vector mvAdv as a prediction motion vector candidate. For the scaling, a ratio of two time differences, that is, a time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture of the encoding target block, relative to the second reference picture including the Adv block to the Adv block, may be used. The ratio of the time difference of the picture.

例如,即使是編碼對象區塊為移動物的範圍內的圖像的情形,Adv區塊也能追隨移動物的移動,在移動物的範圍內,被決定在相對於編碼對象區塊相同的位置。如此的Adv區塊的移動向量可以具有與編碼對象區塊的移動向量相同的特性。因此,可以從Adv區塊的移動向量mvAdv,導出適合的預測移動向量候選。For example, even in the case where the encoding target block is an image within the range of the moving object, the Adv block can follow the movement of the moving object, and is determined to be in the same position relative to the encoding target block within the range of the moving object. . The motion vector of such an Adv block may have the same characteristics as the motion vector of the encoding target block. Therefore, suitable prediction motion vector candidates can be derived from the motion vector mvAdv of the Adv block.

另,在Adv區塊的決定上,也可無須原封不動地使用鄰接區塊D的間預測所使用的移動向量mvD及第2參考圖片。Adv區塊也可在不同於鄰接區塊D的間預測所使用之第2參考圖片的參考圖片之中來決定。例如,Adv區塊也可在編碼對象圖片的正前頭或者正後頭的參考圖片之中來決定。Further, in the decision of the Adv block, the motion vector mvD and the second reference picture used for the inter prediction of the adjacent block D need not be used as they are. The Adv block may also be determined among reference pictures of the second reference picture used for inter prediction from the adjacent block D. For example, the Adv block can also be determined in the front of the encoding object picture or in the reference picture immediately after the picture.

接著,也可對於鄰接區塊D的間預測所使用的移動向量mvD適用定標,使用業已定標的移動向量mvD來決定Adv區塊。對於該定標,也可使用如下2個時間差的比值,即,從編碼對象圖片迄至Adv區塊所決定的參考圖片的時間差之相對於從編碼對象圖片迄至在鄰接區塊D之間預測所使用的第2參考圖片的時間差之比值。Next, scaling may be applied to the motion vector mvD used for inter prediction of the adjacent block D, and the deviated block is determined using the scaled motion vector mvD. For the scaling, the ratio of the two time differences may be used, that is, the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture determined by the Adv block relative to the prediction from the encoding target picture to the adjacent block D. The ratio of the time difference of the second reference picture used.

如上述,在現在正被討論的ATMVP中,根據鄰接區塊的移動向量,暫時地決定編碼對象區塊的移動向量,而將經由被暫時決定的移動向量所指示的區塊決定做為ATMVP區塊。即,單一的ATMVP區塊就被決定。然後,從單一的ATMVP區塊的移動向量,可導出預測移動向量候選。As described above, in the ATMVP currently being discussed, the motion vector of the coding target block is temporarily determined based on the motion vector of the adjacent block, and the block decision indicated by the temporarily determined motion vector is determined as the ATMVP area. Piece. That is, a single ATMVP block is determined. The predicted motion vector candidate can then be derived from the motion vector of a single ATMVP block.

TMVP也同樣地,決定單一的同位區塊,且從單一同位區塊的移動向量,導出預測移動向量候選。即,不管是ATMVP還是TMVP,都會從單一區塊的移動向量導出預測移動向量候選。因此,在L0參考圖片清單中所含之區塊、及L1參考區塊清單所含之區塊之中,只會從其中一個區塊導出預測移動向量候選。Similarly, TMVP determines a single co-located block and derives a predicted motion vector candidate from the motion vector of a single co-located block. That is, whether it is ATMVP or TMVP, the predicted motion vector candidate is derived from the motion vector of a single block. Therefore, among the blocks included in the L0 reference picture list and the blocks included in the L1 reference block list, only the predicted motion vector candidates are derived from one of the blocks.

如上述所導出的預測移動向量候選,未必就一定是適合的預測移動向量候選。編碼對象區塊位於圖像中之移動物之範圍的邊界附近,且移動物的範圍內的移動、與移動物的範圍外的移動不相同時,ATMVP區塊的移動向量與編碼對象區塊的移動向量有可能大相逕庭。The predicted motion vector candidate derived as described above is not necessarily a suitable prediction motion vector candidate. When the coding target block is located near the boundary of the range of the moving object in the image, and the movement within the range of the moving object is different from the movement outside the range of the moving object, the movement vector of the ATMVP block and the coding target block are The motion vectors are likely to be very different.

圖14是顯示編碼對象區塊、4個鄰接區塊A、B、C及D、以及移動物的範圍之關係之例的概念圖。在該例中,編碼對象區塊是跨越移動物的範圍的邊界,此外,編碼對象區塊大部分是包含在移動物的範圍內。在該例中,鄰接區塊D是位在移動物的範圍外,具體上是包含在背景中。Fig. 14 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a relationship between a coding target block, four adjacent blocks A, B, C, and D, and a range of moving objects. In this example, the encoding target block is a boundary spanning the range of the moving object, and further, the encoding target block is mostly included in the range of the moving object. In this example, the adjacent block D is located outside the range of the moving object, specifically included in the background.

圖15是顯示不適合的Adv區塊之例之概念圖。具體來說,圖15是顯示在圖14之例中,依照鄰接區塊D的移動向量mvD而決定的Adv區塊。Figure 15 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of an unsuitable Adv block. Specifically, FIG. 15 is an Adv block determined in accordance with the motion vector mvD of the adjacent block D in the example of FIG.

在Adv區塊依照鄰接區塊D的移動向量mvD而決定時,Adv區塊位於移動物的範圍外,且包含在背景中的可能性高。因此,此時,Adv區塊的移動向量是顯示著背景的移動,不能正確地顯示大部分包含在移動物的範圍內之編碼對象區塊之移動。因此,從Adv區塊的移動向量,不會導出適合的預測移動向量候選。When the Adv block is determined according to the motion vector mvD of the adjacent block D, the Adv block is located outside the range of the moving object, and is highly likely to be included in the background. Therefore, at this time, the motion vector of the Adv block is a movement showing the background, and the movement of most of the coding target blocks included in the range of the mobile object cannot be correctly displayed. Therefore, from the motion vector of the Adv block, suitable predictive motion vector candidates are not derived.

本實施形態之編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200是使用L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片內之區塊、與L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片內之區塊各個,而導出時間性質的預測移動向量候選。藉此,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200,就算在處理對象區塊位於移動物的範圍之邊界附近時,也能提高與處理對象區塊的移動整合的時間性質的預測移動向量候選被導出的可能性。The encoding apparatus 100 and the decoding apparatus 200 of the present embodiment use the blocks in the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list and the blocks in the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list to derive the temporal movement of the predicted movement. Vector candidate. Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 and the decoding apparatus 200 can improve the possibility that the predicted motion vector candidate of the temporal property integrated with the movement of the processing target block is derived even when the processing target block is located near the boundary of the range of the moving object. Sex.

另,時間性質的預測移動向量候選是從相對於處理對象區塊使用時間性質的關係而所決定的區塊所導出的預測移動向量候選,也被稱為時間候選移動向量。又,空間性質的預測移動向量候選是從相對於處理對象區塊使用空間性質的關係而所決定的區塊所導出的預測移動向量候選,也被稱為空間候選移動向量。In addition, the temporal property prediction motion vector candidate is a prediction motion vector candidate derived from a tile determined with respect to the relationship of the processing object block use time property, and is also referred to as a temporal candidate motion vector. Further, the spatial motion prediction motion vector candidate is a prediction motion vector candidate derived from a tile determined by the relationship of the spatial properties of the processing target tile, and is also referred to as a spatial candidate motion vector.

[編碼裝置及解碼裝置之詳細構成] 圖16是更具體顯示圖1所示之編碼裝置100之功能構成之方塊圖。與圖1相比較,在圖16中更顯示了圖片型式決定部132、候選清單產生部134及候選區塊資訊記憶體136。即,編碼裝置100更包含有圖片型式決定部132、候選清單產生部134及候選區塊資訊記憶體136。[Detailed Configuration of Encoding Device and Decoding Device] FIG. 16 is a block diagram showing more specifically the functional configuration of the encoding device 100 shown in FIG. 1. Compared with FIG. 1, the picture type determining unit 132, the candidate list generating unit 134, and the candidate block information memory 136 are further shown in FIG. In other words, the encoding device 100 further includes a picture type determining unit 132, a candidate list generating unit 134, and a candidate block information memory 136.

如上述,編碼裝置100,例如是藉通用處理器及記憶體來實現。此時,在記憶體所儲存的軟體程式透過處理器執行時,處理器是進而當做為圖片型式決定部132及候選清單產生部134等來發揮功能。又,編碼裝置100也可當做為對應於包含圖片型式決定部132及候選清單產生部134等之複數個構成要素之專用的1個以上的電子電路來實現。As described above, the encoding device 100 is realized by, for example, a general-purpose processor and a memory. At this time, when the software program stored in the memory is executed by the processor, the processor functions as the picture type determining unit 132 and the candidate list generating unit 134. Further, the encoding device 100 can be realized as one or more dedicated electronic circuits corresponding to a plurality of constituent elements including the picture type determining unit 132 and the candidate list generating unit 134.

圖片型式決定部132是針對構成動態圖像的複數個圖片之各個,來決定圖片型式。例如,圖片型式決定部132是從稱為I圖片、P圖片及B圖片之3種圖片型式之中,依每圖片選擇圖片型式,藉此來決定各圖片的圖片型式。圖片型式決定部132也可依照圖片的編碼順序或者顯示順序,來決定圖片型式。The picture pattern determining unit 132 determines the picture type for each of a plurality of pictures constituting the moving picture. For example, the picture type determining unit 132 determines a picture type of each picture from among three picture types called an I picture, a P picture, and a B picture, and selects a picture type for each picture. The picture pattern determining unit 132 may determine the picture type in accordance with the encoding order or the display order of the pictures.

又,圖片型式決定部132是將依每圖片所決定的圖片型式輸出,藉此將圖片型式輸入於預測控制部128。預測控制部128是依照所輸入的圖片型式,選擇內預測訊號及間預測訊號之任一個,且將所選擇的訊號做為預測訊號輸出。Further, the picture type determining unit 132 outputs the picture type determined for each picture, thereby inputting the picture type to the prediction control unit 128. The prediction control unit 128 selects one of the intra prediction signal and the inter prediction signal according to the input picture pattern, and outputs the selected signal as a prediction signal.

例如,在所輸入的圖片型式為I圖片時,預測控制部128是選擇內預測訊號,且將內預測訊號輸出。另一方面,所輸入的圖片型式是P圖片或者是B圖片時,預測控制部128選擇間預測訊號,且將間預測訊號輸出。或者,在P圖片或者B圖片時,預測控制部128也可依每區塊,選擇內預測訊號及間預測訊號之任一個,且將所選擇的訊號做為預測訊號輸出。For example, when the input picture type is an I picture, the prediction control unit 128 selects the intra prediction signal and outputs the intra prediction signal. On the other hand, when the input picture type is a P picture or a B picture, the prediction control unit 128 selects the inter prediction signal and outputs the inter prediction signal. Alternatively, in the P picture or the B picture, the prediction control unit 128 may select any one of the intra prediction signal and the inter prediction signal for each block, and use the selected signal as the prediction signal output.

候選清單產生部134是產生候選移動向量的清單。即,候選清單產生部134是產生以1個以上的候選移動向量所構成之清單。該清單也可表述成候選清單、候選移動向量清單或者預測移動向量候選清單。該清單的產生之詳細內容是使用圖18A至圖30等而容後敘述。The candidate list generation unit 134 is a list that generates candidate motion vectors. In other words, the candidate list generating unit 134 generates a list of one or more candidate motion vectors. The list can also be expressed as a candidate list, a candidate motion vector list, or a predicted motion vector candidate list. The details of the generation of this list will be described later using FIGS. 18A to 30 and the like.

又,候選清單產生部134是將已產生的候選清單輸出,藉此將候選清單輸入至間預測部126。間預測部126是從已輸入的候選清單所含之1個以上的候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量。Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 outputs the generated candidate list, thereby inputting the candidate list to the inter prediction unit 126. The inter prediction unit 126 selects a prediction motion vector from among one or more candidate motion vectors included in the input candidate list.

接著,熵編碼部(可變長度編碼部)110是將預測移動向量索引及差分移動向量進行編碼,其中該預測移動向量索引為已選擇的預測移動向量之索引,該差分移動向量是已選擇的預測移動向量與編碼對象區塊之移動向量的差分移動向量。例如,在預測移動向量指定模式中,熵編碼部110是將預測移動向量索引、及差分移動向量進行編碼。Next, the entropy coding unit (variable length coding unit) 110 encodes the prediction motion vector index and the difference motion vector, wherein the prediction motion vector index is an index of the selected prediction motion vector, and the difference motion vector is selected. A differential motion vector that predicts the motion vector and the motion vector of the encoding object block. For example, in the prediction motion vector designation mode, the entropy coding unit 110 encodes the prediction motion vector index and the difference motion vector.

又,在合併模式中,間預測部126是使用已選擇的預測移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊的移動向量,來產生預測圖像。又,在合併模式中,熵編碼部110不將差分移動向量進行編碼,而將預測移動向量索引進行編碼。Further, in the merge mode, the inter prediction unit 126 generates a predicted image by using the selected predicted motion vector as a motion vector of the encoding target block. Further, in the merge mode, the entropy coding unit 110 does not encode the difference motion vector, but encodes the prediction motion vector index.

又,間預測部126也可依照FRUC,選擇預測移動向量,且使用所選擇的預測移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊的移動向量,產生預測圖像。此時,熵編碼部110不將預測移動向量索引及差分移動向量等之移動向量資訊進行編碼。Further, the inter prediction unit 126 may select a prediction motion vector in accordance with the FRUC, and use the selected prediction motion vector as a motion vector of the coding target block to generate a prediction image. At this time, the entropy coding unit 110 does not encode the motion vector information such as the prediction motion vector index and the difference motion vector.

候選區塊資訊記憶體136是用以儲存在候選移動向量之產生所使用的資訊之記憶體。具體來說,在候選區塊資訊記憶體136會儲存編碼對象圖片或者參考圖片中之候選區塊的資訊。候選區塊的資訊,例如是顯示候選區塊的移動向量之資訊。The candidate block information memory 136 is a memory for storing information used in the generation of the candidate motion vectors. Specifically, the candidate block information memory 136 stores the information of the candidate block in the encoding target picture or the reference picture. The information of the candidate block is, for example, information showing the motion vector of the candidate block.

更具體來說,間預測部126也可將如下資訊儲存在候選區塊資訊記憶體136,其中該資訊為顯示在編碼對象區塊之預測圖像產生上所使用的移動向量之資訊。然後,候選清單產生部134也可將候選區塊資訊記憶體136所儲存的資訊做為候選區塊的資訊,而在產生其他編碼對象區塊之預測圖像時進行參考。More specifically, the inter prediction unit 126 may also store the following information in the candidate block information memory 136, wherein the information is information of the motion vector used to display the predicted image generation in the encoding target block. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 may also use the information stored in the candidate block information memory 136 as the information of the candidate block, and refer to when generating the predicted image of the other encoding target block.

另,間預測部126也可含有候選清單產生部134,也可含有候選區塊資訊記憶體136。即,間預測部126可展現候選清單產生部134的作用,也可展現候選區塊資訊記憶體136的作用。The inter prediction unit 126 may include the candidate list generation unit 134 or the candidate block information memory 136. That is, the inter prediction unit 126 can exhibit the role of the candidate list generation unit 134, and can also exhibit the role of the candidate block information memory 136.

又,藉減法部104、熵編碼部110、加法部116及間預測部126等來進行間預測編碼。該等構成要素也可構成間預測編碼部。Further, inter prediction coding is performed by the subtraction unit 104, the entropy coding unit 110, the addition unit 116, the inter prediction unit 126, and the like. These constituent elements may constitute an inter-prediction encoding unit.

圖17是更具體地顯示圖10所示之解碼裝置200的功能構成之方塊圖。與圖10相比較,圖17中更顯示了候選清單產生部234及候選區塊資訊記憶體236。即,解碼裝置200更包含有候選清單產生部234及候選區塊資訊記憶體236。Fig. 17 is a block diagram showing more specifically the functional configuration of the decoding device 200 shown in Fig. 10. Compared with FIG. 10, the candidate list generating unit 234 and the candidate block information memory 236 are further shown in FIG. That is, the decoding device 200 further includes a candidate list generating unit 234 and a candidate block information memory 236.

如上述,解碼裝置200,例如是藉通用處理器及記憶體來實現。此時,儲存在記憶體的軟體程式是藉處理器執行時,處理器進一步做為候選清單產生部234等而發揮功能。又,解碼裝置200也可做為對應於含有候選清單產生部234等之複數個構成要素之專用的1個以上的電子電路來實現。As described above, the decoding device 200 is realized by, for example, a general-purpose processor and a memory. At this time, when the software program stored in the memory is executed by the processor, the processor further functions as the candidate list generating unit 234 or the like. Further, the decoding device 200 can be realized as one or more dedicated electronic circuits corresponding to a plurality of constituent elements including the candidate list generating unit 234 and the like.

解碼裝置200之候選清單產生部234是和編碼裝置100的候選清單產生部134同樣地作動。即,候選清單產生部234是產生以1個以上的候選移動向量所構成之候選清單。該候選清單之產生乃使用圖18A至圖30等容後詳述。另,在圖18A至圖30等之中,主要是顯示了編碼裝置100的動作,但有關於候選清單的產生,解碼裝置200也和編碼裝置100同樣地作動。該等說明中的編碼,可適當地更換成解碼。The candidate list generating unit 234 of the decoding device 200 operates in the same manner as the candidate list generating unit 134 of the encoding device 100. In other words, the candidate list generating unit 234 generates a candidate list composed of one or more candidate motion vectors. The generation of the candidate list is detailed later using FIGS. 18A to 30. 18A to 30, etc., mainly the operation of the encoding apparatus 100 is shown. However, the decoding apparatus 200 operates in the same manner as the encoding apparatus 100 with respect to the generation of the candidate list. The codes in these descriptions can be appropriately replaced with decoding.

又,候選清單產生部234是輸出所產生的候選清單,藉此將候選清單輸入到間預測部218。間預測部218從已輸入的候選清單所含之1個以上的候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量。Further, the candidate list generating unit 234 outputs the generated candidate list, thereby inputting the candidate list to the inter prediction unit 218. The inter prediction unit 218 selects a prediction motion vector from among one or more candidate motion vectors included in the input candidate list.

例如,熵解碼部(可變長度解碼部)202是在預測移動向量指定模式中,將預測移動向量索引、及差分移動向量進行解碼。此時,間預測部218是依照預測移動向量索引,而選擇預測移動向量。For example, the entropy decoding unit (variable length decoding unit) 202 decodes the predicted motion vector index and the differential motion vector in the predicted motion vector designation mode. At this time, the inter prediction unit 218 selects the predicted motion vector in accordance with the predicted motion vector index.

接著,間預測部218是將已選擇的預測移動向量與已解碼的差分移動向量相加,藉此導出解碼對象區塊的移動向量。進而,間預測部218是使用解碼對象區塊的移動向量,產生解碼對象區塊的預測圖像。Next, the inter prediction unit 218 adds the selected prediction motion vector to the decoded difference motion vector, thereby deriving the motion vector of the decoding target block. Further, the inter prediction unit 218 generates a predicted image of the decoding target block using the motion vector of the decoding target block.

又,在合併模式中,熵解碼部202不將差分移動向量進行解碼,而是將預測移動向量索引進行解碼。此時,間預測部218也是依照預測移動向量索引,選擇預測移動向量。然後,間預測部218使用已選擇的預測移動向量,做為解碼對象區塊的移動向量,產生解碼對象區塊的預測圖像。Further, in the merge mode, the entropy decoding unit 202 does not decode the differential motion vector, but decodes the predicted motion vector index. At this time, the inter prediction unit 218 also selects the predicted motion vector in accordance with the predicted motion vector index. Then, the inter prediction unit 218 uses the selected predicted motion vector as the motion vector of the decoding target block to generate a predicted image of the decoding target block.

又,間預測部218也可依照FRUC,選擇預測移動向量,且使用所選擇的預測移動向量,做為解碼對象區塊的移動向量,而產生預測圖像。此時,熵解碼部202不將預測移動向量索引及差分移動向量等之移動向量資訊進行解碼。Further, the inter prediction unit 218 may select a prediction motion vector in accordance with the FRUC, and use the selected prediction motion vector as a motion vector of the decoding target block to generate a prediction image. At this time, the entropy decoding unit 202 does not decode the motion vector information such as the predicted motion vector index and the differential motion vector.

候選區塊資訊記憶體236是一種記憶體,用以儲存使用在候選移動向量之產生的資訊。即,解碼裝置200的候選區塊資訊記憶體236能達到如同編碼裝置100之候選區塊資訊記憶體136之作用。具體來說,在候選區塊資訊記憶體236會儲存解碼對象圖片或者參考圖片中之候選區塊的資訊。The candidate block information memory 236 is a type of memory for storing information generated using the candidate motion vectors. That is, the candidate block information memory 236 of the decoding device 200 can function as the candidate block information memory 136 of the encoding device 100. Specifically, the candidate block information memory 236 stores the information of the candidate block in the decoding target picture or the reference picture.

更具體來說,間預測部218也可將如下資訊儲存在候選區塊資訊記憶體236,其中該資訊為顯示已使用在解碼對象區塊之預測圖像產生之移動向量。然後,候選清單產生部234也可將候選區塊資訊記憶體236所儲存的資訊做為候選區塊之資訊,在產生其他解碼對象區塊之預測圖像時來參考。More specifically, the inter prediction unit 218 can also store the following information in the candidate block information memory 236, wherein the information is a motion vector generated by displaying the predicted image that has been used in the decoding target block. Then, the candidate list generation unit 234 may also use the information stored in the candidate block information memory 236 as the information of the candidate block, and refer to when generating the predicted image of the other decoding target block.

又,熵解碼部202是將各圖片的圖片型式進行解碼。接著,熵解碼部202是輸出各圖片的圖片型式,藉此將各圖片的圖片型式輸入至預測控制部220。預測控制部220,和編碼裝置100之預測控制部128同樣,依照已輸入的圖片型式,選擇內預測訊號及間預測訊號之任一個,輸出已選擇的訊號,做為預測訊號。Further, the entropy decoding unit 202 decodes the picture type of each picture. Next, the entropy decoding unit 202 outputs a picture type of each picture, thereby inputting the picture type of each picture to the prediction control unit 220. Similarly to the prediction control unit 128 of the encoding device 100, the prediction control unit 220 selects one of the intra prediction signal and the inter prediction signal in accordance with the input picture pattern, and outputs the selected signal as a prediction signal.

另,間預測部218也可含有候選清單產生部234,也可含有候選區塊資訊記憶體236。即,間預測部218也可達到候選清單產生部234的作用,也可以達到候選區塊資訊記憶體236的作用。The inter prediction unit 218 may include the candidate list generation unit 234 or the candidate block information memory 236. In other words, the inter-prediction unit 218 can also function as the candidate list generating unit 234, or can function as the candidate block information memory 236.

又,藉熵解碼部202、加法部208及間預測部218等來進行間預測解碼。該等構成要素也可構成間預測解碼部。Further, inter-prediction decoding is performed by the entropy decoding unit 202, the addition unit 208, the inter prediction unit 218, and the like. These constituent elements may also constitute an inter prediction decoding unit.

[從同位區塊所導出的候選移動向量] 在編碼對象圖片為B圖片時,對於編碼對象圖片,決定L0參考圖片清單及L1參考圖片清單。例如,時間候選移動向量是從L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片的同位區塊、與L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片的同位區塊之各個被導出。[Candidate Motion Vector Derived from Co-located Block] When the encoding target picture is a B picture, the L0 reference picture list and the L1 reference picture list are determined for the encoding target picture. For example, the temporal candidate motion vector is derived from each of the co-located block of the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list and the co-located block of the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list.

基本上,L0參考圖片清單是包括較編碼對象圖片於顯示順序上更前面的參考圖片,L1參考圖片清單是包括較編碼對象圖片於顯示順序上更後面的參考圖片。惟,不限於如此態樣,L0參考圖片清單也可包括較編碼對象圖片於顯示順序上更後面的參考圖片,L1參考圖片清單也可包括較編碼對象圖片於顯示順序上更前面的參考圖片。Basically, the L0 reference picture list is a reference picture including a picture that is earlier than the picture of the coding object in the display order, and the L1 reference picture list is a reference picture that is later than the picture of the picture to be encoded. However, not limited to this, the L0 reference picture list may also include a reference picture that is later than the coding target picture in the display order, and the L1 reference picture list may also include a reference picture that is earlier than the coding target picture in the display order.

在此,有時將L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片表現為參考圖片L0[n]。又,有時將L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片表現為參考圖片L1[n]。參考圖片L0[n]及L1[n]中之n是參考圖片索引,為0以上的整數。Here, the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list is sometimes expressed as the reference picture L0[n]. Also, the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list is sometimes expressed as the reference picture L1[n]. n in the reference pictures L0[n] and L1[n] is a reference picture index and is an integer of 0 or more.

又,有時將L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中的同位區塊稱為Col0區塊。又,有時將L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中的同位區塊稱為Col1區塊。Also, the co-located block in the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list is sometimes referred to as a Col0 block. Also, the co-located block in the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list is sometimes referred to as a Col1 block.

例如,Col0區塊是在L0參考圖片清單中,包含在參考圖片索引為0之參考圖片L0[0],是與編碼對象區塊相對地相同的位置之區塊。又,例如,Col1區塊是在L1參考圖片清單中,包含在參考圖片索引為0之參考圖片L1[0],是與編碼對象區塊相對地相同的位置之區塊。For example, the Col0 block is in the L0 reference picture list, and is included in the reference picture L0[0] whose reference picture index is 0, which is a block at the same position as the coding target block. Also, for example, the Col1 block is a block in the L1 reference picture list, and is included in the reference picture L1[0] whose reference picture index is 0, which is the same position as the coding target block.

然後,時間候選移動向量是從Col0區塊與Col1區塊之各個被導出。首先,利用圖18A及圖18B,說明Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個是透過雙預測而被進行編碼之情形之例。Then, the temporal candidate motion vector is derived from each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block. First, an example in which each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block is encoded by bi-prediction will be described with reference to FIGS. 18A and 18B.

圖18A是顯示從雙預測的Col0區塊所導出之候選移動向量之概念圖。在該例中,L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]及L0[1]是位於較編碼對象圖片更前面,L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]及L1[1]是位於較編碼對象圖片更後面。Figure 18A is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from a bi-predicted Col0 block. In this example, the reference pictures L0[0] and L0[1] contained in the L0 reference picture list are located in front of the picture to be encoded, and the reference pictures L1[0] and L1[1] included in the L1 reference picture list. Is located later than the encoding object image.

Col0區塊是包含在參考圖片L0[0],且透過雙預測進行編碼。在Col0區塊的雙預測中,前方向的參考圖片L0[1]藉移動向量mvCol0L0而被參考,後方向的參考圖片L1[1]是藉移動向量mvCol0L1而被參考。The Col0 block is included in the reference picture L0[0] and is encoded by bi-prediction. In the bi-prediction of the Col0 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol0L0, and the reference picture L1[1] in the back direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol0L1.

在該例中,是以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L1[1]的時間差之比值,來將移動向量mvCol0L1進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCol0L1L0,做為時間候選移動向量。In this example, the motion vector mvCol0L1 is performed with a ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L1[1]. target. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol0L1L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L1[1]的時間差之比值,來將移動向量mvCol0L1進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCol0L1L1,做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvCol0L1 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L1[1]. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol0L1L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Col0區塊的移動向量mvCol0L1進行定標,導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvCol0L1L0及mvCol0L1L1之各個,來做為時間候選移動向量。In other words, the candidate list generation unit 134 scales the motion vector mvCol0L1 of the Col0 block, and derives each of the two motion vectors mvCol0L1L0 and mvCol0L1L1 that can be used for bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

在該例中,於Col0區塊的2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中,是使用其參考方向和自包括Col0區塊之參考圖片L0[0]而往編碼對象圖片之方向一致之移動向量mvCol0L1。藉此,於2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中,使用假設與編碼對象區塊有高關聯性的移動向量mvCol0L1,導出時間候選移動向量。In this example, among the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 of the Col0 block, the motion vector mvCol0L1 whose reference direction and the reference picture L0[0] including the Col0 block are aligned to the direction of the encoding target picture is used. . Thereby, among the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1, the temporal candidate motion vector is derived using the motion vector mvCol0L1 which is assumed to have high correlation with the coding target block.

惟,也可使用移動向量mvCol0L0,來代替移動向量mvCol0L1。例如,候選清單產生部134也可以依照預定的評價標準,評價2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之各個,從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中,選擇其中一個。然後,候選清單產生部134也可從已選擇的其中一個的移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。Alternatively, the motion vector mvCol0L0 can be used instead of the motion vector mvCol0L1. For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may evaluate each of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 in accordance with a predetermined evaluation criterion, and select one of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1. Then, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of one of the selected ones.

具體來說,也可從Col0區塊的2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中,依照各移動向量的尺寸或者藉各移動向量所參考的參考圖片為止的時間性距離,選擇1個移動向量。例如,也可選擇尺寸小的移動向量,也可選擇時間性距離短的移動向量。Specifically, one motion vector may be selected from the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 of the Col0 block according to the size of each motion vector or the temporal distance from the reference picture referenced by each motion vector. For example, a moving vector having a small size may be selected, or a moving vector having a short temporal distance may be selected.

或者,候選清單產生部134也可算出根據各移動向量之預測殘差或者R-D成本,在2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中,選擇所算出的預測殘差或者R-D成本小的移動向量。在此,R-D成本是編碼變形與產生編碼量的加權和。Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may calculate a motion vector having a calculated prediction residual or a small R-D cost among the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 based on the prediction residual or the R-D cost of each motion vector. Here, the R-D cost is a weighted sum of the coding distortion and the amount of generated coding.

接著,熵編碼部110也可將已選擇的移動向量的識別資訊進行編碼。又,在解碼裝置200中,熵解碼部202也可將移動向量的識別資訊進行解碼,候選清單產生部234依照已解碼的識別資訊,選擇移動向量。Next, the entropy coding unit 110 may encode the identification information of the selected motion vector. Further, in the decoding device 200, the entropy decoding unit 202 may decode the identification information of the motion vector, and the candidate list generation unit 234 selects the motion vector in accordance with the decoded identification information.

特別是在Col0區塊透過於前方向及後方向之中僅只1個方向的雙預測進行編碼時,也可藉Col0區塊之2個移動向量之中的其中一個之定標,導出用以參考相反方向的時間候選移動向量。In particular, when the Col0 block is encoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the front direction and the backward direction, it may also be derived by reference to one of the two motion vectors of the Col0 block. Time candidate motion vector in the opposite direction.

即,候選清單產生部134,在該情況中,也可依照上述之選擇方法,從2個移動向量之中選擇1個移動向量,且對所選擇的1個移動向量,適用負的比值之定標。藉此,可導出參考方向與所選擇的1個移動向量相反的時間候選移動向量。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 may select one motion vector from the two motion vectors in accordance with the above-described selection method, and apply a negative ratio to the selected one motion vector. Standard. Thereby, a temporal candidate motion vector whose reference direction is opposite to the selected one motion vector can be derived.

又,除了移動向量mvCol0L1外,也可使用移動向量mvCol0L0。例如,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之各個,導出可利用在雙預測之2個時間候選移動向量。藉此,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1,導出4個時間候選移動向量。Also, in addition to the motion vector mvCol0L1, the motion vector mvCol0L0 can also be used. For example, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive two temporal candidate motion vectors available for bi-prediction from each of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1. Thereby, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive four time candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1.

圖18B是顯示從雙預測之Col1區塊所導出之候選移動向量之概念圖。該例中的各圖片及編碼對象區塊等是與圖18A之例相同。Figure 18B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from a bi-predicted Col1 block. Each picture and coding target block in the example is the same as the example of FIG. 18A.

Col1區塊是包含在參考圖片L1[0],且透過雙預測進行編碼。在Col1區塊之雙預測中,前方向之參考圖片L0[1]是藉移動向量mvCol1L0而被參考,後方向之參考圖片L1[1]是藉移動向量mvCol1L1而被參考。The Col1 block is included in the reference picture L1[0] and is encoded by bi-prediction. In the double prediction of the Col1 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction is referenced by the motion vector mvCol1L0, and the reference picture L1[1] in the back direction is referenced by the motion vector mvCol1L1.

在該例中,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,將移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標。藉此導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCol1L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。In this example, the motion vector mvCol1L0 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. . Thereby, the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差之相對於參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,將移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCol1L0L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvCol1L0 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol1L0L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Col1區塊的移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標,而導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvCol1L0L0及mvCol1L0L1之各個,來做為時間候選移動向量。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales the motion vector mvCol1L0 of the Col1 block, and derives each of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0L0 and mvCol1L0L1 available for bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

在該例中,於Col1區塊之2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中,是使用參考方向是與從包含Col1區塊之參考圖片L1[0]而往編碼對象圖片之方向一致的移動向量mvCol1L0。藉此,於2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中,使用被假設與編碼對象區塊有高關聯性之移動向量mvCol1L0,導出時間候選移動向量。In this example, among the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1 of the Col1 block, the motion vector mvCol1L0 whose reference direction is the same as the direction from the reference picture L1[0] including the Col1 block to the picture to be encoded is used. . Thereby, among the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1, the temporal candidate motion vector is derived using the motion vector mvCol1L0 which is assumed to have high correlation with the coding target block.

惟,也可使用移動向量mvCol1L1,來代替移動向量mvCol1L0。例如,候選清單產生部134也可依照預定的評價標準,評價2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之各個,從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中選擇其中一個。然後,候選清單產生部134也可從已選擇的其中一個移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。Alternatively, the motion vector mvCol1L1 can be used instead of the motion vector mvCol1L0. For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may evaluate each of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1 in accordance with a predetermined evaluation criterion, and select one of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1. Then, the candidate list generation unit 134 may also derive the temporal candidate motion vector from one of the selected motion vectors.

具體來說,候選清單產生部134,和針對Col0區塊選擇1個移動向量的情況同樣,可以從Col1區塊之2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中選擇1個移動向量。尤其是與Col0區塊同樣,在Col1區塊透過於前方向及後方向之中僅只1個方向的雙預測進行編碼時,也可藉2個移動向量之中的其中一個的定標,而導出用以參考相反方向的時間候選移動向量。Specifically, the candidate list generation unit 134 can select one motion vector from among the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1 of the Col1 block, as in the case of selecting one motion vector for the Col0 block. In particular, similarly to the Col0 block, when the Col1 block is encoded by bi-prediction in only one of the front direction and the backward direction, it can also be derived by scaling one of the two motion vectors. Used to refer to the temporal candidate motion vector in the opposite direction.

又,除了移動向量mvCol1L0以外,還可使用移動向量mvCol1L1。例如,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之各個,導出可利用在雙預測的2個時間候選移動向量。藉此,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1,導出4個時間候選移動向量。Further, in addition to the motion vector mvCol1L0, the motion vector mvCol1L1 can also be used. For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive two time candidate motion vectors usable in the bi-prediction from each of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1. Thereby, the candidate list generating unit 134 can derive four time candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1.

其次,使用圖19A及圖19B,說明Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個藉單預測進行編碼時之例。Next, an example in which each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block is coded by the prediction is described using FIG. 19A and FIG. 19B.

圖19A是顯示從單預測的Col0區塊所導出的候選移動向量之概念圖。在該例中,與圖18A同樣,參考圖片L0[0]及L0[1]是位於較編碼對象圖片更前面,參考圖片L1[0]及L1[1]是位於較編碼對象圖片更後面。Col0區塊是包含在參考圖片L0[0],且以藉單預測進行編碼。在Col0區塊之單預測中,前方向的參考圖片L0[1]是藉移動向量mvCol0L0而被參考。Figure 19A is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from a single predicted Col0 block. In this example, as in FIG. 18A, the reference pictures L0[0] and L0[1] are located further ahead of the encoding target picture, and the reference pictures L1[0] and L1[1] are located later than the encoding target picture. The Col0 block is included in the reference picture L0[0] and is encoded by the borrowing prediction. In the single prediction of the Col0 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol0L0.

在該例中,是以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol0L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCol0L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。In this example, the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L0[1] is performed, and the motion vector mvCol0L0 is performed. target. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol0L0L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差之相對於參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol0L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCol0L0L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvCol0L0 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol0L0L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Col0區塊之移動向量mvCol0L0進行定標,導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvCol0L0L0及mvCol0L0L1之各個,來做為時間候選移動向量。In other words, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales the motion vector mvCol0L0 of the Col0 block, and derives each of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0L0 and mvCol0L0L1 that can be used in the bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

圖19B是顯示從單預測之Col1區塊所導出之候選移動向量之概念圖。在該例中的各圖片及編碼對象區塊等是與圖19A之例相同。Col1區塊是包含在參考圖片L1[0],且藉單預測進行編碼。在Col1區塊的單預測中,前方向的參考圖片L0[1]藉移動向量mvCol1L0而被參考。Figure 19B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from a single predicted Col1 block. The pictures and the coding target blocks in the example are the same as those in the example of Fig. 19A. The Col1 block is included in the reference picture L1[0] and is encoded by a single prediction. In the single prediction of the Col1 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol1L0.

在該例中,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCol1L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。In this example, the motion vector mvCol1L0 is determined by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Standard. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCol1L0L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvCol1L0 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol1L0L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Col1區塊之移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標,導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvCol1L0L0及mvCol1L0L1之各個,來做為時間候選移動向量。In other words, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales the motion vector mvCol1L0 of the Col1 block, and derives each of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0L0 and mvCol1L0L1 that can be used for bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

其次,使用圖20A及圖20B,來說明編碼對象區塊是以於前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行編碼時之例。Next, an example in which the encoding target block is encoded by bi-prediction in only one of the front direction and the backward direction will be described with reference to FIGS. 20A and 20B.

圖20A是一概念圖,顯示對僅只一方向的雙預測的編碼對象區塊,從雙預測的Col0區塊所導出的候選移動向量。在該例中,L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]及L0[1]、以及L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]是位於較編碼對象圖片更前面。FIG. 20A is a conceptual diagram showing a candidate motion vector derived from a bi-predicted Col0 block for a bi-predicted coding target block of only one direction. In this example, the reference pictures L0[0] and L0[1] contained in the L0 reference picture list, and the reference picture L1[0] contained in the L1 reference picture list are located further ahead of the picture to be encoded.

Col0區塊是包含在參考圖片L0[0],且透過雙預測進行編碼。在Col0區塊之雙預測中,前方向的參考圖片L0[1]藉移動向量mvCol0L0而被參考,後方向的圖片NL則藉移動向量mvCol0L1而被參考。The Col0 block is included in the reference picture L0[0] and is encoded by bi-prediction. In the double prediction of the Col0 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol0L0, and the picture NL in the backward direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol0L1.

在該例中,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol0L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCol0L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。In this example, the motion vector mvCol0L0 is determined by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Standard. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol0L0L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至圖片NL的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol0L1進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCol0L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvCol0L1 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the picture NL. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol0L1L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Col0區塊之移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之各個進行定標。藉此,候選清單產生部134是導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvCol0L0L0及mvCol0L1L1之各個,來做為時間候選移動向量。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales each of the motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 of the Col0 block. Thereby, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives each of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0L0 and mvCol0L1L1 available for bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

在該例中,從Col0區塊之其中一個移動向量mvCol0L0,導出移動向量mvCol0L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量,其中該移動向量mvCol0L0L0是參考L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]。接著,從Col0區塊之另一個移動向量mvCol0L1,導出移動向量mvCol0L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量,其中該移動向量mvCol0L1L1是參考L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]。In this example, the motion vector mvCol0L0L0 is derived from one of the motion vectors mvCol0L0 of the Col0 block as a temporal candidate motion vector, wherein the motion vector mvCol0L0L0 is a reference picture L0[0] included in the reference L0 reference picture list. Next, a motion vector mvCol0L1L1 is derived from another motion vector mvCol0L1 of the Col0 block as a temporal candidate motion vector, wherein the motion vector mvCol0L1L1 is a reference picture L1[0] included in the reference L1 reference picture list.

例如,在Col0區塊的雙預測中,Col0區塊之移動向量mvCol0L0所參考的參考圖片L0[1]是已包含在相對於Col0區塊之L0參考圖片清單之參考圖片。然後,在Col0區塊之雙預測中,Col0區塊之移動向量mvCol0L1所參考的參考圖片NL是已包含在相對於Col0區塊之L1參考圖片清單之參考圖片。For example, in the bi-prediction of the Col0 block, the reference picture L0[1] referenced by the motion vector mvCol0L0 of the Col0 block is a reference picture already included in the L0 reference picture list relative to the Col0 block. Then, in the bi-prediction of the Col0 block, the reference picture NL referenced by the motion vector mvCol0L1 of the Col0 block is a reference picture already included in the L1 reference picture list relative to the Col0 block.

即,從參考相對於Col0區塊之L0參考圖片清單之移動向量mvCol0L0,導出參考相對於編碼對象區塊之L0參考圖片清單之移動向量mvCol0L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。接著,從參考相對於Col0區塊之L1參考圖片清單之移動向量mvCol0L1,導出參考相對於編碼對象區塊之L1參考圖片清單之移動向量mvCol0L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。That is, from the reference to the motion vector mvCol0L0 of the L0 reference picture list with respect to the Col0 block, the motion vector mvCol0L0L0 of the reference L0 reference picture list with respect to the encoding target block is derived as the temporal candidate motion vector. Next, the motion vector mvCol0L1L1 of the reference L1 reference picture list with respect to the coding target block is derived from the reference motion vector mvCol0L1 with respect to the L1 reference picture list of the Col0 block as a temporal candidate motion vector.

藉此,從參考相對於Col0區塊之2個參考圖片清單之2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1,導出參考相對於編碼對象區塊之2個參考圖片清單之2個時間候選移動向量。Thereby, the two temporal candidate motion vectors with reference to the two reference picture lists of the coding target block are derived from the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 with reference to the two reference picture lists of the Col0 block.

另,在導出參考L0參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量中,也可使用移動向量mvCol0L1,來代替移動向量mvCol0L0。同樣,在導出參考L1參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量中,也可使用移動向量mvCol0L0,來代替移動向量mvCol0L1。In addition, in the time candidate motion vector for deriving the reference L0 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol0L1 may be used instead of the motion vector mvCol0L0. Similarly, in the time candidate motion vector for deriving the reference L1 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol0L0 may be used instead of the motion vector mvCol0L1.

例如,候選清單產生部134也可針對2個參考圖片清單之各個,評價2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1,從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中選擇其中一個。然後,候選清單產生部134也可針對2個參考圖片清單之各個,從已選擇的其中一個移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may evaluate two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1 for each of the two reference picture lists, and select one of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 may also derive a temporal candidate motion vector from one of the selected ones for each of the two reference picture lists.

又,在參考L0參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之導出中,也可除了移動向量mvCol0L0外,還使用移動向量mvCol0L1。同樣,在參考L1參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之導出中,也可除了移動向量mvCol0L1之外,還使用移動向量mvCol0L0。Further, in the derivation of the temporal candidate motion vector with reference to the L0 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol0L1 may be used in addition to the motion vector mvCol0L0. Similarly, in the derivation of the temporal candidate motion vector with reference to the L1 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol0L0 may be used in addition to the motion vector mvCol0L1.

例如,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1,導出2個時間候選移動向量,其中該2個時間候選移動向量是參考L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]。又,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1,導出2個時間候選移動向量,其中該2個時間候選移動向量是參考L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]。For example, the candidate list generation unit 134 may also derive two temporal candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1, wherein the two temporal candidate motion vectors are reference pictures L0[0] included in the reference L0 reference picture list. Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive two time candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1, wherein the two time candidate motion vectors are reference pictures L1[0] included in the reference L1 reference picture list.

藉此,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1,導出4個時間候選移動向量。Thereby, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive four time candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1.

又,在編碼對象區塊以單預測進行編碼時,候選清單產生部134是在參考L0參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量、及參考L1參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之中,只導出其中一者。Further, when the encoding target block is encoded in a single prediction, the candidate list generating unit 134 extracts only one of the temporal candidate motion vector of the reference L0 reference picture list and the temporal candidate motion vector of the reference L1 reference picture list. By.

例如,在上述情況中,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中至少1個,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之至少1個時間候選移動向量。或者,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1之中至少1個,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之至少1個時間候選移動向量。For example, in the above case, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive at least one temporal candidate motion vector of the reference reference picture L0[0] from at least one of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1. Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive at least one temporal candidate motion vector of the reference reference picture L1[0] from at least one of the two motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1.

圖20B是一概念圖,顯示相對於僅只一方向的雙預測之編碼對象區塊,而從雙預測之Col1區塊所導出之候選移動向量。在該例中之各圖片及編碼對象區塊等是與圖20A之例相同。Col1區塊是包含在參考圖片L1[0],且透過雙預測進行編碼。在Col1區塊之雙預測中,前方向之參考圖片L0[0]藉移動向量mvCol1L0而被參考,後方向之圖片NL藉移動向量mvCol1L1而被參考。Figure 20B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from bi-predicted Col1 blocks with respect to bi-predicted coding object blocks in only one direction. The pictures and the coding target blocks in the example are the same as those in the example of Fig. 20A. The Col1 block is included in the reference picture L1[0] and is encoded by bi-prediction. In the double prediction of the Col1 block, the reference picture L0[0] in the front direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol1L0, and the picture NL in the backward direction is referred to by the motion vector mvCol1L1.

在該例中,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol1L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCol1L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。In this example, the motion vector mvCol1L0 is determined by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Standard. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差之相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至圖片NL的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvCol1L1進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCol1L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvCol1L1 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the picture NL. Thereby, the motion vector mvCol1L1L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Col1區塊的移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之各個進行定標。藉此,候選清單產生部134導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvCol1L0L0及,mvCol1L1L1之各個,來做為時間候選移動向量。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales each of the motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1 of the Col1 block. Thereby, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives each of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0L0 and mvCol1L1L1 available for bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

在該例中,從Col1區塊之其中一個移動向量mvCol1L0,導出移動向量mvCol1L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量,其中該移動向量mvCol1L0L0是參考L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]。接著,從Col1區塊之另一個移動向量mvCol1L1,導出移動向量mvCol1L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量,其中該移動向量mvCol1L1L1是參考L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]。In this example, the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 is derived from one of the motion vectors mvCol1L0 of the Col1 block as a temporal candidate motion vector, wherein the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 is a reference picture L0[0] included in the reference L0 reference picture list. Next, the motion vector mvCol1L1L1 is derived from the other motion vector mvCol1L1 of the Col1 block as a temporal candidate motion vector, wherein the motion vector mvCol1L1L1 is a reference picture L1[0] included in the reference L1 reference picture list.

例如,在Col1區塊之雙預測中,Col1區塊之移動向量mvCol1L0所參考的參考圖片L0[1]是包含在相對於Col1區塊之L0參考圖片清單之參考圖片。且,在Col1區塊之雙預測中,Col1區塊之移動向量mvCol1L1所參考的參考圖片NL是包含在相對於Col1區塊之L1參考圖片清單之參考圖片。For example, in the bi-prediction of the Col1 block, the reference picture L0[1] referenced by the motion vector mvCol1L0 of the Col1 block is a reference picture included in the list of L0 reference pictures relative to the Col1 block. Moreover, in the double prediction of the Col1 block, the reference picture NL referenced by the motion vector mvCol1L1 of the Col1 block is a reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list relative to the Col1 block.

即,從參考相對於Col1區塊之L0參考圖片清單之移動向量mvCol1L0,導出移動向量mvCol1L0L0,來做為時間候選移動向量,其中該移動向量mvCol1L0L0是參考相對於編碼對象區塊之L0參考圖片清單。接著,從參考相對於Col1區塊之L1參考圖片清單之移動向量mvCol1L1,導出移動向量mvCol1L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量,其中該移動向量mvCol1L1L1是參考相對於編碼對象區塊之L1參考圖片清單。That is, the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector from the reference motion vector mvCol1L0 with respect to the L0 reference picture list of the Col1 block, wherein the motion vector mvCol1L0L0 is a reference to the L0 reference picture list relative to the encoding target block. . Next, the motion vector mvCol1L1L1 is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector from the reference motion vector mvCol1L1 with respect to the L1 reference picture list of the Col1 block, wherein the motion vector mvCol1L1L1 is a reference to the L1 reference picture list relative to the encoding target block. .

藉此,從參考相對於Col1區塊之2個參考圖片清單的2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1,導出參考相對於編碼對象區塊之2個參考圖片清單的2個時間候選移動向量。Thereby, the two temporal candidate motion vectors with reference to the two reference picture lists of the coding target block are derived from the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1 with reference to the two reference picture lists of the Col1 block.

另,在參考L0參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之導出中,也可使用移動向量mvCol1L1來代替移動向量mvCol1L0。同樣,在參考L1參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之導出中,也可使用移動向量mvCol1L0來代替移動向量mvCol1L1。In addition, in the derivation of the temporal candidate motion vector with reference to the L0 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol1L1 may be used instead of the motion vector mvCol1L0. Similarly, in the derivation of the temporal candidate motion vector with reference to the L1 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol1L0 can also be used instead of the motion vector mvCol1L1.

例如,候選清單產生部134也可針對2個參考圖片清單之各個,評價2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1,從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中選擇其中一個。然後,候選清單產生部134也可針對2個參考圖片清單之各個,從所選擇的其中一個移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may evaluate two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1 for each of the two reference picture lists, and select one of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1. Then, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive a temporal candidate motion vector from one of the selected ones for each of the two reference picture lists.

又,在參考L0參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之導出中,也可除了移動向量mvCol1L0,還使用移動向量mvCol1L1。同樣,在參考L1參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之導出中,也可除了移動向量mvCol1L1,還使用移動向量mvCol1L0。Further, in the derivation of the temporal candidate motion vector with reference to the L0 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol1L1 may be used in addition to the motion vector mvCol1L0. Similarly, in the derivation of the temporal candidate motion vector with reference to the L1 reference picture list, the motion vector mvCol1L0 can also be used in addition to the motion vector mvCol1L1.

例如,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1,導出參考L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]之2個時間候選移動向量。又,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1,導出參考L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]的2個時間候選移動向量。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive two time candidate motion vectors of the reference picture L0[0] included in the reference L0 reference picture list from the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1. Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive two time candidate motion vectors of the reference picture L1[0] included in the reference L1 reference picture list from the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1.

藉此,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1,導出4個時間候選移動向量。Thereby, the candidate list generating unit 134 can derive four time candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1.

又,在編碼對象區塊以單預測進行編碼時,候選清單產生部134在參考L0參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量、及參考L1參考圖片清單之時間候選移動向量之中,只導出其中一個。Further, when the encoding target block is encoded in a single prediction, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives only one of the temporal candidate motion vector of the reference L0 reference picture list and the temporal candidate motion vector of the reference L1 reference picture list.

例如,在上述的情況中,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中至少1個,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之至少1個時間候選移動向量。或者,候選清單產生部134也可從2個移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1之中至少1個,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之至少1個時間候選移動向量。For example, in the above case, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive at least one temporal candidate motion vector of the reference reference picture L0[0] from at least one of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1. Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive at least one temporal candidate motion vector of the reference reference picture L1[0] from at least one of the two motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1.

在上述之圖18A至圖20B之數例中,主要是顯示了編碼裝置100的動作,但解碼裝置200也進行與編碼裝置100同樣的動作。即,解碼裝置200的各構成要素也做與編碼裝置100中對應的構成要素同樣的動作。接著,在上述的說明中之編碼可適當地更換成解碼。In the above-described examples of FIGS. 18A to 20B, the operation of the encoding device 100 is mainly displayed, but the decoding device 200 also performs the same operation as the encoding device 100. In other words, each component of the decoding device 200 also performs the same operation as the corresponding component in the encoding device 100. Next, the encoding in the above description can be appropriately replaced with decoding.

在將預測移動向量索引進行編碼時,對複數個候選移動向量之各個分別提供索引,其中該預測移動向量索引為用以特定從複數個候選移動向量之中所選擇的預測移動向量。具體來說,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200是依照已事先訂定的共通的索引賦與規則,對複數個候選移動向量之各個賦與索引。然後,對於被選擇做為預測移動向量之候選移動向量而賦予之索引就被進行編碼且解碼。When encoding the predicted motion vector index, each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors is respectively provided with an index, wherein the predicted motion vector index is a prediction motion vector selected to be selected from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Specifically, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 assign an index to each of a plurality of candidate motion vectors in accordance with a common index assignment rule that has been previously defined. The index assigned to the candidate motion vector selected as the predicted motion vector is then encoded and decoded.

對複數個候選移動向量之各個所賦與的索引也可藉編號來表現。The index assigned to each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors can also be represented by a number.

又,在上述之例中,Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個是分別透過雙預測或者單預測進行編碼。在於Col0區塊及Col1區塊之中其中一個透過雙預測且另一個藉單預測進行編碼時,可藉上述的例的組合,導出時間候選移動向量。例如,在Col0區塊透過雙預測進行編碼,且,Col1區塊藉單預測進行編碼時,可藉圖18A之例與圖19B之例之組合,導出時間候選移動向量。Moreover, in the above example, each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block is encoded by bi-prediction or single prediction, respectively. When one of the Col0 block and the Col1 block is encoded by bi-prediction and another borrowing prediction, the temporal candidate motion vector may be derived by the combination of the above examples. For example, when the Col0 block is encoded by bi-prediction, and the Col1 block is encoded by the single prediction, the time candidate motion vector can be derived by combining the example of FIG. 18A with the example of FIG. 19B.

又,不限於圖18A之例與圖19B之例之組合,也可組合上述之任意複數例。Further, it is not limited to the combination of the example of Fig. 18A and the example of Fig. 19B, and any of the above plural examples may be combined.

又,在上述之複數例中,是使用參考圖片索引為0的參考圖片,來做為含有Col0區塊之參考圖片、或者含有Col1區塊之參考圖片。惟,也可使用參考圖片索引不是0的參考圖片,來做為含有Col0區塊之參考圖片、或者含有Col1區塊之參考圖片。Further, in the above plural example, a reference picture whose reference picture index is 0 is used as a reference picture containing a Col0 block or a reference picture containing a Col1 block. However, a reference picture whose reference picture index is not 0 may also be used as a reference picture containing a Col0 block or a reference picture containing a Col1 block.

如上述,會從Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個,導出候選移動向量。例如,有時Col0區塊與Col1區塊之其中一個是包含在與編碼對象區塊相同的移動物範圍。因此,藉由Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個來導出候選移動向量,可導出具有與編碼對象區塊之移動向量相同的特性之適當的候選移動向量。As described above, candidate motion vectors are derived from each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block. For example, sometimes one of the Col0 block and the Col1 block is included in the same moving object range as the encoding target block. Therefore, by deriving the candidate motion vector by each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block, an appropriate candidate motion vector having the same characteristics as the motion vector of the encoding target block can be derived.

另,也可不針對全部的編碼對象區塊,從Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個導出候選移動向量。例如,也可針對1個編碼對象區塊,從Col0區塊及Col1區塊之各個導出候選移動向量。然後,也可針對其他的編碼對象區塊,不從Col1區塊導出候選移動向量,而從Col0區塊導出候選移動向量。Alternatively, the candidate motion vector may be derived from each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block for all of the coding target blocks. For example, the candidate motion vector may be derived from each of the Col0 block and the Col1 block for one coding target block. Then, for other coding target blocks, the candidate motion vector may not be derived from the Col1 block, but the candidate motion vector may be derived from the Col0 block.

又,在編碼對象圖片不是B圖片,且沒有決定2個參考圖片清單時,也可從包含在1個參考圖片清單之同位區塊,導出時間候選移動向量。Further, when the encoding target picture is not a B picture and the two reference picture lists are not determined, the temporal candidate motion vector may be derived from the co-located block included in one reference picture list.

[從ATMVP區塊所導出的候選移動向量] 在圖18A至圖20B之複數例中,時間候選移動向量會從L0參考圖片清單所含之同位區塊、及L1參考圖片清單所含之同位區塊分別來導出。代替該等例中之同位區塊,也可使用ATMVP區塊。[Candidate Motion Vector Derived from ATMVP Block] In the complex example of FIG. 18A to FIG. 20B, the temporal candidate motion vector will be from the co-located block included in the L0 reference picture list, and the co-located area included in the L1 reference picture list. The blocks are exported separately. Instead of the co-located blocks in these examples, ATMVP blocks can also be used.

即,時間候選移動向量也可從L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中之ATMVP區塊、及L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中之ATMVP區塊分別來導出。在此,有將L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中的ATMVP區塊叫做Adv0區塊的情形。又,有將L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中之ATMVP區塊叫做Adv1區塊的情形。That is, the temporal candidate motion vector may also be derived from the ATMVP block in the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list and the ATMVP block in the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list. Here, there is a case where the ATMVP block in the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list is called an Adv0 block. Further, there is a case where the ATMVP block in the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list is called an Adv1 block.

即,代替圖18A至圖20B之複數例中之Col0區塊及Col1區塊,也可使用Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊。That is, instead of the Col0 block and the Col1 block in the plural examples of FIGS. 18A to 20B, the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block may be used.

以下,利用圖21A及圖21B,來說明時間候選移動向量從Adv0區塊與Adv1區塊分別來導出之例。具體來說,在圖21A及圖21B之例中,使用Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊,來代替圖18A及圖18B之例中之Col0區塊及Col1區塊。Hereinafter, an example in which the temporal candidate motion vector is derived from the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block will be described with reference to FIGS. 21A and 21B. Specifically, in the examples of FIGS. 21A and 21B, the Ad0 block and the Adv1 block are used instead of the Col0 block and the Col1 block in the examples of FIGS. 18A and 18B.

圖21A是顯示從Adv0區塊所導出之候選移動向量之概念圖。在該例中,Adv0區塊是包含在L0參考圖片清單之參考圖片L0[0]。如此的Adv0區塊是依照編碼對象區塊的暫時性的移動向量而所決定。Figure 21A is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from Adv0 blocks. In this example, the Adv0 block is the reference picture L0[0] contained in the L0 reference picture list. Such an Adv0 block is determined in accordance with the temporal motion vector of the coding target block.

例如,候選清單產生部134是依照鄰接於編碼對象區塊之編碼完畢的區塊之移動向量,將參考L0參考圖片清單的參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量而決定。此時,候選清單產生部134也可從鄰接於編碼對象區塊之編碼完畢之複數個區塊之中,依照相對於編碼對象區塊的相對的位置,來決定區塊,其中該區塊是用以決定編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 uses the motion vector of the reference picture L0[0] of the reference L0 reference picture list as the temporary block of the coding target block in accordance with the motion vector of the coded block adjacent to the coding target block. The movement vector is determined by the sex. At this time, the candidate list generating unit 134 may determine the block from the plurality of blocks adjacent to the encoded target block in accordance with the relative position with respect to the encoding target block, wherein the block is A motion vector used to determine the temporality of the encoding object block.

例如,也可事先決定相對於圖11中之編碼對象區塊之鄰接區塊D之相對的位置,做為用以決定編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量之鄰接區塊的位置。又,候選清單產生部134也可以圖11中之鄰接區塊D、A、B及C的順序,檢索間預測的鄰接區塊,將最初找到的間預測的鄰接區塊,用作用以決定暫時性的移動向量之鄰接區塊。For example, the relative position of the adjacent block D with respect to the encoding target block in Fig. 11 may be determined in advance as the position of the adjacent block for determining the temporal motion vector of the encoding target block. Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may search for the adjacent block predicted in the order of the adjacent blocks D, A, B, and C in FIG. 11, and use the adjacent block that is originally found to be used for determining the temporary. Adjacent blocks of the moving vector.

又,也可對鄰接區塊之移動向量適用定標,使用已適用定標之移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊的暫時性的移動向量。對於定標也可使用如下2個時間差之比值,即,從編碼對象圖片迄至L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]的時間差相對於從編碼對象圖片迄至鄰接區塊之移動向量所參考之參考圖片的時間差之比值。Alternatively, scaling can be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block, and the motion vector to which the scaling has been applied is used as the temporary motion vector of the coding target block. For scaling, the ratio of the following two time differences can also be used, that is, the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] contained in the L0 reference picture list relative to the moving vector from the encoding target picture to the adjacent block. The ratio of the time differences of the reference pictures referenced.

又,也可對鄰接區塊之移動向量適用負的比值的定標,使鄰接區塊之移動向量反轉。然後,也可使用已反轉的移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。藉此,就算是鄰接區塊僅參考前方向及後方向之中之一方向來進行編碼時,也能使用參考適合的參考方向之移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。Alternatively, a negative ratio scaling may be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block to invert the motion vector of the adjacent block. Then, the inverted motion vector can also be used as a temporary motion vector of the coding target block. Thereby, even if the adjacent block is coded only by referring to one of the front direction and the backward direction, the motion vector with reference to the appropriate reference direction can be used as the temporary motion vector of the coding target block.

接著,候選清單產生部134是藉編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量從編碼對象區塊來決定如下區塊做為Adv0區塊,其中該區塊是在L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]中被指示的區塊。Next, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the following block as the Adv0 block from the encoding target block by using the temporary motion vector of the encoding target block, wherein the block is a reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list. The indicated block in L0[0].

在圖21A之例中,候選清單產生部134是將移動向量mvCurL0,決定為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。然後,候選清單產生部134是藉移動向量mvCurL0從編碼對象區塊決定如下之區塊來做為Adv0區塊,其中該區塊是在L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]中被指示的區塊。In the example of FIG. 21A, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the motion vector mvCurL0 as the temporary motion vector of the encoding target block. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the block from the encoding target block as the Adv0 block by the motion vector mvCurL0, wherein the block is in the reference picture L0[0] included in the L0 reference picture list. The indicated block.

移動向量mvCurL0,例如,是圖11所示之鄰接區塊D的移動向量,且為參考L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L0[0]的移動向量。又,也可對於鄰接區塊D之移動向量適用定標,使用已適用定標之移動向量,來做為移動向量mvCurL0。例如,為了得到參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvCurL0,也可對於鄰接區塊D之移動向量適用定標。The motion vector mvCurL0 is, for example, a motion vector of the adjacent block D shown in FIG. 11, and is a motion vector of the reference picture L0[0] included in the reference L0 reference picture list. Alternatively, scaling can be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block D, and the motion vector to which the scaling has been applied is used as the motion vector mvCurL0. For example, in order to obtain the motion vector mvCurL0 of the reference reference picture L0[0], scaling can also be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block D.

在該例中,Adv0區塊是已透過雙預測進行編碼。在Adv0區塊之雙預測中,前方向之參考圖片L0[1]已藉移動向量mvAdv0L0而被參考,後方向之參考圖片L1[1]則已藉移動向量mvAdv0L1而被參考。In this example, the Adv0 block is coded through bi-prediction. In the double prediction of the Adv0 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction has been referred to by the motion vector mvAdv0L0, and the reference picture L1[1] in the backward direction has been referred to by the motion vector mvAdv0L1.

然後,在該例中,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L1[1]的時間差之比值,來將移動向量mvAdv0L1進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvAdv0L1L0,來做為時間候選移動向量。Then, in this example, the motion vector mvAdv0L1 is performed with a ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L1[1]. target. Thereby, the motion vector mvAdv0L1L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考圖片L1[1]的時間差之比值,來將移動向量mvAdv0L1進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvAdv0L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvAdv0L1 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L0[0] to the reference picture L1[1]. Thereby, the motion vector mvAdv0L1L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Adv0區塊的移動向量mvAdv0L1進行定標,分別導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvAdv0L1L0及mvAdv0L1L1,來做為時間候選移動向量。In other words, the candidate list generation unit 134 scales the motion vector mvAdv0L1 of the Adv0 block, and derives the two motion vectors mvAdv0L1L0 and mvAdv0L1L1 that can be used in the bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

有關其他說明,圖18A之例中之Col0區塊、以及移動向量mvCol0L0及mvCol0L1等,可替代成圖21A之例中之Adv0區塊、以及移動向量mvAdv0L0及mvAdv0L1等。因此,省略具體的說明。For other explanations, the Col0 block in the example of FIG. 18A, and the motion vectors mvCol0L0 and mvCol0L1, etc., may be replaced with the Adv0 block in the example of FIG. 21A, and the motion vectors mvAdv0L0 and mvAdv0L1, and the like. Therefore, the detailed description is omitted.

圖21B是顯示從Adv1區塊所導出之候選移動向量之概念圖。在該例中,Adv1區塊是包含在L1參考圖片清單的參考圖片L1[0]中。如此的Adv1區塊是依照編碼對象區塊的暫時性的移動向量而決定。Figure 21B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from Adv1 blocks. In this example, the Adv1 block is included in the reference picture L1[0] of the L1 reference picture list. Such an Adv1 block is determined in accordance with a temporary motion vector of the coding target block.

例如,候選清單產生部134是依照鄰接於編碼對象區塊之編碼完畢的區塊之移動向量,將參考L1參考圖片清單的參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量,決定為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。此時,候選清單產生部134也可從鄰接於編碼對象區塊之編碼完畢的複數個區塊之中,依照相對於編碼對象區塊之相對的位置,來決定區塊,其中該區塊是用以決定編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the motion vector of the reference picture L1[0] of the reference L1 reference picture list as the temporary block of the coding target block in accordance with the motion vector of the coded block adjacent to the coding target block. Sexual movement vector. At this time, the candidate list generating unit 134 may determine the block from among the plurality of blocks adjacent to the encoding target block in accordance with the relative position with respect to the encoding target block, wherein the block is A motion vector used to determine the temporality of the encoding object block.

例如,也可事先決定相對於圖11中之編碼對象區塊之鄰接區塊D之相對的位置,來做為鄰接區塊的位置,其中該鄰接區塊是用以決定編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。又,候選清單產生部134也可以圖11中的鄰接區塊D、A、B及C的順序,檢索間預測的鄰接區塊,將最初找到的間預測之鄰接區塊,用作用以決定暫時性的移動向量之鄰接區塊。For example, the relative position of the adjacent block D relative to the encoding target block in FIG. 11 may be determined in advance as the position of the adjacent block, wherein the adjacent block is used to determine the temporary block of the encoding target block. Sexual movement vector. Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may search the adjacent blocks predicted in the order of the adjacent blocks D, A, B, and C in FIG. 11, and use the adjacent blocks of the inter-predicted first found to determine the temporary. Adjacent blocks of the moving vector.

又,也可對於鄰接區塊之移動向量適用定標,使用已適用定標之移動向量,做為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。對於定標,也可使用從編碼對象圖片迄至L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]的時間差相對於從編碼對象圖片迄至鄰接區塊之移動向量所參考之參考圖片的時間差之比值。Alternatively, scaling may be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block, and the motion vector to which the scaling has been applied may be used as the temporary motion vector of the coding target block. For scaling, the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] contained in the encoding target picture to the L1 reference picture list relative to the reference picture referenced from the encoding target picture to the moving picture of the adjacent block may also be used. ratio.

又,也可對於鄰接區塊之移動向量適用負的比值的定標,將鄰接區塊之移動向量反轉。然後,也可使用已被反轉的移動向量,來做為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。藉此,就算在鄰接區塊只參考前方向及後方向之中之一方向進行編碼時,也會使用參考適合的參考方向之移動向量,來做為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。Alternatively, a negative ratio scaling may be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block, and the motion vector of the adjacent block may be inverted. Then, the motion vector that has been inverted can also be used as the temporary motion vector of the coding target block. Thereby, even if the adjacent block is only coded in one of the front direction and the backward direction, the motion vector referring to the appropriate reference direction is used as the temporary motion vector of the coding target block.

然後,候選清單產生部134是藉編碼對象區塊的暫時性的移動向量從編碼對象區塊來決定如下之區塊做為Adv1區塊,其中該區塊是在L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]中被指示的區塊。Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the block as the Adv1 block from the encoding target block by using the temporary motion vector of the encoding target block, wherein the block is a reference included in the L1 reference picture list. The block indicated in picture L1[0].

在圖21B之例中,候選清單產生部134是將移動向量mvCurL1,決定為編碼對象區塊之暫時性的移動向量。然後,候選清單產生部134是藉移動向量mvCurL1從編碼對象區塊決定如下之區塊做為Adv1區塊,其中該區塊為於L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]中被指示的區塊。In the example of FIG. 21B, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the temporal motion vector mvCurL1 as the motion vector of the encoding target block. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 determines the block as the Adv1 block from the encoding target block by the motion vector mvCurL1, wherein the block is indicated in the reference picture L1[0] included in the L1 reference picture list. Block.

移動向量mvCurL1,例如為圖11所示之鄰接區塊D的移動向量,且為參考L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量。又,也可對鄰接區塊D之移動向量適用定標,使用已適用定標之移動向量,做為移動向量mvCurL1。例如,為了得到參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvCurL1,也可對鄰接區塊D之移動向量適用定標。The motion vector mvCurL1 is, for example, a motion vector of the adjacent block D shown in FIG. 11, and is a motion vector of the reference picture L1[0] included in the reference L1 reference picture list. Alternatively, scaling can be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block D, and the motion vector to which the scaling has been applied is used as the motion vector mvCurL1. For example, in order to obtain the motion vector mvCurL1 of the reference reference picture L1[0], scaling can also be applied to the motion vector of the adjacent block D.

又,也可從鄰接區塊D之相同1個移動向量,導出2個移動向量mvCurL0及mvCurL1。或者,也可在已透過雙預測進行編碼之鄰接區塊D之2個移動向量之中,從其中一個導出移動向量mvCurL0,且從另一個導出移動向量mvCurL1。或者,也可從鄰接區塊D之移動向量導出移動向量mvCurL0,且從其他鄰接區塊A、B或者C之移動向量導出移動向量mvCurL1。Further, two motion vectors mvCurL0 and mvCurL1 may be derived from the same one of the motion vectors adjacent to the block D. Alternatively, the motion vector mvCurL0 may be derived from one of the two motion vectors of the adjacent block D that has been encoded by the bi-prediction, and the motion vector mvCurL1 may be derived from the other. Alternatively, the motion vector mvCurL0 may be derived from the motion vector of the adjacent block D, and the motion vector mvCurL1 may be derived from the motion vectors of other adjacent blocks A, B, or C.

在該例中,Adv1區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼。在Adv1區塊之雙預測中,前方向的參考圖片L0[1]已藉移動向量mvAdv1L0而被參考,後方向的參考圖片L1[1]已藉移動向量mvAdv1L1而被參考。In this example, the Adv1 block has been encoded by bi-prediction. In the double prediction of the Adv1 block, the reference picture L0[1] in the front direction has been referred to by the motion vector mvAdv1L0, and the reference picture L1[1] in the back direction has been referred to by the motion vector mvAdv1L1.

接著,在該例中,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvAdv1L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之移動向量mvAdv1L0L0,做為時間候選移動向量。Next, in this example, the motion vector mvAdv1L0 is performed with a ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. target. Thereby, the motion vector mvAdv1L0L0 of the reference reference picture L0[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

又,以從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L1[0]的時間差相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考圖片L0[1]的時間差之比值,而將移動向量mvAdv1L0進行定標。藉此,導出參考參考圖片L1[0]之移動向量mvAdv1L0L1,做為時間候選移動向量。Further, the motion vector mvAdv1L0 is scaled by the ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L1[0] with respect to the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the reference picture L0[1]. Thereby, the motion vector mvAdv1L0L1 of the reference reference picture L1[0] is derived as a temporal candidate motion vector.

即,候選清單產生部134是將Adv1區塊的移動向量mvAdv1L0進行定標,分別導出可利用在雙預測之2個移動向量mvAdv1L0L0及mvAdv1L0L1,做為時間候選移動向量。In other words, the candidate list generation unit 134 scales the motion vector mvAdv1L0 of the Adv1 block, and derives the two motion vectors mvAdv1L0L0 and mvAdv1L0L1 that can be used in the bi-prediction as the temporal candidate motion vector.

有關其他說明,圖18B之例中之Col1區塊、以及移動向量mvCol1L0及mvCol1L1等,可替代成圖21B之例中之Adv1區塊、以及移動向量mvAdv1L0及mvAdv1L1等。因此,省略具體的說明。For other explanations, the Col1 block in the example of FIG. 18B, and the motion vectors mvCol1L0 and mvCol1L1, etc., may be replaced with the Adv1 block in the example of FIG. 21B, and the motion vectors mvAdv1L0 and mvAdv1L1. Therefore, the detailed description is omitted.

又,如上述,在圖21A及圖21B之例中是使用了Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊,來代替圖18A及圖18B之例中之Col0區塊及Col1區塊。但也可使用Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊來替代圖19A至圖20B之例中之Col0區塊及Col1區塊。Further, as described above, in the examples of FIGS. 21A and 21B, the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block are used instead of the Col0 block and the Col1 block in the examples of FIGS. 18A and 18B. However, the Ad00 block and the Adv1 block may be used instead of the Col0 block and the Col1 block in the examples of FIGS. 19A to 20B.

因此,圖19A至圖20B之例中之Col0區塊及Col1區塊等也可替代為Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊等。又,除了圖18A至圖20B之例中之Col0區塊及Col1區塊等之外,也可使用Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊等。Therefore, the Col0 block and the Col1 block in the examples of FIGS. 19A to 20B can also be replaced by the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block. Further, in addition to the Col0 block and the Col1 block in the examples of FIGS. 18A to 20B, an Adv0 block, an Adv1 block, or the like may be used.

如上述,會從L0參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中的Adv0區塊、及L1參考圖片清單所含之參考圖片中的Adv1區塊分別導出候選移動向量。As described above, the candidate motion vector is derived from the Adv0 block in the reference picture included in the L0 reference picture list and the Adv1 block in the reference picture included in the L1 reference picture list, respectively.

例如,編碼對象區塊位於移動物範圍的邊界附近時,有如下可能性,即,透過遮蔽(occlusion),使得在其中一個參考圖片不存在有對應於編碼對象區塊之區域,而在另一個參考圖片則有對應於編碼對象區塊之區域存在。因此,特別是編碼對象區塊位於移動物範圍的邊界附近時,從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊分別導出候選移動向量,以此可從對應於編碼對象區塊之區域導出適合的候選移動向量。For example, when the coding target block is located near the boundary of the moving object range, there is a possibility that, by occlusion, there is no region corresponding to the coding target block in one of the reference pictures, and another The reference picture has an area corresponding to the block of the encoding object. Therefore, especially when the coding target block is located near the boundary of the moving object range, the candidate motion vector is derived from the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block, respectively, so that a suitable candidate motion vector can be derived from the region corresponding to the coding target block.

另,針對全部的編碼對象區塊,也可不從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊分別導出候選移動向量。例如,也可針對1個編碼對象區塊,從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊分別導出候選移動向量。然後,也可針對其他編碼對象區塊,從Adv1區塊不導出候選移動向量,且從Adv0區塊導出候選移動向量。Further, for all the coding target blocks, the candidate motion vectors may not be derived from the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block, respectively. For example, the candidate motion vector may be derived from the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block, respectively, for one coding target block. Then, for other coding target blocks, candidate motion vectors are not derived from the Adv1 block, and candidate motion vectors are derived from the Adv0 block.

又,在編碼對象圖片不是B圖片,且2個參考圖片清單未被決定時,也可從1個參考圖片清單所含之ATMVP區塊導出時間候選移動向量。Further, when the encoding target picture is not a B picture and the two reference picture lists are not determined, the time candidate motion vector may be derived from the ATMVP block included in one reference picture list.

[候選清單] 圖22是顯示有關於複數個候選移動向量之複數個群組之概念圖。用以將編碼對象區塊之資訊進行編碼之預測移動向量是可藉對應於各複數個候選移動向量之索引而被特定。例如,對於最多為N個候選移動向量,分別對應有索引。[Candidate List] FIG. 22 is a conceptual diagram showing a plurality of groups with respect to a plurality of candidate motion vectors. The predicted motion vector used to encode the information of the coding target block may be specified by an index corresponding to each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors. For example, for a maximum of N candidate motion vectors, there are respectively corresponding indexes.

複數個候選移動向量是構成候選清單。複數個候選移動向量可含有空間候選移動向量,也可含有時間候選移動向量,也可含有其他候選移動向量。即,最多為N個候選移動向量可包括空間候選移動向量的群組、時間候選移動向量的群組、及其他候選移動向量的群組。A plurality of candidate motion vectors are constituent candidate lists. The plurality of candidate motion vectors may contain spatial candidate motion vectors, may also contain temporal candidate motion vectors, and may also contain other candidate motion vectors. That is, a maximum of N candidate motion vectors may include a group of spatial candidate motion vectors, a group of temporal candidate motion vectors, and a group of other candidate motion vectors.

空間候選移動向量,例如是從與編碼對象區塊空間上鄰接的區塊所導出的候選移動向量。空間候選移動向量也可從位於編碼對象區塊的旁邊,且不鄰接於編碼對象區塊之區塊所導出。The spatial candidate motion vector is, for example, a candidate motion vector derived from a block spatially adjacent to the coding target block. The spatial candidate motion vector may also be derived from a block located next to the encoding object block and not adjacent to the encoding object block.

時間候選移動向量是從不同於編碼對象圖片之參考圖片所含之區塊所導出的候選移動向量。例如,時間候選移動向量可從Col0區塊、Col1區塊、Adv0區塊或者Adv1區塊等所導出。The temporal candidate motion vector is a candidate motion vector derived from a block included in a reference picture different from the encoding target picture. For example, the temporal candidate motion vector may be derived from a Col0 block, a Col1 block, an Adv0 block, or an Adv1 block.

對於1個編碼對象區塊,也可從Col0區塊及Col1區塊分別導出時間候選移動向量。然後,對於其他編碼對象區塊,也可從Col0區塊及Col1區塊之其中一個導出時間候選移動向量。For one coding target block, a temporal candidate motion vector may also be derived from the Col0 block and the Col1 block, respectively. Then, for other coding target blocks, the temporal candidate motion vector may also be derived from one of the Col0 block and the Col1 block.

同樣地,對於1個編碼對象區塊,也可從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊分別導出時間候選移動向量。然後,對其他編碼對象區塊,也可從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊之其中一個來導出時間候選移動向量。Similarly, for one coding target block, the temporal candidate motion vector can also be derived from the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block, respectively. Then, for other coding target blocks, the temporal candidate motion vector may also be derived from one of the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block.

其他候選移動向量是不同於空間候選移動向量、也不同於時間候選移動向量之候選移動向量。其他候選移動向量也可分別從空間候選移動向量或者時間候選移動向量之複數個候選移動向量所導出。例如,複數個候選移動向量之平均值或者中間值,也可被導出做為其他候選移動向量。The other candidate motion vectors are candidate motion vectors that are different from the spatial candidate motion vector and also different from the temporal candidate motion vector. Other candidate motion vectors may also be derived from a plurality of candidate motion vectors of the spatial candidate motion vector or the temporal candidate motion vector, respectively. For example, the average or intermediate value of a plurality of candidate motion vectors can also be derived as other candidate motion vectors.

又,已事先決定的移動向量也可被使用做為其他候選移動向量。例如,大小為零之移動向量也可被使用做為其他候選移動向量。Also, a motion vector that has been determined in advance can also be used as other candidate motion vectors. For example, a motion vector of size zero can also be used as other candidate motion vectors.

又,也可以序列單位、圖片單位、切片單位、或者含有1個以上的區塊的預定單位決定固定的候選移動向量。Further, the fixed candidate motion vector may be determined in a sequence unit, a picture unit, a slice unit, or a predetermined unit including one or more blocks.

例如,熵編碼部110也可將序列單位的固定的候選移動向量編碼成序列參數組合。又,熵編碼部110也可將圖片單位的固定的候選移動向量編碼成圖片參數組合。又,熵編碼部110也可將切片單位的固定的候選移動向量編碼成切片標頭。For example, the entropy encoding unit 110 may also encode a fixed candidate motion vector of a sequence unit into a sequence parameter combination. Further, the entropy coding unit 110 may encode a fixed candidate motion vector of a picture unit into a picture parameter combination. Further, the entropy coding unit 110 may encode a fixed candidate motion vector of a slice unit into a slice header.

接著,熵解碼部202也可從序列參數組合,而將序列單位的固定的候選移動向量進行解碼。又,熵解碼部202也可從圖片參數組合,而將圖片單位的固定的候選移動向量進行解碼。又,熵解碼部202也可從切片標頭,而將切片單位的固定的候選移動向量進行解碼。Next, the entropy decoding unit 202 may combine the sequence parameter parameters to decode the fixed candidate motion vector of the sequence unit. Further, the entropy decoding unit 202 may decode the fixed candidate motion vector of the picture unit from the picture parameter combination. Further, the entropy decoding unit 202 may decode the fixed candidate motion vector of the slice unit from the slice header.

例如,在圖像整體做等速直線移動時,也可將顯示圖像整體的運動之移動向量做為固定的候選移動向量,而包含在序列參數組合、圖片參數組合或者切片標頭等之標頭資訊中。又,圖像整體正在移動,且在圖像中包含具有與圖像整體的運動不同之運動的物體時,也可將顯示圖像整體的運動之候選移動向量、及顯示物體的運動之候選移動向量包含在標頭資訊中。For example, when the image as a whole is moving at a constant speed, the motion vector of the motion of the entire image may be used as a fixed candidate motion vector, and included in the sequence parameter combination, the picture parameter combination, or the slice header. Head information. Further, when the entire image is moving, and the image includes an object having a motion different from the motion of the entire image, the candidate motion vector of the motion of the entire display image and the candidate motion of the motion of the display object may be moved. The vector is included in the header information.

進而,編碼裝置100在更新圖片單位或切片單位等之候選移動向量時,也可將相對於更新前的候選移動向量之差分進行編碼。Further, when updating the candidate motion vector such as a picture unit or a slice unit, the encoding apparatus 100 may encode the difference with respect to the candidate motion vector before the update.

又,候選移動向量的導出方法、索引的分配方法、及候選移動向量之最大個數也可以序列單位、圖片單位、切片單位、或者含有1個以上的區塊之預定單位來決定。例如,候選移動向量的導出方法等也可藉序列參數組合而以序列單位來決定,也可藉圖片參數組合而以圖片單位來決定,也可藉切片標頭而以切片單位來決定。Further, the method of deriving the candidate motion vector, the method of assigning the index, and the maximum number of candidate motion vectors may be determined by a sequence unit, a picture unit, a slice unit, or a predetermined unit including one or more blocks. For example, the method for deriving the candidate motion vector may be determined by a sequence unit by a combination of sequence parameters, or may be determined by a picture unit by a combination of picture parameters, or may be determined by a slice unit by a slice header.

例如,編碼對象區塊在移動物範圍的邊界附近時,候選清單產生部134也可從Col0區塊及Col1區塊分別導出時間候選移動向量。或者,此時,候選清單產生部134也可從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊分別導出時間候選移動向量。For example, when the coding target block is near the boundary of the moving object range, the candidate list generation unit 134 may also derive the temporal candidate motion vector from the Col0 block and the Col1 block, respectively. Alternatively, at this time, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from each of the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block.

接著,編碼對象區塊不在移動物範圍的邊界附近時,候選清單產生部134也可從Col0區塊及Col1區塊之其中一個,導出時間候選移動向量。或者,此時,候選清單產生部134也可從Adv0區塊及Adv1區塊之其中一個,導出時間候選移動向量。Next, when the encoding target block is not near the boundary of the moving object range, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from one of the Col0 block and the Col1 block. Alternatively, at this time, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from one of the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block.

候選清單產生部134也可根據含有邊緣檢測或者機械學習等之物體擷取技術,來判斷編碼對象區塊是否在移動物範圍的邊界附近。或者,候選清單產生部134也可根據每像素的移動、或者預定尺寸的矩形區域每個移動,來判斷編碼對象區塊是否位於移動物範圍的邊界附近。The candidate list generating unit 134 may determine whether or not the encoding target block is near the boundary of the moving object range based on an object capturing technique including edge detection or mechanical learning. Alternatively, the candidate list generation unit 134 may determine whether or not the encoding target block is located near the boundary of the moving object range based on the movement of each pixel or each movement of the rectangular area of a predetermined size.

又,候選清單產生部134也可判斷Col0區塊的移動向量、與Col1區塊的移動向量之差分是否為閾值以上。接著,若差分為閾值以上時,候選清單產生部134也可從Col0區塊與Col1區塊分別導出時間候選移動向量。另一方面,若差分低於閾值時,候選清單產生部134也可從Col0區塊與Col1區塊中之其中一個導出時間候選移動向量。Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may determine whether or not the difference between the motion vector of the Col0 block and the motion vector of the Col1 block is equal to or larger than the threshold. Next, when the difference is equal to or larger than the threshold, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from the Col0 block and the Col1 block, respectively. On the other hand, if the difference is lower than the threshold, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from one of the Col0 block and the Col1 block.

或者,候選清單產生部134,若Adv0區塊的移動向量、與Adv1區塊的移動向量之差分為閾值以上時,也可從Adv0區塊與Adv1區塊分別來導出時間候選移動向量。另一方面,若差分低於閾值時,候選清單產生部134也可從Adv0區塊與Adv1區塊中之其中一個來導出時間候選移動向量。Alternatively, when the difference between the motion vector of the Adv0 block and the motion vector of the Adv1 block is equal to or greater than the threshold value, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block, respectively. On the other hand, if the difference is lower than the threshold, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from one of the Adv0 block and the Adv1 block.

空間候選移動向量之導出方法等也是和時間候選移動向量同樣,可依照編碼對象區塊是否在移動物範圍的邊界附近來做變更。The method of deriving the spatial candidate motion vector and the like is also the same as the temporal candidate motion vector, and can be changed in accordance with whether or not the coding target block is near the boundary of the moving object range.

例如,在編碼對象區塊在移動物範圍的邊界附近時,候選清單產生部134也可從複數個鄰接區塊分別來導出空間候選移動向量。然後,編碼對象區塊不在移動物範圍的邊界附近時,候選清單產生部134也可從複數個鄰接區塊之中之1個來導出空間候選移動向量。For example, when the encoding target block is near the boundary of the moving object range, the candidate list generating unit 134 may also derive the spatial candidate motion vector from the plurality of adjacent blocks, respectively. Then, when the encoding target block is not near the boundary of the moving object range, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the spatial candidate moving vector from one of the plurality of adjacent blocks.

又,例如,候選清單產生部134也可判斷2個鄰接區塊之2個移動向量的差分是否為閾值以上。然後,若差分為閾值以上時,候選清單產生部134也可從2個鄰接區塊分別來導出空間候選移動向量。另一方面,若差分低於閾值時,候選清單產生部134也可從2個鄰接區塊之中之1個來導出空間候選移動向量。Further, for example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may determine whether or not the difference between the two motion vectors of the two adjacent blocks is equal to or larger than the threshold. Then, when the difference is equal to or larger than the threshold value, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the spatial candidate motion vector from each of the two adjacent blocks. On the other hand, when the difference is lower than the threshold, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the spatial candidate motion vector from one of the two adjacent blocks.

又,也可於索引的分配方法反映群組。具體來說,候選清單產生部134也可依照時間候選移動向量數量及空間候選移動向量數量等,將複數個候選移動向量分組為複數個群組。Also, the group can be reflected in the index allocation method. Specifically, the candidate list generation unit 134 may group the plurality of candidate motion vectors into a plurality of groups in accordance with the number of temporal candidate motion vectors, the number of spatial candidate motion vectors, and the like.

例如,候選清單產生部134也可根據是否能從L0參考圖片清單所含之區塊、與L1參考圖片清單所含之區塊分別來導出時間候選移動向量,來特定時間候選移動向量數量。又,候選清單產生部134亦可根據是否也能從不鄰接於編碼對象區塊之區塊導出空間候選移動向量,來特定空間候選移動向量數量。For example, the candidate list generation unit 134 may specify the number of temporal candidate motion vectors based on whether or not the temporal candidate motion vector can be derived from the block included in the L0 reference picture list and the block included in the L1 reference picture list. Further, the candidate list generation unit 134 may specify the number of spatial candidate motion vectors based on whether or not the spatial candidate motion vector can be derived from the block that is not adjacent to the encoding target block.

接著,針對各複數個候選移動向量,候選清單產生部134也可使用含有候選移動向量之群組的識別號碼、及群組中之候選移動向量的索引號碼之組合,做為候選移動向量的索引。Next, for each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the candidate list generation unit 134 may use the combination of the identification number of the group including the candidate motion vector and the index number of the candidate motion vector in the group as the index of the candidate motion vector. .

針對移動物範圍的邊界附近的編碼對象區塊,從空間上及時間上寬廣之範圍中的各區塊,導出候選移動向量,藉此能選擇更適合的預測移動向量。例如,如上述,從L0參考圖片清單所含之區塊及L1參考圖片清單所含之區塊分別導出時間候選移動向量,藉此從時間上寬廣之範圍中的各區塊來導出時間候選移動向量。藉此,能選擇更適合的預測移動向量。For the coding target block near the boundary of the moving object range, the candidate motion vector is derived from each of the spatially and temporally wide ranges, whereby a more suitable predicted motion vector can be selected. For example, as described above, the temporal candidate motion vector is derived from the block included in the L0 reference picture list and the block included in the L1 reference picture list, thereby deriving the temporal candidate movement from each block in the temporally broad range. vector. Thereby, a more suitable predicted motion vector can be selected.

進而,針對2個參考圖片清單之各個,除了參考圖片索引為0之參考圖片所含的區塊之外,也可從參考圖片索引不是0的參考圖片所含之區塊導出時間候選移動向量。藉此,可從時間上較寬廣的範圍中之各區塊導出時間候選移動向量,能選擇更適合的預測移動向量。Further, for each of the two reference picture lists, in addition to the block included in the reference picture whose reference picture index is 0, the time candidate motion vector may be derived from the block included in the reference picture whose reference picture index is not 0. Thereby, the temporal candidate motion vector can be derived from each of the blocks in a wider time range, and a more suitable predicted motion vector can be selected.

又,也可從同位區塊或者ATMVP區塊的周邊的區塊,導出時間候選移動向量。在此,區塊之周邊的範圍可為離區塊預定距離的範圍,也可為鄰接於區塊之1個以上的區塊的範圍。Alternatively, the temporal candidate motion vector may be derived from a co-located block or a block around the ATMVP block. Here, the range around the block may be a range of a predetermined distance from the block, or may be a range adjacent to one or more blocks of the block.

又,例如假設移動的差異在前景與背景很大,前述前景為移動物的範圍內,前述背景為移動物的範圍外。因此也可從同位區塊或者ATMVP區塊的周邊之複數個區塊,擷取差異大的2個移動向量。接著,所擷取出的2個移動向量也可被視為前景及背景的2個移動向量。然後,也可從所取出的2個移動向量分別導出時間候選移動向量。Further, for example, it is assumed that the difference in movement is large in the foreground and the background, and the aforementioned foreground is in the range of the moving object, and the aforementioned background is outside the range of the moving object. Therefore, it is also possible to extract two motion vectors having large differences from a plurality of blocks in the vicinity of the parity block or the ATMVP block. Then, the two motion vectors extracted can also be regarded as two motion vectors of the foreground and the background. Then, the time candidate motion vector can also be derived from the two extracted motion vectors, respectively.

又,候選清單產生部134也可在同位區塊或者ATMVP區塊之周邊的複數個區塊之複數個移動向量中,將相近的複數個區塊之相類似的複數個移動向量群組化。然後,候選清單產生部134也可對每一群組,藉由屬於群組的複數個移動向量之平均值或者中間值,導出時間候選移動向量。Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may group a plurality of similar motion vectors of a plurality of similar blocks in a plurality of motion vectors of a plurality of blocks in the vicinity of the co-located block or the ATMVP block. Then, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector for each group by the average or intermediate value of the plurality of motion vectors belonging to the group.

在上述中,各移動向量也可依照時間上的距離進行標準化。即,各移動向量也可定標成從編碼對象圖片來參考參考圖片L0[0]或者L1[0]之移動向量。In the above, each motion vector can also be normalized according to the distance in time. That is, each motion vector may also be scaled to refer to the motion vector of the reference picture L0[0] or L1[0] from the encoding target picture.

又,進而,為了得到更適當的預測移動向量,也可從較鄰接於編碼對象區塊的範圍在空間上更大範圍的各區塊,導出空間候選移動向量。例如,除了鄰接區塊,再鄰接區塊也可用以於空間候選移動向量之導出,其中該鄰接區塊是鄰接於編碼對象區塊的區塊,該再鄰接區塊是鄰接於鄰接區塊的區塊。Further, in order to obtain a more appropriate prediction motion vector, the spatial candidate motion vector may be derived from each of the blocks that are spatially larger than the range adjacent to the coding target block. For example, in addition to the adjacent block, the adjacent block may also be used to derive the spatial candidate motion vector, wherein the adjacent block is a block adjacent to the encoding target block, and the adjacent block is adjacent to the adjacent block. Block.

圖23是顯示用以導出空間候選移動向量之區塊的概念圖。在圖23之例中,除了鄰接區塊A、B、C及D,還會從再鄰接區塊C1、C2及C3之至少1個,導出空間候選移動向量,其中該再鄰接區塊C1、C2及C3為鄰接於鄰接區塊C之區塊。再鄰接區塊C1、C2及C3之中,用於空間候選移動向量之導出的再鄰接區塊可固定,也可適當地進行切換。Figure 23 is a conceptual diagram showing a block used to derive a spatial candidate motion vector. In the example of FIG. 23, in addition to the adjacent blocks A, B, C, and D, a spatial candidate motion vector is derived from at least one of the adjacent blocks C1, C2, and C3, wherein the re-contiguous block C1. C2 and C3 are blocks adjacent to the adjacent block C. Among the adjacent blocks C1, C2, and C3, the adjacent blocks for the derivation of the spatial candidate motion vector may be fixed or may be appropriately switched.

又,在圖23之例中,相對於鄰接區塊C,已決定再鄰接區塊C1、C2及C3,但相對於鄰接區塊A、B及D,也可同樣地決定再鄰接區塊。然後,鄰接區塊A、B、C及D之中,已決定有用於空間候選移動向量之導出之再鄰接區塊的鄰接區塊可固定,也可適當地進行切換。Further, in the example of Fig. 23, it is determined that the adjacent blocks C1, C2, and C3 are adjacent to the adjacent block C, but the adjacent blocks can be similarly determined for the adjacent blocks A, B, and D. Then, among the adjacent blocks A, B, C, and D, the adjacent blocks in which the adjacent blocks for the derivation of the spatial candidate motion vector have been determined may be fixed, or may be appropriately switched.

例如,為了能盡可能地涵蓋空間上寬廣的範圍的移動,也可相對於鄰接區塊C及D,決定用於空間候選移動向量之導出之再鄰接區塊。For example, in order to cover as much as possible a wide range of spatial movements, the contiguous blocks for the derivation of the spatial candidate motion vectors may also be determined relative to adjacent blocks C and D.

又,不只是相接於編碼對象區塊之角落的鄰接區塊,例如鄰接區塊B及C之間的區塊也可用在空間候選移動向量之導出。如此的中間的區塊的利用是在例如編碼對象區塊的尺寸為16×16以上般之編碼對象區塊的尺寸大的情況下有效。Moreover, not only the adjacent blocks that are adjacent to the corners of the coding target block, for example, the blocks between the adjacent blocks B and C can also be used for the derivation of the spatial candidate motion vector. The use of such an intermediate block is effective in the case where, for example, the size of the encoding target block having a size of the encoding target block of 16×16 or more is large.

編碼裝置100是從包括空間候選移動向量及時間候選移動向量等之複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量,其中該預測移動向量是做為編碼對象區塊之移動向量而被預測之移動向量。編碼裝置100也可算出基於各候選移動向量之預測殘差或者R-D成本,在複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇被算出的預測殘差或者R-D成本為最小的候選移動向量,做為預測移動向量。The encoding apparatus 100 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors including a spatial candidate motion vector, a temporal candidate motion vector, and the like, wherein the predicted motion vector is predicted to be moved as a motion vector of the encoding target block. vector. The encoding apparatus 100 may calculate a prediction residual or RD cost based on each candidate motion vector, and select a candidate motion vector whose calculated prediction residual or RD cost is the smallest among the plurality of candidate motion vectors as a prediction motion vector. .

然後,編碼裝置100使用預測移動向量,而將編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。Then, the encoding device 100 encodes the information of the encoding target block using the predicted motion vector.

例如,編碼裝置100也可將編碼對象區塊的移動向量與預測移動向量之差分移動向量進行編碼。藉此,編碼裝置100也可使用預測移動向量,而將編碼對象區塊的移動向量進行編碼。或者,編碼裝置100也可將編碼對象區塊的圖像、與依照預測移動向量所預測之圖像之差分圖像進行編碼。藉此,編碼裝置100也可使用預測移動向量,而將編碼對象區塊的圖像進行編碼。For example, the encoding device 100 may also encode a differential motion vector of a motion vector of a coding target block and a prediction motion vector. Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can also encode the motion vector of the encoding target block using the predicted motion vector. Alternatively, the encoding device 100 may encode an image of the encoding target block and a difference image of the image predicted in accordance with the predicted motion vector. Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can also encode the image of the encoding target block using the predicted motion vector.

又,編碼裝置100也可將對應於做為預測移動向量而被選擇的候選移動向量之索引,做為用以從複數個候選移動向量之中識別預測移動向量之識別資訊,來進行編碼成位元流。Furthermore, the encoding apparatus 100 may also encode the candidate motion vector selected as the predicted motion vector as the identification information for identifying the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Yuan stream.

接著,解碼裝置200也可從位元流而將索引進行解碼。接著,解碼裝置200也可從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇與已解碼的索引對應之候選移動向量,做為預測移動向量,其中該等複數個候選移動向量包括空間候選移動向量及時間候選移動向量等。然後,解碼裝置200是使用預測移動向量,而將解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼。Next, the decoding device 200 can also decode the index from the bit stream. Next, the decoding apparatus 200 may also select a candidate motion vector corresponding to the decoded index from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors, where the plurality of candidate motion vectors include a spatial candidate motion vector and a temporal candidate motion. Vector, etc. Then, the decoding device 200 decodes the information of the decoding target block using the predicted motion vector.

例如,解碼裝置200也可將差分移動向量進行解碼,且將預測移動向量與差分移動向量相加。藉此,解碼裝置200也可使用預測移動向量,而將解碼對象區塊的移動向量進行解碼。或者,解碼裝置200也可將差分圖像進行解碼,且將依照預測移動向量而被預測的圖像、與差分圖像相加。藉此,解碼裝置200也可使用預測移動向量,而將解碼對象區塊的圖像進行解碼。For example, the decoding device 200 may also decode the differential motion vector and add the predicted motion vector to the differential motion vector. Thereby, the decoding device 200 can also decode the motion vector of the decoding target block using the predicted motion vector. Alternatively, the decoding device 200 may decode the difference image and add the image predicted in accordance with the predicted motion vector to the difference image. Thereby, the decoding device 200 can also decode the image of the decoding target block using the predicted motion vector.

又,例如,編碼裝置100也可不將預測移動向量的索引進行編碼。接著,解碼裝置200也可不將預測移動向量的索引進行解碼。此時,在編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200中,也可藉FRUC中之模板匹配方式或者雙向匹配方式來選擇預測移動向量。Further, for example, the encoding device 100 may not encode the index of the prediction motion vector. Next, the decoding device 200 may not decode the index of the predicted motion vector. At this time, in the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200, the prediction motion vector may be selected by the template matching method or the bidirectional matching method in the FRUC.

即,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200在從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量時,也可分別評價複數個候選移動向量。編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200也可選擇在複數個候選移動向量之中被最高度評價的候選移動向量,做為預測移動向量。In other words, when the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 select a prediction motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors, they may evaluate a plurality of candidate motion vectors. The encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 may also select a candidate motion vector that is most highly evaluated among the plurality of candidate motion vectors as a predicted motion vector.

例如,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200是在各候選移動向量的評價中,決定2個比較對象區域。此時,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200是依照評價對象的候選移動向量,來決定2個比較對象區域之中至少其中一個。然後,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200在2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像的適合程度愈高,則愈高度評價評價對象的候選移動向量。For example, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 determine two comparison target regions in the evaluation of each candidate motion vector. At this time, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 determine at least one of the two comparison target regions in accordance with the candidate motion vector to be evaluated. Then, the higher the degree of suitability of the reconstructed image of the two comparison target regions by the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200, the higher the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target is.

藉此,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200可對複數個候選移動向量分別以相同的方式進行評價,且可從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇相同的預測移動向量。Thereby, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 can evaluate the plurality of candidate motion vectors in the same manner, and can select the same predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors.

例如,隨著候選移動向量數量的增加,用以從複數個候選移動向量之中識別預測移動向量的索引就會變大,而有使索引的編碼量增加的可能性。惟,在FRUC中,由於預測移動向量的索引不被編碼,所以隨著候選移動向量數量的增加所造成的編碼量之增加可被抑制。For example, as the number of candidate motion vectors increases, the index used to identify the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors becomes larger, and there is a possibility that the code amount of the index is increased. However, in FRUC, since the index of the predicted motion vector is not encoded, the increase in the amount of coding caused by the increase in the number of candidate motion vectors can be suppressed.

因此,在FRUC中,也可導出更多的空間候選移動向量及時間候選移動向量等。藉此,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200能一邊抑制編碼量的增加,且一邊改善預測精度。Therefore, in the FRUC, more spatial candidate motion vectors, temporal candidate motion vectors, and the like can be derived. Thereby, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 can improve the prediction accuracy while suppressing an increase in the amount of encoding.

又,候選清單也可劃分成L0參考用候選清單、及L1參考用候選清單,其中該L0參考用候選清單是含有參考L0參考圖片清單之候選移動向量,該L1參考用候選清單是含有參考L1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Moreover, the candidate list may also be divided into an L0 reference candidate list, which is a candidate motion vector containing a reference L0 reference picture list, and the L1 reference candidate list, which includes the reference L1. Refer to the candidate motion vector of the picture list.

又,候選清單也可含有參考L0參考圖片清單之候選移動向量與參考L1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量之候選移動向量組合。進而,候選清單也可含有參考L0參考圖片清單的候選移動向量之候選移動向量組合,也可含有參考L1參考圖片清單的候選移動向量之候選移動向量組合。Also, the candidate list may also include a candidate motion vector combination of the candidate motion vector of the reference L0 reference picture list and the candidate motion vector of the reference L1 reference picture list. Furthermore, the candidate list may also contain candidate motion vector combinations of candidate motion vectors with reference to the L0 reference picture list, and may also include candidate motion vector combinations of candidate motion vectors with reference to the L1 reference picture list.

然後,從候選清單所含之複數個候選移動向量組合之中,選擇1個候選移動向量組合,做為預測移動向量組合,藉此也可從候選清單所含之複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量。Then, from the plurality of candidate motion vector combinations included in the candidate list, one candidate motion vector combination is selected as the predicted motion vector combination, thereby also being among the plurality of candidate motion vectors included in the candidate list. Select the predicted motion vector.

[藉對映而導出之候選移動向量] 候選清單產生部134,取代同位區塊及ATMVP區塊的利用,或者除了同位區塊及ATMVP區塊的利用,也可藉參考區塊的對映,導出時間候選移動向量。[Candidate Motion Vector Derived by Alignment] The candidate list generation unit 134 can replace the use of the parity block and the ATMVP block, or the use of the reference block and the use of the same block and the ATMVP block. Export time candidate motion vectors.

例如,候選清單產生部134是在編碼對象圖片的處理開始時,將複數個參考圖片中之複數個參考區塊對映於編碼對象圖片。具體來說,候選清單產生部134是將各參考區塊對映於編碼對象圖片中之對應區域。各對應區域也可表現為對映區域。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 maps a plurality of reference blocks of the plurality of reference pictures to the encoding target picture when the processing of the encoding target picture is started. Specifically, the candidate list generating unit 134 is a corresponding region in which each reference block is mapped to the encoding target picture. Each corresponding area can also be represented as an enantiing area.

然後,候選清單產生部134是依照對映的結果,針對編碼對象圖片的各區塊,導出候選移動向量。具體來說,候選清單產生部134是從參考區塊的移動向量,導出候選移動向量,其中前述參考區塊是被對映於重疊在編碼對象圖片中的區塊之對應區域。Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives the candidate motion vector for each block of the encoding target picture in accordance with the result of the mapping. Specifically, the candidate list generation unit 134 derives candidate motion vectors from the motion vectors of the reference blocks, wherein the aforementioned reference blocks are mapped to corresponding regions of the blocks superimposed in the encoding target picture.

另,如此之候選移動向量的導出處理也可以圖片單位來進行,也可以藉分割圖片而所得到的切片單位來進行,也可以其他的區域單位來進行。Further, the derivation processing of the candidate motion vector may be performed in a picture unit, or may be performed by a slice unit obtained by dividing the picture, or may be performed in another area unit.

圖24是一概念圖,顯示L0參考圖片清單所含之參考區塊及L1參考圖片清單所含之參考區塊的對映。例如,候選清單產生部134是將參考圖片L0[0]所含的參考區塊Blk01之移動向量標準化,藉此導出參考編碼對象圖片之移動向量mvBlk01。Figure 24 is a conceptual diagram showing the mapping of the reference block contained in the L0 reference picture list and the reference block included in the L1 reference picture list. For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 normalizes the motion vector of the reference block Blk01 included in the reference picture L0[0], thereby deriving the motion vector mvBlk01 of the reference encoding target picture.

即,候選清單產生部134是將參考區塊Blk01的移動向量進行定標,藉此導出參考編碼對象圖片之移動向量mvBlk01。對該定標是使用如下比值,即參考圖片L0[0]迄至編碼對象圖片的時間差相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考區塊Blk01之移動向量所參考的參考圖片的時間差之比值。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales the motion vector of the reference block Blk01, thereby deriving the motion vector mvBlk01 of the reference encoding target picture. For the calibration, the ratio is used, that is, the ratio of the time difference of the reference picture L0[0] to the picture of the encoding target relative to the time difference of the reference picture referenced from the reference picture L0[0] to the motion vector of the reference block Blk01. .

接著,候選清單產生部134是依照移動向量mvBlk01,而將參考區塊Blk01對映至編碼對象圖片中的對應區域Blk01c。即,候選清單產生部134是依照移動向量mvBlk01,將參考區塊Blk01分配到編碼對象圖片中之對應區域Blk01c。進而換言之,候選清單產生部134是依照移動向量mvBlk01,在編碼對象圖片之中特定參考區塊Blk01之對應區域Blk01c。Next, the candidate list generating unit 134 maps the reference block Blk01 to the corresponding region Blk01c in the encoding target picture in accordance with the motion vector mvBlk01. That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 assigns the reference block Blk01 to the corresponding region Blk01c in the encoding target picture in accordance with the motion vector mvBlk01. Further, in other words, the candidate list generating unit 134 is a corresponding region Blk01c of the specific reference block Blk01 among the encoding target pictures in accordance with the motion vector mvBlk01.

同樣,候選清單產生部134是將參考圖片L0[0]所含之參考區塊Blk02的移動向量進行標準化,藉此導出參考編碼對象圖片之移動向量mvBlk02。然後,候選清單產生部134是依照移動向量mvBlk02,而將參考區塊Blk02對映到編碼對象圖片中之對應區域Blk02c。Similarly, the candidate list generating unit 134 normalizes the motion vector of the reference block Blk02 included in the reference picture L0[0], thereby deriving the motion vector mvBlk02 of the reference encoding target picture. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 maps the reference block Blk02 to the corresponding region Blk02c in the encoding target picture in accordance with the motion vector mvBlk02.

同樣,候選清單產生部134是將參考圖片L0[0]所含之參考區塊Blk03的移動向量進行標準化,藉此導出參考編碼對象圖片之移動向量mvBlk03。然後,候選清單產生部134是依照移動向量mvBlk03,而將參考區塊Blk03對映到編碼對象圖片中之對應區域Blk03c。Similarly, the candidate list generating unit 134 normalizes the motion vector of the reference block Blk03 included in the reference picture L0[0], thereby deriving the motion vector mvBlk03 of the reference encoding target picture. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 maps the reference block Blk03 to the corresponding region Blk03c in the encoding target picture in accordance with the motion vector mvBlk03.

然後候選清單產生部134是從被對映到編碼對象圖片之各區塊之參考區塊的移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block mapped to each block of the encoding target picture.

在僅只參考圖片L0[0]時,如對應區域Blk01c與對應區域Blk02c之間的區域,存在有參考區塊不被對映的區域的情況。為此,候選清單產生部134會使用參考圖片L1[0]。When only the picture L0[0] is referred to, as in the area between the corresponding area Blk01c and the corresponding area Blk02c, there is a case where the reference block is not mapped. To this end, the candidate list generating section 134 uses the reference picture L1[0].

例如,候選清單產生部134是將參考圖片L1[0]所含之參考區塊Blk11之移動向量進行標準化,藉此導出參考編碼對象圖片之移動向量mvBlk11。For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 normalizes the motion vector of the reference block Blk11 included in the reference picture L1[0], thereby deriving the motion vector mvBlk11 of the reference encoding target picture.

即,候選清單產生部134是將參考區塊Blk11之移動向量進行定標,藉此導出參考編碼對象圖片之移動向量mvBlk11。在該定標,會使用如下比值,即,從參考圖片L1[0]迄至編碼對象圖片的時間差相對於從參考圖片L1[0]迄至參考區塊Blk11之移動向量所參考的參考圖片的時間差之比值。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 scales the motion vector of the reference block Blk11, thereby deriving the motion vector mvBlk11 of the reference encoding target picture. In the scaling, a ratio is used, that is, the time difference from the reference picture L1[0] to the encoding target picture relative to the reference picture referenced from the reference picture L1[0] to the motion vector of the reference block Blk11 The ratio of time differences.

然後,候選清單產生部134是依照移動向量mvBlk11,而將參考區塊Blk11對映於編碼對象圖片中之對應區域Blk11c。惟,就算參考圖片L0[0]及參考圖片L1[0]兩個都被使用時,還是有空白區域殘留的可能性。Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 maps the reference block Blk11 to the corresponding region Blk11c in the encoding target picture in accordance with the motion vector mvBlk11. However, even if both the reference picture L0[0] and the reference picture L1[0] are used, there is still a possibility that a blank area remains.

圖25是顯示空白區域的概念圖。候選清單產生部134是針對空白區域的區塊,而從周邊的移動向量導出時間候選移動向量。即,候選清單產生部134是從參考區塊的移動向量導出時間候選移動向量,其中該參考區塊是已對映於空白區域之區塊的周邊之區域。Fig. 25 is a conceptual diagram showing a blank area. The candidate list generation unit 134 is a block for the blank area, and derives the temporal candidate motion vector from the surrounding motion vector. That is, the candidate list generation section 134 derives a temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block, which is an area of the periphery of the tile that has been mapped to the blank area.

具體來說,在圖25之例中,候選清單產生部134是針對空白區域的編碼對象區塊,從對應區域Blk11c的移動向量及對應區域Blk02c的移動向量來導出時間候選移動向量。例如,候選清單產生部134針對空白區域的編碼對象區塊,也可藉對應區域Blk11c之移動向量與對應區域Blk02c之移動向量的內插,來導出時間候選移動向量。Specifically, in the example of FIG. 25, the candidate list generating unit 134 is a coding target block for the blank area, and derives the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk11c and the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk02c. For example, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector by the interpolation of the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk11c and the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk02c for the encoding target block of the blank region.

或者,候選清單產生部134也可不採用內插,而是藉由在對應區域Blk11c的移動向量與對應區域Blk02c的移動向量之中尺寸較小的移動向量,來導出時間候選移動向量。或者,候選清單產生部134也可用其他選擇方法,藉由從對應區域Blk11c的移動向量與對應區域Blk02c的移動向量之中所選擇的移動向量,來導出時間候選移動向量。Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector by using a motion vector having a smaller size among the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk11c and the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk02c without interpolation. Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector selected from the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk11c and the motion vector of the corresponding region Blk02c by other selection methods.

又,在編碼對象圖片中,不只空白區域,還有存在有重複區域的可能性。即,有複數個參考區塊被對映的複數個對應區域重複(overlap)的可能性。Further, in the encoding target picture, there is a possibility that there is a blank area and there is a duplicate area. That is, there is a possibility that a plurality of reference blocks are overlapped by a plurality of corresponding regions.

圖26是顯示重複區域的概念圖。在該例中,參考區塊Blk02是藉移動向量mvBlk02而被對映於對應區域Blk02c,且參考區塊Blk03是藉移動向量mvBlk03而被對映於對應區域Blk03c。然後,對應區域Blk02c與對應區域Blk03c有一部分重複。有關於如此重複區域的時間候選移動向量乃使用圖28於後詳述。Fig. 26 is a conceptual diagram showing a repeating area. In this example, the reference block Blk02 is mapped to the corresponding region Blk02c by the motion vector mvBlk02, and the reference block Blk03 is mapped to the corresponding region Blk03c by the motion vector mvBlk03. Then, the corresponding area Blk02c and the corresponding area Blk03c are partially overlapped. The temporal candidate motion vector for such a repeated region is described later in detail using FIG.

圖27是顯示編碼對象區塊及對應區域之例之概念圖。在該例中,在編碼對象區塊重疊有參考區塊Blk01的對應區域Blk01c。在只有1個參考區塊的對應區域重疊在編碼對象區塊時,候選清單產生部134從那1個參考區塊的移動向量,導出對於編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之時間候選移動向量。Fig. 27 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a coding target block and a corresponding area. In this example, the corresponding area Blk01c of the reference block Blk01 is superimposed on the encoding target block. When the corresponding region of only one reference block is superimposed on the coding target block, the candidate list generation unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector for the prediction motion vector of the coding target block from the motion vector of the one reference block.

在圖27之例中,編碼對象區塊包含參考區塊Blk01之對應區域Blk01c的一部分、及空白區域,且不含其他參考區塊之對應區域。因此,候選清單產生部134從參考區塊Blk01之移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。In the example of FIG. 27, the coding target block includes a portion of the corresponding region Blk01c of the reference block Blk01, and a blank region, and does not include a corresponding region of other reference blocks. Therefore, the candidate list generation unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block Blk01.

例如,候選清單產生部134是將參考區塊Blk01之移動向量進行定標,藉此從編碼對象區塊,導出參考參考圖片L0[0]之時間候選移動向量。對該定標,是使用從編碼對象圖片迄至參考圖片L0[0]的時間差相對於從參考圖片L0[0]迄至參考區塊Blk01之移動向量所參考的參考圖片的時間差之比值。For example, the candidate list generating section 134 scales the motion vector of the reference block Blk01, thereby deriving the temporal candidate motion vector of the reference reference picture L0[0] from the encoding target block. The scaling is a ratio of the time difference from the encoding target picture to the reference picture L0[0] with respect to the time difference of the reference picture referenced from the reference picture L0[0] to the motion vector of the reference block Blk01.

另,該時間候選移動向量也可透過將參考區塊Blk01之已標準化的移動向量mvBlk01反轉而得到。In addition, the temporal candidate motion vector can also be obtained by inverting the normalized motion vector mvBlk01 of the reference block Blk01.

圖28是顯示編碼對象區塊及2個對應區域之例之概念圖。在該例中,在編碼對象區塊上重疊有參考區塊Blk02之對應區域Blk02c與參考區塊Blk03之對應區域Blk03c。在複數個區塊之複數個對應區域重疊在編碼對象區塊時,候選清單產生部134從參考區塊的移動向量導出時間候選移動向量,其中該參考區塊是對映於編碼對象區塊中佔據的面積為最大之對應區域。Fig. 28 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a coding target block and two corresponding areas. In this example, the corresponding area Blk02c of the reference block Blk02 and the corresponding area Blk03c of the reference block Blk03 are superimposed on the encoding target block. When a plurality of corresponding regions of the plurality of blocks overlap in the encoding target block, the candidate list generating portion 134 derives a temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block, wherein the reference block is mapped in the encoding target block. The area occupied is the largest corresponding area.

在圖28之例中,在編碼對象區塊中,參考區塊Blk03的對應區域Blk03c所佔的面積是大於參考區塊Blk02之對應區域Blk02c所佔的面積。因此,候選清單產生部134會從參考區塊Blk03的移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。In the example of FIG. 28, in the coding target block, the area occupied by the corresponding area Blk03c of the reference block Blk03 is larger than the area occupied by the corresponding area Blk02c of the reference block Blk02. Therefore, the candidate list generation unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block Blk03.

或者,候選清單產生部134透過複數個區塊之複數個移動向量的平均值、中間值、最大值或者最小值,來導出時間候選移動向量,其中該等複數個區塊是對應於重疊在編碼對象區塊之複數個對應區域。又,候選清單產生部134也可依照重疊在編碼對象區塊之各對應區域所佔的面積,將對應於複數個對應區域之複數個移動向量進行加權,且藉複數個移動向量的加權平均值,來導出時間候選移動向量。Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives a temporal candidate motion vector by using an average value, an intermediate value, a maximum value, or a minimum value of a plurality of motion vectors of the plurality of blocks, wherein the plurality of blocks correspond to the overlap in the encoding. A plurality of corresponding regions of the object block. Further, the candidate list generating unit 134 may weight a plurality of motion vectors corresponding to the plurality of corresponding regions in accordance with an area occupied by each corresponding region of the encoding target block, and weight the average of the plurality of moving vectors. To derive the temporal candidate motion vector.

例如,使用複數個移動向量的平均值、中間值、最大值、最小值、或者加權平均值時,依照時間上的距離,也可使用已標準化的複數個移動向量的平均值、中間值、最大值、最小值、或者加權平均值。即,也可使用已分別定標成從編碼對象圖片參考參考圖片L0[0]或者L1[0]之移動向量的複數個移動向量的平均值、中間值、最大值、最小值、或者加權平均值。For example, when using the average, intermediate value, maximum value, minimum value, or weighted average of a plurality of motion vectors, the average, intermediate, and maximum of the normalized multiple motion vectors may also be used according to the temporal distance. Value, minimum, or weighted average. That is, an average value, an intermediate value, a maximum value, a minimum value, or a weighted average of a plurality of motion vectors that have been respectively scaled from the motion vector of the reference picture L0[0] or L1[0] of the encoding target picture may be used. value.

或者,候選清單產生部134也可從複數個參考區塊之複數個移動向量分別導出時間候選移動向量,其中該等複數個參考區塊為已對映至重疊在編碼對象區塊之複數個對應區域。此時,也可事先決定時間候選移動向量數量的上限。Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may also derive a temporal candidate motion vector from a plurality of motion vectors of the plurality of reference blocks, wherein the plurality of reference blocks are mapped to a plurality of correspondences that are overlapped in the coding target block. region. At this time, the upper limit of the number of time candidate motion vectors may be determined in advance.

例如,在FRUC中,如上述,由於預測移動向量的索引不被編碼,所以可抑制隨著候選移動向量數量的增加而所造成的編碼量之增加。因此,就算從複數個參考區塊之複數個移動向量分別導出時間候選移動向量,也能抑制隨著時間候選移動向量數量的增加而所造成的編碼量的增加,其中該等複數個參考區塊為已對映至重疊在編碼對象區塊之複數個對應區域。因此,為了抑制處理負荷的增加,時間候選移動向量數量的上限也可事先決定。For example, in FRUC, as described above, since the index of the predicted motion vector is not encoded, it is possible to suppress an increase in the amount of coding caused by an increase in the number of candidate motion vectors. Therefore, even if the time candidate motion vectors are respectively derived from the plurality of motion vectors of the plurality of reference blocks, the increase in the amount of coding caused by the increase in the number of candidate motion vectors over time can be suppressed, wherein the plurality of reference blocks It is mapped to a plurality of corresponding regions overlapping the coding target block. Therefore, in order to suppress an increase in the processing load, the upper limit of the number of time candidate motion vectors can also be determined in advance.

圖29是顯示編碼對象區塊、複數個鄰接區塊及複數個對應區域之例之概念圖。在編碼對象區塊不含參考區塊之對應區域,且以空白區域構成時,候選清單產生部134是透過編碼對象區塊之周邊區塊的移動向量,來導出時間候選移動向量。即,此時,候選清單產生部134會從已對映於編碼對象區塊之周邊的對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,來導出時間候選移動向量。29 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a coding target block, a plurality of adjacent blocks, and a plurality of corresponding regions. When the encoding target block does not include the corresponding region of the reference block and is configured by a blank area, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector by transmitting the motion vector of the peripheral block of the encoding target block. That is, at this time, the candidate list generating unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region around the encoding target block.

例如,候選清單產生部134是從已對映於對應區域Blk01c的參考區塊Blk01之移動向量導出時間候選移動向量,其中該對應區域Blk01c是重疊在鄰接於編碼對象區塊右邊的第1鄰接區塊。For example, the candidate list generation unit 134 derives a temporal candidate motion vector from a motion vector of the reference block Blk01 that has been mapped to the corresponding region Blk01c, wherein the corresponding region Blk01c is overlapped in the first adjacent region adjacent to the right side of the encoding target block. Piece.

又,候選清單產生部134也可按照已事先決定的順序來判斷複數個鄰接區塊的每一個是否為空白區域,其中該等複數個鄰接區塊是包括第1鄰接區塊、第2鄰接區塊及第3鄰接區塊等。然後,候選清單產生部134是從已對映於對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量導出時間候選移動向量,其中該對應區域是重疊在最初被判斷為不是空白區域的區域。Furthermore, the candidate list generating unit 134 may determine whether each of the plurality of adjacent blocks is a blank area in a predetermined order, wherein the plurality of adjacent blocks include the first adjacent block and the second adjacent area. Block and third adjacent block, etc. Then, the candidate list generation unit 134 derives a temporal candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region, wherein the corresponding region is overlapped in the region that was originally determined not to be a blank region.

或者,候選清單產生部134也可依照從編碼對象區塊迄至各對應區域之空間上的距離,而將複數個參考區塊的複數個移動向量進行加權,其中該等複數個參考區塊為已對映於編碼對象區塊周邊的複數個對應區域。然後,候選清單產生部134也可藉複數個移動向量的加權平均值,而導出時間候選移動向量。Alternatively, the candidate list generating unit 134 may weight the plurality of motion vectors of the plurality of reference blocks according to the spatial distance from the encoding target block to the corresponding regions, wherein the plurality of reference blocks are A plurality of corresponding regions that have been mapped around the block of the encoding object. Then, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the temporal candidate motion vector by weighting the average of the plurality of motion vectors.

例如,在複數個移動向量的加權平均值被使用時,也可依照時間上的距離而使用已標準化的複數個移動向量之加權平均值。即,也可使用已分別定標成從編碼對象圖片參考參考圖片L0[0]或L1[0]之移動向量的複數個移動向量之加權平均值。For example, when a weighted average of a plurality of motion vectors is used, a weighted average of the normalized plurality of motion vectors may also be used in accordance with the temporal distance. That is, a weighted average of a plurality of motion vectors that have been respectively scaled to the motion vector of the reference picture L0[0] or L1[0] from the encoding target picture may be used.

圖30是一概念圖,顯示做為編碼單位而被決定的區塊、及以預定尺寸而決定的子區塊。預定的尺寸,是例如決定為M×N像素的尺寸。具體來說,在編碼單位是以16×16像素的尺寸所決定的區塊中,也可以4×4像素的尺寸來決定16個子區塊。Figure 30 is a conceptual diagram showing a block determined as a coding unit and a sub-block determined by a predetermined size. The predetermined size is, for example, a size determined to be M × N pixels. Specifically, in the block in which the coding unit is determined by the size of 16 × 16 pixels, 16 sub-blocks may be determined by the size of 4 × 4 pixels.

編碼對象區塊可為當做編碼單位而被決定的區塊,也可為在做為編碼單位而被決定的區塊中,以預定的尺寸所決定的子區塊。同樣,參考區塊也可為當做編碼單位而決定的區塊,也可為在做為編碼單位而所決定的區塊中,以預定的尺寸決定的子區塊。The coding target block may be a block determined as a coding unit, or may be a sub-block determined by a predetermined size in a block determined as a coding unit. Similarly, the reference block may be a block determined as a coding unit, or may be a sub-block determined by a predetermined size in a block determined as a coding unit.

即,候選清單產生部134可對每個以編碼單位而決定的區塊導出候選移動向量,也可對每個以預定尺寸所決定的子區塊導出候選移動向量。然後,間預測部126可對每個以編碼單位而決定的區塊,選擇預測移動向量,來進行預測,也可對每個以預定的尺寸所決定的子區塊,選擇預測移動向量,來進行預測。That is, the candidate list generating unit 134 may derive the candidate motion vector for each block determined in the coding unit, or may derive the candidate motion vector for each of the sub-blocks determined by the predetermined size. Then, the inter prediction unit 126 may select a prediction motion vector for each of the blocks determined by the coding unit to perform prediction, or may select a prediction motion vector for each sub-block determined by a predetermined size. Make predictions.

例如,有在編碼單位的區塊中混合存在有前景與背景的情況。此時,候選清單產生部134在每個子區塊進行處理,藉此可導出對屬於前景的子區塊、與屬於背景的子區塊的各個的運動適合的候選移動向量。然後,間預測部126在每個子區塊進行處理,藉此可選擇對屬於前景的子區塊、與屬於背景的子區塊的各個的運動適合的預測移動向量,來進行預測。For example, there are cases where foreground and background are mixed in a block of coding units. At this time, the candidate list generating unit 134 performs processing in each of the sub-blocks, whereby the candidate motion vectors suitable for the motions of the sub-blocks belonging to the foreground and the sub-blocks belonging to the background can be derived. Then, the inter prediction section 126 performs processing in each sub-block, whereby prediction can be performed by selecting a prediction motion vector suitable for the motion of each of the sub-blocks belonging to the foreground and the sub-blocks belonging to the background.

又,候選清單產生部134在對空白區域的子區塊導出時間候選移動向量時,也可從對應於包含空白區域的子區塊的同一區塊內的其他子區塊的移動向量,導出時間候選移動向量。即,候選清單產生部134也可不使用對映於編碼單位的範圍外之參考區塊,而是使用編碼單位的範圍,做為子區塊的周邊的範圍。藉此,候選清單產生部134可適當地限制參考範圍。Further, when the candidate list generation unit 134 derives the temporal candidate motion vector for the sub-block of the blank region, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive the time from the motion vector of the other sub-blocks in the same block corresponding to the sub-block including the blank region. Candidate motion vector. In other words, the candidate list generating unit 134 may use the range of the coding unit instead of the reference block outside the range of the coding unit, and use it as the range around the sub-block. Thereby, the candidate list generating section 134 can appropriately limit the reference range.

另,在每子區塊導出候選移動向量並選擇預測移動向量的動作,也可適用在使用2個參考圖片清單的每一個中之同位區塊或者ATMVP區塊之方法。In addition, the action of deriving the candidate motion vector per sub-block and selecting the prediction motion vector may also be applied to the method of using the co-located block or the ATMVP block in each of the two reference picture lists.

又,在每子區塊導出候選移動向量並選擇預測移動向量的動作,也可做為FRUC的處理來進行。即,也可依照FRUC中之模板匹配方式或者雙向匹配方式,在每子區塊,從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。Further, the operation of deriving the candidate motion vector for each sub-block and selecting the prediction motion vector may be performed as the processing of the FRUC. That is, the prediction motion vector may be selected from the plurality of candidate motion vectors in each sub-block according to the template matching method or the bidirectional matching method in the FRUC.

例如,在每區塊已選擇有預測移動向量時,會使每編碼單位的預測移動向量的個數增加。藉此,預測移動向量之索引的個數也會增加,有使編碼量增加的可能性。惟,在FRUC中,由於預測移動向量的索引不被編碼,所以隨著候選移動向量數量的增加所造成的編碼量之增加就能被抑制。For example, when a predicted motion vector has been selected for each block, the number of predicted motion vectors per coding unit is increased. Thereby, the number of indexes of the predicted motion vector also increases, and there is a possibility that the amount of coding is increased. However, in FRUC, since the index of the predicted motion vector is not encoded, the increase in the amount of coding caused by the increase in the number of candidate motion vectors can be suppressed.

又,候選清單產生部134,在透過參考區塊的對映而導出候選移動向量之際,與使用同位區塊或者ATMVP區塊之方法同樣地,也可從1個參考區塊導出2個以上的候選移動向量。Further, when the candidate motion vector is derived by mapping the reference block, the candidate list generation unit 134 may derive two or more from one reference block as in the case of using the parity block or the ATMVP block. Candidate motion vector.

具體來說,候選清單產生部134也可從參考區塊的1個移動向量導出可利用在雙預測之2個候選移動向量,也可從參考區塊的2個移動向量導出可利用在雙預測之2個候選移動向量。又,候選清單產生部134也可從參考區塊的2個移動向量分別導出可利用在雙預測之2個候選移動向量,藉此可從參考區塊的2個移動向量導出4個候選移動向量。Specifically, the candidate list generating unit 134 may also derive two candidate motion vectors that can be utilized in the bi-prediction from one motion vector of the reference block, or may derive from the two motion vectors of the reference block and may be utilized in the bi-prediction. 2 candidate motion vectors. Moreover, the candidate list generating unit 134 may also derive two candidate motion vectors that can be utilized in the bi-prediction from the two motion vectors of the reference block, thereby extracting four candidate motion vectors from the two motion vectors of the reference block. .

又,在參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,候選清單產生部134也可依照參考區塊之2個移動向量,將參考區塊對映至編碼對象圖片中的2個對應區域。Further, when the reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the candidate list generating unit 134 may map the reference block to the two corresponding regions in the encoding target picture in accordance with the two motion vectors of the reference block.

又,候選清單產生部134不限於參考圖片索引為0之參考圖片,也可依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將其他參考圖片的參考區塊對映於編碼對象圖片中的對應區域。Moreover, the candidate list generating unit 134 is not limited to the reference picture whose reference picture index is 0, and the reference block of the other reference picture may be mapped to the corresponding area in the encoding target picture according to the motion vector of the reference block.

例如,代替參考圖片L0[0]及L1[0]的複數個參考區塊,也可將參考圖片L0[1]及L1[1]的複數個參考區塊用在對映。或者,除了參考圖片L0[0]及L1[0]之複數個參考區塊,也可將參考圖片L0[1]及L1[1]的複數個參考區塊用在對映。For example, instead of the plurality of reference blocks of the reference pictures L0[0] and L1[0], a plurality of reference blocks of the reference pictures L0[1] and L1[1] may also be used for mapping. Alternatively, in addition to the plurality of reference blocks of the reference pictures L0[0] and L1[0], a plurality of reference blocks of the reference pictures L0[1] and L1[1] may be used for mapping.

[編碼裝置的安裝例] 圖31是顯示實施形態1之編碼裝置100之安裝例之方塊圖。編碼裝置100包含有電路160及記憶體162。例如,圖1及圖16所示之編碼裝置100之複數個構成要素是透過圖31所示之電路160及記憶體162來安裝。[Example of Mounting of Encoding Device] Fig. 31 is a block diagram showing an example of mounting of the encoding device 100 according to the first embodiment. The encoding device 100 includes a circuit 160 and a memory 162. For example, a plurality of components of the encoding device 100 shown in FIGS. 1 and 16 are mounted through the circuit 160 and the memory 162 shown in FIG.

電路160是進行資訊處理的電路,且為可對記憶體162進行存取的電路。例如,電路160是將動態圖像進行編碼之專用或者通用的電子電路。電路160也可為如CPU般之處理器。又,電路160也可為複數個電子電路的集合體。又,例如電路160也可實現圖1等所示之編碼裝置100之複數個構成要素中除了用以記憶資訊的構成要素之外的複數個構成要素的作用。The circuit 160 is a circuit for performing information processing and is a circuit that can access the memory 162. For example, circuit 160 is a dedicated or general purpose electronic circuit that encodes moving images. Circuitry 160 can also be a CPU-like processor. Also, circuit 160 can be an aggregate of a plurality of electronic circuits. Further, for example, the circuit 160 can realize the function of a plurality of constituent elements other than the constituent elements for storing information among the plurality of constituent elements of the encoding apparatus 100 shown in FIG.

記憶體162是通用或者專用的記憶體,記憶用以使電路160將動態圖像進行編碼之資訊。記憶體162可為電子電路,也可連接於電路160。又,記憶體162也可包含在電路160。又,記憶體162也可為複數個電子電路的集合體。又,記憶體162也可為磁碟或者是光碟,也可表現為儲存器(storage)或者是記錄媒體等。又,記憶體162可為非揮發性記憶體,也可為揮發性記憶體。Memory 162 is a general purpose or dedicated memory that memorizes information used by circuit 160 to encode moving images. The memory 162 can be an electronic circuit or can be connected to the circuit 160. Also, memory 162 may be included in circuit 160. Further, the memory 162 may be an aggregate of a plurality of electronic circuits. Further, the memory 162 may be a magnetic disk or a compact disk, or may be represented as a storage or a recording medium. Moreover, the memory 162 can be a non-volatile memory or a volatile memory.

例如,記憶體162也可記憶進行編碼的動態圖像,也可記憶對應於已進行編碼的動態圖像之位元列。又,在記憶體162也可記憶用以使電路160將動態圖像進行編碼的程式。For example, the memory 162 can also memorize the moving image that is encoded, or the bit string corresponding to the dynamic image that has been encoded. Further, a program for causing the circuit 160 to encode a moving image can be stored in the memory 162.

又,例如,記憶體162也可展現在圖1等所示之編碼裝置100之複數個構成要素之中用以記憶資訊之構成要素的作用。具體來說,記憶體162也可展現圖16所示之區塊記憶體118、訊框記憶體122及候選區塊資訊記憶體136之作用。更具體來說,在記憶體162也可記憶再構成完畢區塊、再構成完畢圖片、及已被使用於間預測之移動向量等。Further, for example, the memory 162 may also function as a constituent element for storing information among a plurality of constituent elements of the encoding device 100 shown in FIG. 1 and the like. Specifically, the memory 162 can also function as the block memory 118, the frame memory 122, and the candidate block information memory 136 shown in FIG. More specifically, the memory 162 can also memorize the reconstructed block, reconstruct the completed picture, and the motion vector that has been used for inter prediction.

另,在編碼裝置100中,也可不用安裝圖1等所示的複數個構成要素全部,也可不用進行上述之複數個處理全部。圖1等所示的複數個構成要素之一部分也可包含在其他裝置,上述之複數個處理之一部分也可透過其他裝置來執行。然後,在編碼裝置100中,安裝圖1等所示的複數個構成要素之中的一部分,且進行上述之複數個處理的一部分,藉此可以較少的編碼量來適當地處理動態圖像。Further, in the coding apparatus 100, it is not necessary to install all of the plurality of constituent elements shown in FIG. 1 and the like, and it is not necessary to perform all of the above-described plural processing. One of the plurality of constituent elements shown in FIG. 1 and the like may be included in other devices, and one of the plurality of processing described above may also be executed by other means. Then, in the encoding apparatus 100, a part of the plurality of constituent elements shown in FIG. 1 and the like is mounted, and a part of the above-described plural processing is performed, whereby the moving image can be appropriately processed with a small amount of encoding.

圖32A是一流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像編碼時之中之候選移動向量之導出的第1動作例。圖31所示之編碼裝置100在將動態圖像進行編碼時,也可進行圖32A所示的動作。Fig. 32A is a flowchart showing a first operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vectors in the case of moving picture coding. The encoding apparatus 100 shown in Fig. 31 can also perform the operation shown in Fig. 32A when encoding a moving image.

具體來說,編碼裝置100的電路160是從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S101)。在此,第1參考區塊是包含在第1參考圖片所含之區塊,其中該第1參考圖片是構成雙預測之用之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單。Specifically, the circuit 160 of the encoding device 100 derives one or more candidate motion vectors from the prediction motion vector of the encoding target block from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block (S101). Here, the first reference block is a block included in the first reference picture, wherein the first reference picture is a first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists constituting the double prediction.

又,電路160是從第2參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S102)。在此,第2參考區塊是包含在第2參考圖片所含之區塊,其中該第2參考圖片是構成雙預測之用之2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單。Further, the circuit 160 derives one or more candidate motion vectors from the predicted motion vector from one or more motion vectors of the second reference block (S102). Here, the second reference block is included in the block included in the second reference picture, wherein the second reference picture is a second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists constituting the double prediction.

接著,電路160是從複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量(S103)。在此,複數個候選移動向量是包括已從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量、及已從第2參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量。然後,電路160是使用預測移動向量,將編碼對象區塊之資訊進行編碼(S104)。Next, the circuit 160 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors (S103). Here, the plurality of candidate motion vectors are one or more candidate motion vectors derived from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, and one or more motion vectors that have been derived from the second reference block. One or more candidate motion vectors derived. Then, the circuit 160 encodes the information of the encoding target block using the predicted motion vector (S104).

藉此,編碼裝置100可從第1參考圖片清單中之第1參考區塊導出候選移動向量,且,可從第2參考圖片清單中之第2參考區塊導出候選移動向量。因此,編碼裝置100可提高如下之可能性,即,在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量含有適當的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive the candidate motion vector from the first reference block in the first reference picture list, and can derive the candidate motion vector from the second reference block in the second reference picture list. Therefore, the encoding apparatus 100 can increase the possibility that a plurality of candidate motion vectors for selecting a predicted motion vector contain appropriate candidate motion vectors.

然後,藉此,編碼裝置100可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像的編碼量之削減。Then, the encoding device 100 can support the derivation of a suitable predicted motion vector, and can support the reduction of the encoding amount of the moving image.

例如,在第1參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可對第1參考區塊的2個移動向量之中的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量,來導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。For example, when the first reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block. By applying this, the circuit 160 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the first reference block.

又,第2參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可對於第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block. By applying this, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the second reference block.

藉此,編碼裝置100可分別從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量、與第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是包括參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量。即,編碼裝置100可從特性不同的2個移動向量,導出2組候選移動向量組合,其中該等候選移動向量組合是各自以2個候選移動向量所構成,該候選移動向量是可利用在雙預測。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive the candidate motion vector combination from one motion vector of the first reference block and one motion vector of the second reference block, respectively, wherein the candidate motion vector combination includes two references. Refer to the 2 candidate motion vectors of the picture list. That is, the encoding apparatus 100 may derive two sets of candidate motion vector combinations from two motion vectors having different characteristics, wherein the candidate motion vector combinations are each composed of two candidate motion vectors, which are available in the dual prediction.

又,例如第1參考區塊已透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可對第1參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第1參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the upper and lower directions in the display order, the circuit 160 may also use one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block. The motion vector applies to two scaling ratios. By applying this, the circuit 160 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list from the one motion vector of the two motion vectors of the first reference block, and refer to the second reference picture list. Candidate motion vector.

又,第2參考區塊已透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可對第2參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第2參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the front and rear directions in the display order, the circuit 160 may move one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block. The vector applies to 2 scaling ratios. By applying this, the circuit 160 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list from the one motion vector of the two motion vectors of the second reference block, and refer to the second reference picture list. Candidate motion vector.

藉此,編碼裝置100可從被假設特性為類似的2個移動向量之中僅只1個移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是以參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量所構成。因此,編碼裝置100可改善處理效率。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive the candidate motion vector combination from only one motion vector among the two motion vectors assumed to be similar, wherein the candidate motion vector combination is two of the reference two reference picture lists. The candidate motion vector is composed. Therefore, the encoding device 100 can improve processing efficiency.

又,例如,第1參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可分別對第1參考區塊之2個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第1參考區塊的2個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to the two motion vectors of the first reference block. By applying this, the circuit 160 may also derive two candidate motion vectors for referring to the first reference picture list and two candidate movements for referring to the second reference picture list from the two motion vectors of the first reference block. vector.

又,第2參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可分別對第2參考區塊之2個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第2參考區塊的2個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to the two motion vectors of the second reference block. By applying this, the circuit 160 may also derive two candidate motion vectors for referring to the first reference picture list and two candidate movements for referring to the second reference picture list from the two motion vectors of the second reference block. vector.

藉此,編碼裝置100可分別從2個參考區塊之4個移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是以參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量所構成。即,編碼裝置100可從2個參考區塊之4個移動向量,來導出4組候選移動向量組合,其中該等候選移動向量組合是各自以2個候選移動向量所構成,該候選移動向量是可利用在雙預測。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive the candidate motion vector combination from the four motion vectors of the two reference blocks, wherein the candidate motion vector combination is formed by referring to the two candidate motion vectors of the two reference picture lists. That is, the encoding apparatus 100 may derive four sets of candidate motion vector combinations from four motion vectors of two reference blocks, wherein the candidate motion vector combinations are each composed of two candidate motion vectors, which are Available in double prediction.

又,例如,在第1參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可從第1參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之其中一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。接著,此時,電路160也可從第1參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之另外一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 160 may also derive a reference vector from the one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block for reference to the first reference picture. The candidate movement vector for the list. Next, at this time, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from another one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block.

又,在第2參考區塊已透過雙預測進行編碼時,電路160也可從第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之其中一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。接著,此時,電路160也可從第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之另外一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Moreover, when the second reference block has been encoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 160 may also derive a reference vector from the first reference picture list by using one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block. Candidate motion vector. Next, at this time, the circuit 160 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from another one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block.

藉此,編碼裝置100可分別從2個參考區塊之4個移動向量導出4個候選移動向量,而可導出以4個候選移動向量所構成之2組候選移動向量組合。即,編碼裝置100可將2個參考區塊之4個移動向量分別適當地反映在2組候選移動向量組合所含之4個候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive four candidate motion vectors from four motion vectors of two reference blocks, and can derive two sets of candidate motion vector combinations composed of four candidate motion vectors. That is, the encoding apparatus 100 can appropriately reflect the four motion vectors of the two reference blocks in the four candidate motion vectors included in the two sets of candidate motion vector combinations.

又,例如,第1參考區塊已透過單預測進行編碼時,電路160也可對第1參考區塊之1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been encoded by single prediction, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to one motion vector of the first reference block. By applying this, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the first reference block.

又,第2參考區塊已透過單預測進行編碼時,電路160也可對第2參考區塊之1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been encoded by single prediction, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to one motion vector of the second reference block. By applying this, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the second reference block.

藉此,編碼裝置100可從各參考區塊之僅只1個的移動向量,來導出以參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量所構成的候選移動向量組合。即,編碼裝置100可從各參考區塊之僅只1個的移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是以可利用在雙預測之2個候選移動向量所構成。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive a candidate motion vector combination composed of two candidate motion vectors with reference to two reference picture lists from only one motion vector of each reference block. That is, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive a candidate motion vector combination from only one motion vector of each reference block, wherein the candidate motion vector combination is composed of two candidate motion vectors available for bi-prediction.

又,例如,編碼對象區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行編碼。此時,電路160也可從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出2個以上的候選移動向量,其中該候選移動向量是用以參考被使用在編碼對象區塊之雙預測之一方向。然後,此時,電路160也可從第2參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量,導出2個以上的候選移動向量,其中該候選移動向量是用以參考被使用在編碼對象區塊之雙預測之一方向。Further, for example, the encoding target block may be encoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the front direction and the rear direction in the display order. At this time, the circuit 160 may derive two or more candidate motion vectors from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, wherein the candidate motion vector is used for reference to the double prediction used in the coding target block. One direction. Then, at this time, the circuit 160 may derive two or more candidate motion vectors from one or more motion vectors of the second reference block, wherein the candidate motion vector is used to refer to the pair used in the coding target block. Predict one direction.

藉此,編碼裝置100在於編碼對象區塊使用僅只一方向之雙預測時,可從各參考區塊導出參考一方向之2個以上的候選移動向量。因此,編碼裝置100可從各參考區塊,導出對僅只一方向的雙預測適合之1組以上的候選移動向量組合。Thereby, when the encoding target block uses bi-prediction in only one direction, the coding apparatus 100 can derive two or more candidate motion vectors in one direction from each reference block. Therefore, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive one or more sets of candidate motion vectors that are suitable for bi-prediction in only one direction from each reference block.

又,例如,第1參考圖片清單也可為用以參考在顯示順序上前方向的參考圖片清單。第2參考圖片清單也可為用以參考在顯示順序上後方向的參考圖片清單。第1參考區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之兩方向的雙預測進行編碼。第2參考區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之兩方向的雙預測進行編碼。編碼對象區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之兩方向的雙預測進行編碼。Also, for example, the first reference picture list may also be a reference picture list for referring to the front direction in the display order. The second reference picture list may also be a reference picture list for referring to the rear direction in the display order. The first reference block can also be encoded by bi-prediction in both directions of the front and back directions in the display order. The second reference block can also be encoded by bi-prediction in both directions of the front and back directions in the display order. The coding target block can also be coded by bi-prediction in both directions of the front direction and the backward direction in the display order.

此時,電路160也可對第1參考區塊之2個移動向量之中,用以參考於顯示順序上後方向的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。At this time, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block for reference to one motion vector in the upper and lower directions of the display order. By applying this, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the first reference block.

又,此時,電路160也可對第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中,用以參考於顯示順序上前方向的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路160也可從第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, at this time, the circuit 160 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block for reference to one motion vector in the upward direction of the display order. By applying this, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the second reference block.

藉此,編碼裝置100可從各參考區塊之2個移動向量之中後述的參考方向之移動向量,導出參考2個參考圖片清單之候選移動向量組合,其中該參考方向為時間性質上自參考區塊而朝向編碼對象區塊之方向。即,編碼裝置100可於各參考區塊之2個移動向量之中,從相對於編碼對象區塊在時間性質上有高關聯性的移動向量,適當地導出可利用在雙預測的候選移動向量組合。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive a candidate motion vector combination of the reference two reference picture lists from the motion vector of the reference direction, which will be described later, among the two motion vectors of each reference block, wherein the reference direction is time-based self-reference The block faces the direction of the encoding object block. That is, the encoding apparatus 100 can appropriately derive the candidate motion vector usable in the bi-prediction from among the two motion vectors of each reference block from the motion vector having high correlation with respect to the encoding target block in temporal nature. combination.

又,例如,第1參考區塊的空間性質之位置也可與編碼對象區塊的空間性質之位置相同,第2參考區塊的空間性質之位置也可與編碼對象區塊的空間性質之位置相同。Further, for example, the position of the spatial property of the first reference block may be the same as the position of the spatial property of the coding target block, and the position of the spatial property of the second reference block may also be the position of the spatial property of the coding target block. the same.

圖32B是一流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像編碼時候選移動向量的導出之第2動作例。圖31所示之編碼裝置100在將動態圖像進行編碼時,也可進行圖32B所示的動作。Fig. 32B is a flowchart showing a second operation example of deriving the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture coding. The encoding apparatus 100 shown in Fig. 31 can also perform the operation shown in Fig. 32B when encoding a moving image.

具體來說,編碼裝置100之電路160是使用第1鄰接區塊的第1移動向量,來特定第1參考圖片所含之第1參考區塊,其中該第1鄰接區塊是空間性質上鄰接編碼對象區塊之區塊(S201)。在此,第1參考圖片是構成雙預測用之2個參考圖片清單之中之第1參考圖片清單的圖片。然後,電路160就從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量,其中該預測移動向量是編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量(S202)。Specifically, the circuit 160 of the encoding apparatus 100 specifies the first reference block included in the first reference picture using the first motion vector of the first adjacent block, wherein the first adjacent block is spatially adjacent. A block of the encoding target block (S201). Here, the first reference picture is a picture constituting the first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists for bi-prediction. Then, the circuit 160 derives one or more candidate motion vectors with respect to the prediction motion vector from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, where the prediction motion vector is a prediction motion vector of the coding target block (S202) ).

又,電路160是使用第1移動向量、第1鄰接區塊的第2移動向量、或者空間性質上鄰接編碼對象區塊的第2鄰接區塊之第3移動向量,來特定第2參考圖片所含之第2參考區塊(S203)。在此,第2參考圖片是構成2個參考圖片清單之中之第2參考圖片清單的圖片。然後,電路160就從第2參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S204)。Further, the circuit 160 specifies the second reference picture by using the first motion vector, the second motion vector of the first adjacent block, or the third motion vector of the second adjacent block spatially adjacent to the coding target block. The second reference block is included (S203). Here, the second reference picture is a picture constituting the second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists. Then, the circuit 160 derives one or more candidate motion vectors from the predicted motion vector from one or more motion vectors of the second reference block (S204).

接著,電路160是從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量(S205)。在此,複數個候選移動向量是包括已從第1參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量、及已從第2參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量。然後,電路160是使用預測移動向量,而將編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼(S206)。Next, the circuit 160 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors (S205). Here, the plurality of candidate motion vectors are one or more candidate motion vectors derived from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, and one or more motion vectors that have been derived from the second reference block. One or more candidate motion vectors derived. Then, the circuit 160 encodes the information of the encoding target block using the predicted motion vector (S206).

藉此,編碼裝置100可使用1個以上的鄰接區塊之1個以上的移動向量,來特定第1參考圖片清單中之第1參考區塊、及第2參考圖片清單中之第2參考區塊。即,編碼裝置100使用1個以上的鄰接區塊之1個以上的移動向量,就可特定被假設相對於編碼對象區塊有高關聯性的第1參考區塊及第2參考區塊。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can specify the first reference block in the first reference picture list and the second reference area in the second reference picture list by using one or more motion vectors of one or more adjacent blocks. Piece. In other words, the encoding apparatus 100 can specify the first reference block and the second reference block which are assumed to have high correlation with the encoding target block by using one or more motion vectors of one or more adjacent blocks.

然後,編碼裝置100可從第1參考區塊導出候選移動向量,且從第2參考區塊導出候選移動向量。因此,編碼裝置100可提高如下可能性,即,在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之中會包括適合的候選移動向量。然後,藉此,編碼裝置100可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像的編碼量之削減。Then, the encoding device 100 may derive a candidate motion vector from the first reference block and derive a candidate motion vector from the second reference block. Accordingly, the encoding apparatus 100 can increase the likelihood that a suitable candidate motion vector will be included among a plurality of candidate motion vectors used to select the predicted motion vector. Then, the encoding device 100 can support the derivation of a suitable predicted motion vector, and can support the reduction of the encoding amount of the moving image.

又,在圖32B所示之第2動作例中,也可適用使用圖32A所說明的變形例或者具體例。Further, in the second operation example shown in FIG. 32B, the modification or specific example described with reference to FIG. 32A can be applied.

另,圖32B所示的第2動作例是如下形態的例子,即,圖32A所示的動作例中之第1參考區塊及第2參考區塊各個為ATMVP區塊。圖32A所示的第1動作例中之第1參考區塊及第2參考區塊各個,也可不是ATMVP區塊,而是同位區塊。The second operation example shown in FIG. 32B is an example in which the first reference block and the second reference block in the operation example shown in FIG. 32A are each an ATMVP block. In the first operation example shown in FIG. 32A, each of the first reference block and the second reference block may not be an ATMVP block but a parity block.

具體來說,在圖32A所示的第1動作例中之第1參考區塊也可為在第1參考圖片之中其位置與編碼對象區塊相同的區塊。然後,在圖32A所示的第1動作例中之第2參考區塊也可為在第2參考圖片之中其位置與編碼對象區塊相同的區塊。Specifically, the first reference block in the first operation example shown in FIG. 32A may be the same block as the encoding target block in the first reference picture. Then, the second reference block in the first operation example shown in FIG. 32A may be the same block as the encoding target block in the second reference picture.

圖32C是一流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像編碼時其中候選移動向量之導出之第3動作例。圖31所示之編碼裝置100也可在動態圖像進行編碼時,進行圖32C所示的動作。Fig. 32C is a flowchart showing a third operation example in which the candidate motion vectors are derived in the case of moving picture coding. The encoding apparatus 100 shown in Fig. 31 can also perform the operation shown in Fig. 32C when encoding a moving image.

具體來說,編碼裝置100的電路160是將複數個參考區塊中的各個參考區塊,依照該參考區塊的移動向量,而對映於編碼對象圖像中之對應區域(S301)。Specifically, the circuit 160 of the encoding device 100 maps each reference block in the plurality of reference blocks to a corresponding region in the image to be encoded according to the motion vector of the reference block (S301).

在此,複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊。第1參考圖片是構成雙預測用之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單之圖片。第2參考圖片是構成2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單之圖片。Here, the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture. The first reference picture is a picture of the first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists for bi-prediction. The second reference picture is a picture constituting the second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists.

接著,在對應區域重疊在編碼對象圖像中之編碼對象區塊時,電路160是從已對映於對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量導出候選移動向量,做為複數個候選移動向量之1個(S302)。該複數個候選移動向量為相對於編碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量。Then, when the corresponding region overlaps the coding target block in the coding target image, the circuit 160 derives the candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region, as one of the plurality of candidate motion vectors. One (S302). The plurality of candidate motion vectors are a plurality of candidate motion vectors with respect to a prediction motion vector of the coding target block.

接著,電路160是從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量(S303)。然後,電路160是使用預測移動向量,而將編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼(S304)。Next, the circuit 160 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors (S303). Then, the circuit 160 encodes the information of the encoding target block using the predicted motion vector (S304).

藉此,編碼裝置100可在第1參考圖片清單及第2參考圖片清單中之複數個參考區塊之中,從被假設相對於編碼對象區塊有高關聯性的參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。因此,編碼裝置100可提高如下可能性,即,在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之中會包括適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive a suitable reference block from the plurality of reference blocks in the first reference picture list and the second reference picture list from the reference block that is assumed to have high correlation with the coding target block. Candidate motion vector. Accordingly, the encoding apparatus 100 can increase the likelihood that a suitable candidate motion vector will be included among a plurality of candidate motion vectors used to select the predicted motion vector.

然後,藉此,編碼裝置100可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像的編碼量之削減。Then, the encoding device 100 can support the derivation of a suitable predicted motion vector, and can support the reduction of the encoding amount of the moving image.

例如,電路160也可將第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊各個在編碼對象圖像中進行對映。在那之後,電路160也可將第2參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊各個,於編碼對象圖像之中未被第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊對映的空白區域中進行對映。For example, the circuit 160 may map each of the one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture to the encoding target image. After that, the circuit 160 may also separate one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture from the one of the first reference pictures in the encoding target image. Screening in the area.

藉此,編碼裝置100可較第2參考圖片清單中之1個以上的參考區塊,更優先地將第1參考圖片清單中之1個以上的參考區塊進行對映。有第1參考圖片清單中之參考區塊的移動向量的可靠性是高於第2參考圖片清單中之參考區塊的移動向量之可靠性的情況。在如此情況,編碼裝置100可依照可靠性較高的移動向量,來導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can more preferentially map one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture list than one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture list. The reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the first reference picture list is higher than the reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the second reference picture list. In this case, the encoding device 100 can derive a suitable candidate motion vector in accordance with a highly reliable motion vector.

又,例如,也可使複數個參考區塊之中的2個以上的參考區塊被對映的2個以上的對應區域重疊在編碼對象區塊。此時,電路160也可從2個以上的參考區塊的2個以上的移動向量之中至少1個移動向量,導出候選移動向量。Further, for example, two or more corresponding regions in which two or more reference blocks among the plurality of reference blocks are mapped may be superimposed on the coding target block. At this time, the circuit 160 may derive a candidate motion vector from at least one of two or more motion vectors of two or more reference blocks.

藉此,編碼裝置100可從被假設相對於編碼對象區塊有高關聯性之複數個參考區塊之中至少1個參考區塊,可導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive a suitable candidate motion vector from at least one of the plurality of reference blocks assumed to have high correlation with respect to the encoding target block.

又,例如,也可沒有重疊在編碼對象區塊之對應區域存在,且有重疊在編碼對象區塊之周邊區域之對應區域存在。此時,電路160也可從被對映到重疊於周邊區域之對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量。Further, for example, there is no overlap in the corresponding region of the encoding target block, and there is a corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region of the encoding target block. At this time, the circuit 160 may also derive the candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that is mapped to the corresponding region of the peripheral region.

藉此,編碼裝置100就算在編碼對象區塊中沒有參考區塊對映,也可依照在編碼對象區塊的周邊被對映的參考區塊之移動向量,來導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive the appropriate candidate motion vector according to the motion vector of the reference block mapped in the periphery of the encoding target block even if there is no reference block mapping in the encoding target block.

又,例如,電路160也可在從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量時,評價複數個候選移動向量各個,選擇複數個候選移動向量之中最被高度評價的候選移動向量,做為預測移動向量。Further, for example, when the prediction motion vector is selected from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors, the circuit 160 may evaluate each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and select the most highly evaluated candidate motion vector among the plurality of candidate motion vectors as the candidate motion vector. Predict the motion vector.

電路160也可在評價複數個候選移動向量各個時,2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像間之適合程度愈高,則愈高度評價評價對象的候選移動向量。在此,2個比較對象區域為不同於編碼對象區塊的2個區域,且至少其中一個是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。When the circuit 160 evaluates each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the higher the degree of suitability between the reconstructed images of the two comparison target regions, the higher the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target is. Here, the two comparison target areas are two areas different from the coding target block, and at least one of them is two areas determined in accordance with the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target.

藉此,編碼裝置100可參考不同於編碼對象區塊之區域的再構成圖像,而評價各候選移動向量,從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。因此,編碼裝置100與解碼裝置200可以相同方法,而從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。藉此,編碼裝置100可省略用以選擇預測移動向量之資訊的編碼,可支援編碼量的削減。Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can evaluate each candidate motion vector with reference to a reconstructed image different from the region of the encoding target block, and select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Therefore, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 can select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors in the same manner. Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can omit the encoding for selecting the information of the predicted motion vector, and can support the reduction of the encoding amount.

又,例如,電路160在從被對映於對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量導出候選移動向量時,也可導出已適用定標比值之參考區塊的移動向量,做為候選移動向量。Also, for example, when the circuit 160 derives the candidate motion vector from the motion vector mapped to the reference block of the corresponding region, the motion vector of the reference block to which the scaling ratio is applied may also be derived as the candidate motion vector.

在此,定標比值是從編碼對象圖片迄至含有參考區塊之參考圖片的時間差之相對於從含有參考區塊之參考圖片迄至含有參考區塊之移動向量所指示的參考區域之參考圖片的時間差之比值。編碼對象圖片是含有編碼對象圖像的圖片。Here, the scaling ratio is a reference picture from the encoding target picture to the reference picture containing the reference block relative to the reference picture from the reference picture containing the reference block to the reference vector indicated by the motion vector containing the reference block. The ratio of the time difference. The encoding target picture is a picture containing an encoding target image.

藉此,編碼裝置100可將參考區塊之移動向量適當地進行定標,且導出已進行定標的移動向量,做為候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding device 100 can appropriately scale the motion vector of the reference block and derive the scaled motion vector as the candidate motion vector.

又,例如,編碼對象區塊也可為以編碼單位而被決定的區塊,也可為在以編碼單位而被決定的區塊中,以預定尺寸決定的子區塊。藉此,編碼裝置100可針對編碼單位的區塊,或者編碼單位的區塊內之子區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Further, for example, the coding target block may be a block determined in coding units, or may be a sub-block determined in a predetermined size in a block determined in coding units. Thereby, the encoding apparatus 100 can derive a suitable candidate motion vector for the block of the coding unit or the sub-block within the block of the coding unit.

又,例如,電路160也可針對編碼對象圖像中之複數個編碼對象區塊各個,在對應區域重疊在該編碼對象區塊時,從被對映到對應區域之參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量。該候選移動向量為相對於該編碼對象區塊之預測移動向量的候選移動向量。Further, for example, the circuit 160 may also apply, for each of the plurality of coding target blocks in the coding target image, the motion vector of the reference block mapped to the corresponding region when the corresponding region overlaps the coding target block. Export candidate motion vectors. The candidate motion vector is a candidate motion vector with respect to a prediction motion vector of the coding target block.

藉此,編碼裝置100可針對編碼對象圖像中之各編碼對象區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the encoding device 100 can derive an appropriate candidate motion vector for each of the encoding target blocks in the encoding target image.

[解碼裝置之安裝例] 圖33是顯示實施形態1之解碼裝置200之安裝例之方塊圖。解碼裝置200包含有電路260及記憶體262。例如,圖10及圖17所示之解碼裝置200的複數個構成要素是藉圖33所示之電路260及記憶體262來安裝。[Installation Example of Decoding Device] FIG. 33 is a block diagram showing an example of mounting of the decoding device 200 according to the first embodiment. The decoding device 200 includes a circuit 260 and a memory 262. For example, the plurality of components of the decoding device 200 shown in FIGS. 10 and 17 are mounted by the circuit 260 and the memory 262 shown in FIG.

電路260為進行資訊處理的電路,且為可對記憶體262進行存取的電路。例如,電路260是將動態圖像進行解碼之專用或者通用的電子電路。電路260也可像CPU之處理器。又,電路260也可為複數個電子電路的集合體。又,例如電路260也可展現複數個構成要素的作用,該等複數個構成要素是圖10等所示之解碼裝置200之複數個構成要素之中除用以記憶資訊的構成要素之外者。The circuit 260 is a circuit for performing information processing and is a circuit that can access the memory 262. For example, circuit 260 is a dedicated or general purpose electronic circuit that decodes moving images. Circuit 260 can also be like a processor of a CPU. Also, circuit 260 can be an aggregate of a plurality of electronic circuits. Further, for example, the circuit 260 may exhibit the function of a plurality of constituent elements other than the constituent elements for storing information among the plurality of constituent elements of the decoding device 200 shown in FIG. 10 and the like.

記憶體262是通用或者專用的記憶體,記憶用以使電路260將動態圖像進行解碼之資訊。記憶體262也可為電子電路,也可連接於電路260。又,記憶體262也可包含在電路260。又,記憶體262也可為複數個電子電路的集合體。又,記憶體262也可為磁碟或者是光碟等,也可表現為儲存器(storage)或者是記錄媒體等。又,記憶體262也可為非揮發性記憶體,也可為揮發性記憶體。Memory 262 is a general purpose or dedicated memory that stores information for causing circuit 260 to decode the moving image. The memory 262 can also be an electronic circuit or can be connected to the circuit 260. Also, memory 262 may be included in circuit 260. Further, the memory 262 may be an aggregate of a plurality of electronic circuits. Further, the memory 262 may be a magnetic disk or a compact disk, or may be embodied as a storage or a recording medium. Further, the memory 262 may be a non-volatile memory or a volatile memory.

例如,記憶體262也可記憶已編碼之動態圖像所對應的位元列,也可記憶已被解碼的位元列所對應之動態圖像。又,在記憶體262也可記憶用以使電路260將動態圖像進行解碼的程式。For example, the memory 262 can also memorize the bit column corresponding to the encoded dynamic image, and can also memorize the dynamic image corresponding to the bit column that has been decoded. Further, the memory 262 can also store a program for causing the circuit 260 to decode the moving image.

又,例如,記憶體262也可展現在圖10等所示之解碼裝置200之複數個構成要素之中用以記憶資訊之構成要素的作用。具體來說,記憶體262也可展現圖17所示之區塊記憶體210、訊框記憶體214及候選區塊資訊記憶體236之作用。更具體來說,在記憶體262也可記憶再構成完畢區塊、再構成完畢圖片、及已被使用在間預測之移動向量等。Further, for example, the memory 262 may also function as a constituent element for storing information among a plurality of constituent elements of the decoding device 200 shown in FIG. Specifically, the memory 262 can also function as the block memory 210, the frame memory 214, and the candidate block information memory 236 shown in FIG. More specifically, the memory 262 can also memorize the reconstructed block, reconstruct the completed picture, and the motion vector that has been used for inter prediction.

另,在解碼裝置200中,也可不用安裝圖10等所示的複數個構成要素全部,也可不用進行上述之複數個處理全部。圖10等所示的複數個構成要素之一部分也可包含在其他裝置,上述之複數個處理之一部分也可透過其他裝置來執行。然後,在解碼裝置200中,安裝圖10等所示的複數個構成要素之中的一部分,且進行上述之複數個處理的一部分,藉此可以較少的編碼量來適當地處理動態圖像。Further, in the decoding device 200, it is not necessary to install all of the plurality of constituent elements shown in FIG. 10 and the like, and it is not necessary to perform all of the above-described plural processing. One of the plurality of constituent elements shown in FIG. 10 and the like may be included in other devices, and one of the plurality of processing described above may be executed by another device. Then, in the decoding device 200, a part of the plurality of constituent elements shown in FIG. 10 and the like are mounted, and a part of the above-described plural processing is performed, whereby the moving image can be appropriately processed with a small amount of encoding.

圖34A是一流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像解碼時之中之候選移動向量之導出的第1動作例。圖33所示之解碼裝置200在將動態圖像進行解碼時,也可進行圖34A所示的動作。Fig. 34A is a flowchart showing a first operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vectors in the case of decoding of a moving picture. The decoding device 200 shown in Fig. 33 can also perform the operation shown in Fig. 34A when decoding a moving image.

具體來說,解碼裝置200的電路260是從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S401)。在此,第1參考區塊是包含在第1參考圖片所含之區塊,其中該第1參考圖片是構成雙預測之用之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單。Specifically, the circuit 260 of the decoding device 200 derives one or more candidate motion vectors from the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block (S401). Here, the first reference block is a block included in the first reference picture, wherein the first reference picture is a first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists constituting the double prediction.

又,電路260是從第2參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S402)。在此,第2參考區塊是包含在第2參考圖片所含之區塊,其中該第2參考圖片是構成雙預測之用之2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單。Further, the circuit 260 derives one or more candidate motion vectors from the predicted motion vector from one or more motion vectors of the second reference block (S402). Here, the second reference block is included in the block included in the second reference picture, wherein the second reference picture is a second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists constituting the double prediction.

接著,電路260是從複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量(S403)。在此,複數個候選移動向量是包括已從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量、及已從第2參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量。然後,電路260是使用預測移動向量,將解碼對象區塊之資訊進行解碼(S404)。Next, the circuit 260 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors (S403). Here, the plurality of candidate motion vectors are one or more candidate motion vectors derived from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, and one or more motion vectors that have been derived from the second reference block. One or more candidate motion vectors derived. Then, the circuit 260 decodes the information of the decoding target block using the predicted motion vector (S404).

藉此,解碼裝置200可從第1參考圖片清單中之第1參考區塊導出候選移動向量,且,可從第2參考圖片清單中之第2參考區塊導出候選移動向量。因此,解碼裝置200可提高如下之可能性,即,在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量含有適當的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can derive the candidate motion vector from the first reference block in the first reference picture list, and can derive the candidate motion vector from the second reference block in the second reference picture list. Therefore, the decoding apparatus 200 can increase the possibility that the plurality of candidate motion vectors used to select the predicted motion vector contain appropriate candidate motion vectors.

然後,藉此,解碼裝置200可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像的編碼量之削減。Then, the decoding device 200 can support the derivation of a suitable prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the coding amount of the moving image.

例如,在第1參考區塊已透過雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可對第1參考區塊的2個移動向量之中的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量,來導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。For example, when the first reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the first reference block.

又,第2參考區塊已透過雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可對於第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the second reference block.

藉此,解碼裝置200可分別從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量、與第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是包括參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量。即,解碼裝置200可從特性不同的2個移動向量,導出2組候選移動向量組合,其中該等候選移動向量組合是各自以2個候選移動向量所構成,該候選移動向量是可利用在雙預測。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive the candidate motion vector combination from one motion vector of the first reference block and one motion vector of the second reference block, respectively, wherein the candidate motion vector combination includes two references. Refer to the 2 candidate motion vectors of the picture list. That is, the decoding apparatus 200 may derive two sets of candidate motion vector combinations from two motion vectors having different characteristics, wherein the candidate motion vector combinations are each composed of two candidate motion vectors, which are available in the dual prediction.

又,例如第1參考區塊已透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可對第1參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第1參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the upper and lower directions in the display order, the circuit 260 may also use one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block. The motion vector applies to two scaling ratios. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list from the one motion vector of the two motion vectors of the first reference block, and refer to the second reference picture list. Candidate motion vector.

又,第2參考區塊已透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可對第2參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第2參考區塊的2個移動向量之中1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the front and rear directions in the display order, the circuit 260 may move one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block. The vector applies to 2 scaling ratios. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list from the one motion vector of the two motion vectors of the second reference block, and refer to the second reference picture list. Candidate motion vector.

藉此,解碼裝置200可從被假設特性為類似的2個移動向量之中僅只1個移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是以參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量所構成。因此,解碼裝置200可改善處理效率。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive the candidate motion vector combination from only one motion vector among the two motion vectors assumed to be similar, wherein the candidate motion vector combination is two of the reference two reference picture lists. The candidate motion vector is composed. Therefore, the decoding device 200 can improve processing efficiency.

又,例如,第1參考區塊已透過雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可分別對第1參考區塊之2個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第1參考區塊的2個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to the two motion vectors of the first reference block. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive two candidate motion vectors for referring to the first reference picture list and two candidate movements for referring to the second reference picture list from the two motion vectors of the first reference block. vector.

又,第2參考區塊已透過雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可分別對第2參考區塊之2個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第2參考區塊的2個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to the two motion vectors of the second reference block. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive two candidate motion vectors for referring to the first reference picture list and two candidate movements for referring to the second reference picture list from the two motion vectors of the second reference block. vector.

藉此,解碼裝置200可分別從2個參考區塊之4個移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是以參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量所構成。即,解碼裝置200可從2個參考區塊之4個移動向量,來導出4組候選移動向量組合,其中該等候選移動向量組合是各自以2個候選移動向量所構成,該候選移動向量是可利用在雙預測。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can derive the candidate motion vector combination from the four motion vectors of the two reference blocks, wherein the candidate motion vector combination is formed by referring to the two candidate motion vectors of the two reference picture lists. That is, the decoding apparatus 200 may derive four sets of candidate motion vector combinations from four motion vectors of two reference blocks, wherein the candidate motion vector combinations are each composed of two candidate motion vectors, which are Available in double prediction.

又,例如,在第1參考區塊已透過雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可從第1參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之其中一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。接著,此時,電路260也可從第1參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之另外一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 260 may also derive a reference vector from the one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block to refer to the first reference picture. The candidate movement vector for the list. Next, at this time, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from another one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block.

又,在第2參考區塊已透過雙預測進行解碼時,電路260也可從第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之其中一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。接著,此時,電路260也可從第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中之另外一個移動向量,來導出用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Moreover, when the second reference block has been decoded by bi-prediction, the circuit 260 may also derive a reference vector from the first reference picture list from one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block. Candidate motion vector. Next, at this time, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from another one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block.

藉此,解碼裝置200可分別從2個參考區塊之4個移動向量導出4個候選移動向量,而可導出以4個候選移動向量所構成之2組候選移動向量組合。即,解碼裝置200可將2個參考區塊之4個移動向量分別適當地反映在2組候選移動向量組合所含之4個候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive four candidate motion vectors from four motion vectors of two reference blocks, and can derive two sets of candidate motion vector combinations composed of four candidate motion vectors. That is, the decoding apparatus 200 can appropriately reflect the four motion vectors of the two reference blocks in the four candidate motion vectors included in the two sets of candidate motion vector combinations.

又,例如,第1參考區塊已透過單預測進行解碼時,電路260也可對第1參考區塊之1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, for example, when the first reference block has been decoded by single prediction, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to one motion vector of the first reference block. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the first reference block.

又,第2參考區塊已透過單預測進行解碼時,電路260也可對第2參考區塊之1個移動向量適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, when the second reference block has been decoded by single prediction, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to one motion vector of the second reference block. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the second reference block.

藉此,解碼裝置200可從各參考區塊之僅只1個的移動向量,來導出以參考2個參考圖片清單之2個候選移動向量所構成的候選移動向量組合。即,解碼裝置200可從各參考區塊之僅只1個的移動向量,來導出候選移動向量組合,其中該候選移動向量組合是以可利用在雙預測之2個候選移動向量所構成。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive a candidate motion vector combination composed of two candidate motion vectors with reference to two reference picture lists from only one motion vector of each reference block. That is, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive a candidate motion vector combination from only one motion vector of each reference block, wherein the candidate motion vector combination is composed of two candidate motion vectors that can be utilized in bi-prediction.

又,例如,解碼對象區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之中僅只一方向的雙預測進行解碼。此時,電路260也可從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出2個以上的候選移動向量,其中該候選移動向量是用以參考被使用在解碼對象區塊之雙預測之一方向。然後,此時,電路260也可從第2參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量,導出2個以上的候選移動向量,其中該候選移動向量是用以參考被使用在解碼對象區塊之雙預測之一方向。Further, for example, the decoding target block can also be decoded by bi-prediction in only one direction among the front direction and the rear direction in the display order. At this time, the circuit 260 may derive two or more candidate motion vectors from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, wherein the candidate motion vector is used to refer to the double prediction used in the decoding target block. One direction. Then, at this time, the circuit 260 may derive two or more candidate motion vectors from one or more motion vectors of the second reference block, wherein the candidate motion vector is used to refer to the pair used in the decoding target block. Predict one direction.

藉此,解碼裝置200在於解碼對象區塊使用僅只一方向之雙預測時,可從各參考區塊導出參考一方向之2個以上的候選移動向量。因此,解碼裝置200可從各參考區塊,導出對僅只一方向的雙預測適合之1組以上的候選移動向量組合。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive two or more candidate motion vectors in the reference one direction from each reference block when the decoding target block uses bi-prediction in only one direction. Therefore, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive one or more sets of candidate motion vectors that are suitable for bi-prediction in only one direction from each reference block.

又,例如,第1參考圖片清單也可為用以參考在顯示順序上前方向的參考圖片清單。第2參考圖片清單也可為用以參考在顯示順序上後方向的參考圖片清單。第1參考區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之兩方向的雙預測進行解碼。第2參考區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之兩方向的雙預測進行解碼。解碼對象區塊也可透過於顯示順序上前方向及後方向之兩方向的雙預測進行解碼。Also, for example, the first reference picture list may also be a reference picture list for referring to the front direction in the display order. The second reference picture list may also be a reference picture list for referring to the rear direction in the display order. The first reference block can also be decoded by bi-prediction in both directions of the front and back directions in the display order. The second reference block can also be decoded by bi-prediction in both directions of the front and back directions in the display order. The decoding target block can also be decoded by bi-prediction in both directions of the front direction and the backward direction in the display order.

此時,電路260也可對第1參考區塊之2個移動向量之中,用以參考於顯示順序上後方向的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第1參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。At this time, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the first reference block for reference to one motion vector in the upper and lower directions of the display order. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the first reference block.

又,此時,電路260也可對第2參考區塊之2個移動向量之中,用以參考於顯示順序上前方向的1個移動向量,適用2個定標比值。藉該適用,電路260也可從第2參考區塊之1個移動向量,導出用以參考第1參考圖片清單之候選移動向量、及用以參考第2參考圖片清單之候選移動向量。Further, at this time, the circuit 260 may apply two scaling ratio values to one of the two motion vectors of the second reference block for reference to one motion vector in the upper direction of the display order. By applying this, the circuit 260 may also derive a candidate motion vector for referring to the first reference picture list and a candidate motion vector for referring to the second reference picture list from one motion vector of the second reference block.

藉此,解碼裝置200可從各參考區塊之2個移動向量之中後述的參考方向之移動向量,導出參考2個參考圖片清單之候選移動向量組合,其中該參考方向為時間性質上自參考區塊而朝向解碼對象區塊之方向。即,解碼裝置200可於各參考區塊之2個移動向量之中,從相對於解碼對象區塊在時間性質上有高關聯性的移動向量,適當地導出可利用在雙預測的候選移動向量組合。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive a candidate motion vector combination of the reference two reference picture lists from the motion vector of the reference direction, which will be described later, among the two motion vectors of each reference block, wherein the reference direction is time-based self-reference The block faces the direction of the decoding target block. That is, the decoding apparatus 200 can appropriately derive the candidate motion vector usable in the bi-prediction from among the two motion vectors of each reference block from the motion vector having high correlation with respect to the decoding target block in temporal nature. combination.

又,例如,第1參考區塊的空間性質之位置也可與解碼對象區塊的空間性質之位置相同,第2參考區塊的空間性質之位置也可與解碼對象區塊的空間性質之位置相同。Further, for example, the position of the spatial property of the first reference block may be the same as the position of the spatial property of the decoding target block, and the position of the spatial property of the second reference block may also be the position of the spatial property of the decoding target block. the same.

圖34B是一流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像解碼時候選移動向量的導出之第2動作例。圖33所示之解碼裝置200在將動態圖像進行解碼時,也可進行圖34B所示的動作。Fig. 34B is a flowchart showing a second operation example of deriving the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture decoding. The decoding device 200 shown in FIG. 33 can also perform the operation shown in FIG. 34B when decoding a moving image.

具體來說,解碼裝置200之電路260是使用第1鄰接區塊的第1移動向量,來特定第1參考圖片所含之第1參考區塊,其中該第1鄰接區塊為空間性質上鄰接於解碼對象區塊的區塊(S501)。在此,第1參考圖片是構成雙預測之用之2個參考圖片清單之中之第1參考圖片清單的圖片。然後,電路260就從第1參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S502)。Specifically, the circuit 260 of the decoding device 200 specifies the first reference block included in the first reference picture using the first motion vector of the first adjacent block, wherein the first adjacent block is spatially adjacent. The block of the decoding target block is decoded (S501). Here, the first reference picture is a picture of the first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists constituting the double prediction. Then, the circuit 260 derives one or more candidate motion vectors with respect to the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block (S502).

又,電路260是使用第1移動向量、第1鄰接區塊的第2移動向量、或者空間性質上鄰接解碼對象區塊的第2鄰接區塊之第3移動向量,來特定第2參考圖片所含之第2參考區塊(S503)。在此,第2參考圖片是構成2個參考圖片清單之中之第2參考圖片清單的圖片。然後,電路260就從第2參考區塊的1個以上的移動向量,導出相對於預測移動向量之1個以上的候選移動向量(S504)。Further, the circuit 260 specifies the second reference picture by using the first motion vector, the second motion vector of the first adjacent block, or the third motion vector of the second adjacent block spatially adjacent to the decoding target block. The second reference block is included (S503). Here, the second reference picture is a picture constituting the second reference picture list among the two reference picture lists. Then, the circuit 260 derives one or more candidate motion vectors with respect to the predicted motion vector from one or more motion vectors of the second reference block (S504).

接著,電路260是從複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量(S505)。在此,複數個候選移動向量包括從第1參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量、及從第2參考區塊之1個以上的移動向量所導出之1個以上的候選移動向量。然後,電路260是使用預測移動向量,而將解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼(S506)。Next, the circuit 260 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors (S505). Here, the plurality of candidate motion vectors include one or more candidate motion vectors derived from one or more motion vectors of the first reference block, and one or more motion vectors derived from the second reference block. More than one candidate motion vector. Then, the circuit 260 decodes the information of the decoding target block using the predicted motion vector (S506).

藉此,解碼裝置200可利用1個以上的鄰接區塊的1個以上的移動向量,特定第1參考圖片清單中之第1參考區塊、及第2參考圖片清單中之第2參考區塊。即,解碼裝置200可使用1個以上的鄰接區塊之1個以上的移動向量,來特定被假設相對於解碼對象區塊有高關聯性的第1參考區塊及第2參考區塊。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can specify the first reference block in the first reference picture list and the second reference block in the second reference picture list by using one or more motion vectors of one or more adjacent blocks. . In other words, the decoding apparatus 200 can specify the first reference block and the second reference block which are assumed to have high correlation with the decoding target block by using one or more motion vectors of one or more adjacent blocks.

接著,解碼裝置200可從第1參考區塊導出候選移動向量,且可從第2參考區塊導出候選移動向量。因此,解碼裝置200可提高如下之可能性,即,在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量含有適合的候選移動向量。然後,藉此,解碼裝置200就可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像之編碼量的削減。Next, the decoding device 200 may derive a candidate motion vector from the first reference block and may derive a candidate motion vector from the second reference block. Accordingly, decoding apparatus 200 may increase the likelihood that a plurality of candidate motion vectors used to select a predicted motion vector contain suitable candidate motion vectors. Then, the decoding device 200 can support the derivation of an appropriate prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the coding amount of the motion image.

又,在圖34B所示之第2動作例中,也能適用利用圖34A所說明的變形例或者具體例。Further, in the second operation example shown in FIG. 34B, the modification or specific example described using FIG. 34A can be applied.

另,圖34B所示之第2動作例是圖34A所示之動作例中之第1參考區塊及第2參考區塊各個為ATMVP區塊之形態的例子。圖34A所示之第1動作例中之第1參考區塊及第2參考區塊各個,也可不是ATMVP區塊,而是同位區塊。The second operation example shown in FIG. 34B is an example in which the first reference block and the second reference block in the operation example shown in FIG. 34A are in the form of ATMVP blocks. In the first operation example shown in FIG. 34A, each of the first reference block and the second reference block may not be an ATMVP block but a parity block.

具體來說,圖34A所示之第1動作例中之第1參考區塊也可為在第1參考圖片中與解碼對象區塊位置相同的區塊。然後,圖34A所示之第1動作例中之第2參考區塊也可為在第2參考圖片中與解碼對象區塊位置相同的區塊。Specifically, the first reference block in the first operation example shown in FIG. 34A may be the same block as the decoding target block position in the first reference picture. Then, the second reference block in the first operation example shown in FIG. 34A may be the same block as the decoding target block position in the second reference picture.

圖34C是一流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像解碼時之候選移動向量之導出的第3動作例。圖33所示之解碼裝置200係於將動態圖像進行解碼時,也可進行圖34C所示之動作。Fig. 34C is a flowchart showing a third operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of decoding of a moving picture. The decoding device 200 shown in FIG. 33 can also perform the operation shown in FIG. 34C when decoding a moving image.

具體來說,解碼裝置200的電路260是將複數個參考區塊中的各個參考區塊,依照該參考區塊的移動向量,而對映到解碼對象圖像中之對應區域(S601)。Specifically, the circuit 260 of the decoding device 200 maps each reference block in the plurality of reference blocks to a corresponding region in the decoding target image according to the motion vector of the reference block (S601).

在此,複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊。第1參考圖片是構成雙予測用之2個參考圖片清單之中之第1參考圖片清單之圖片。第2參考圖片是構成2個參考圖片清單之中之第2參考圖片清單的圖片。Here, the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture. The first reference picture is a picture of the first reference picture list among the two reference picture lists used for the dual prediction. The second reference picture is a picture constituting a list of the second reference picture among the two reference picture lists.

接著,在對應區域重疊於解碼對象圖像中之解碼對象區塊時,電路260就從已對映到對應區域之參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為複數個候選移動向量之1個(S602)。該複數個候選移動向量為相對於解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量。Then, when the corresponding area overlaps the decoding target block in the decoding target image, the circuit 260 derives the candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding area, as a plurality of candidate motion vectors. 1 (S602). The plurality of candidate motion vectors are a plurality of candidate motion vectors with respect to a prediction motion vector of the decoding target block.

接著,電路260是從複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇預測移動向量(S603)。然後,電路260是使用預測移動向量,將解碼對象區塊之資訊進行解碼(S604)。Next, the circuit 260 selects a predicted motion vector from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors (S603). Then, the circuit 260 decodes the information of the decoding target block using the predicted motion vector (S604).

藉此,解碼裝置200可在第1參考圖片清單及第2參考圖片清單中之複數個參考區塊之中,從被假設相對於解碼對象區塊有高關聯性之參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。因此,解碼裝置200可提高如下之可能性,即,在用以選擇預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量含有適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive a suitable reference block from the plurality of reference blocks in the first reference picture list and the second reference picture list from the reference block that is assumed to have high correlation with respect to the decoding target block. Candidate motion vector. Accordingly, decoding apparatus 200 may increase the likelihood that a plurality of candidate motion vectors used to select a predicted motion vector contain suitable candidate motion vectors.

然後,藉此,解碼裝置200就可支援適合的預測移動向量之導出,且可支援有關於動態圖像之編碼量的削減。Then, the decoding device 200 can support the derivation of an appropriate prediction motion vector, and can support the reduction of the coding amount of the motion image.

例如,電路260也可將第1參考圖片中之1個以上的參考區塊各個,在解碼對象圖像中進行對映。在這之後,電路260也可將第2參考圖片中之1個以上的參考區塊各個,在空白區域中進行對映,其中該空白區域是解碼對象圖像之中第1參考圖片中之1個以上的參考區塊未進行對映之區域。For example, the circuit 260 may perform mapping of one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture in the decoding target image. After that, the circuit 260 may also map one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture to each other in a blank area, where the blank area is one of the first reference pictures among the decoding target images. More than one reference block is not mapped.

藉此,解碼裝置200是較第2參考圖片清單中之1個以上的參考區塊,可使第1參考圖片清單中之1個以上的參考區塊優先來進行對映。有第1參考圖片清單中之參考區塊的移動向量之可靠性是較第2參考圖片清單中之參考區塊的移動向量之可靠性更高的情況。在如此情況,解碼裝置200可依照可靠性更高的移動向量,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device 200 is one or more reference blocks in the second reference picture list, and one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture list can be preferentially mapped. The reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the first reference picture list is higher than the reliability of the motion vector of the reference block in the second reference picture list. In this case, the decoding device 200 can derive a suitable candidate motion vector in accordance with a more reliable motion vector.

又,例如,也可將2個以上的對應區域重疊在解碼對象區塊,其中該等2個以上的對應區域為複數個參考區塊之中之2個以上的參考區塊已進行對映的區域。此時,電路260也可從2個以上的參考區塊的2個以上的移動向量之中至少1個移動向量,導出候選移動向量。Further, for example, two or more corresponding regions may be superimposed on the decoding target block, wherein the two or more corresponding regions are two or more reference blocks of the plurality of reference blocks that have been mapped. region. At this time, the circuit 260 may derive a candidate motion vector from at least one of two or more motion vectors of two or more reference blocks.

藉此,解碼裝置200可從被假設相對於解碼對象區塊有高關聯性的複數個參考區塊之中至少1個參考區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can derive a suitable candidate motion vector from at least one of the plurality of reference blocks that are assumed to have high correlation with respect to the decoding target block.

又,例如,沒有重疊在解碼對象區塊之對應區域存在,且有重疊在解碼對象區塊之周邊區域之對應區域存在,也可。此時,電路260也可從被對映到重疊於周邊區域之對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量。Further, for example, there is no overlap in the corresponding region of the decoding target block, and there may be a corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region of the decoding target block. At this time, the circuit 260 may also derive the candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that is mapped to the corresponding region of the peripheral region.

藉此,解碼裝置200就算在解碼對象區塊中沒有參考區塊對映,也可依照在解碼對象區塊的周邊被對映的參考區塊之移動向量,來導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can derive the appropriate candidate motion vector according to the motion vector of the reference block mapped in the periphery of the decoding target block even if there is no reference block mapping in the decoding target block.

又,例如,電路260也可在從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量時,評價複數個候選移動向量各個,選擇在複數個候選移動向量之中被最高度評價的候選移動向量,做為預測移動向量。Further, for example, when the prediction motion vector is selected from among a plurality of candidate motion vectors, the circuit 260 may evaluate each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, and select a candidate motion vector that is most highly evaluated among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. To predict the motion vector.

電路260也可在評價複數個候選移動向量各個時,2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像間之適合程度愈高,則愈高度評價評價對象的候選移動向量。在此,2個比較對象區域為不同於解碼對象區塊的2個區域,且至少其中一個是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。When the circuit 260 evaluates each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, the higher the degree of suitability between the reconstructed images of the two comparison target regions, the higher the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target is evaluated. Here, the two comparison target areas are two areas different from the decoding target block, and at least one of them is two areas determined in accordance with the candidate motion vector of the evaluation target.

藉此,解碼裝置200可參考不同於解碼對象區塊之區域的再構成圖像,而評價各候選移動向量,從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。因此,編碼裝置100與解碼裝置200可以相同方法,而從複數個候選移動向量之中選擇預測移動向量。藉此,解碼裝置200可以省去用以選擇預測移動向量的資訊之解碼,可支援編碼量的削減。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can evaluate each candidate motion vector with reference to a reconstructed image different from the region of the decoding target block, and select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors. Therefore, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 can select the predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors in the same manner. Thereby, the decoding apparatus 200 can omit the decoding of the information for selecting the predicted motion vector, and can support the reduction of the amount of encoding.

又,例如,電路260在從已對映至對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量導出候選移動向量時,也可導出已適用定標比值的參考區塊之移動向量,來做為候選移動向量。Also, for example, when the circuit 260 derives the candidate motion vector from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region, the motion vector of the reference block to which the scaling ratio has been applied may also be derived as the candidate motion vector.

在此,定標比值是指從解碼對象圖片迄至含有參考區塊之參考圖片的時間差之相對於從含有參考區塊之參考圖片迄至含有參考區塊之移動向量所指示的參考區域之參考圖片的時間差之比值。解碼對象圖片是含有解碼對象圖像之圖片。Here, the scaling ratio refers to a reference of a time difference from a decoding target picture to a reference picture containing a reference block with respect to a reference area indicated by a motion vector containing a reference block to a motion vector containing a reference block. The ratio of the time difference of the picture. The decoding target picture is a picture containing the image of the decoding target.

藉此,解碼裝置200可將參考區塊的移動向量適當地進行定標,且可導出已進行定標的移動向量,做為候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can appropriately scale the motion vector of the reference block, and can derive the scaled motion vector as a candidate motion vector.

又,例如,解碼對象區塊也可為以解碼單位而被決定的區塊,也可為在以解碼單位而被決定的區塊中,以預定尺寸決定的子區塊。Further, for example, the decoding target block may be a block determined in units of decoding, or may be a sub-block determined in a predetermined size in a block determined in decoding units.

藉此,解碼裝置200可針對解碼單位的區塊、或者解碼單位的區塊內的子區塊,導出適合的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can derive a suitable candidate motion vector for the block of the decoding unit or the sub-block within the block of the decoding unit.

又,例如,電路260也可針對解碼對象圖像中之複數個解碼對象區塊各個,在對應區域重疊在該解碼對象區塊時,從被對映到對應區域之參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量。在此,候選移動向量為相對於該解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量的候選移動向量。Further, for example, the circuit 260 may also apply, for each of the plurality of decoding target blocks in the decoding target image, the motion vector of the reference block mapped to the corresponding region when the corresponding region overlaps the decoding target block. Export candidate motion vectors. Here, the candidate motion vector is a candidate motion vector with respect to the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block.

藉此,解碼裝置200可針對解碼對象圖像中的各解碼對象區塊,導出適當的候選移動向量。Thereby, the decoding device 200 can derive an appropriate candidate motion vector for each decoding target block in the decoding target image.

[補充] 上述之第1參考圖片清單為L0參考圖片清單及L1圖片清單之中的其中一個,上述之第2參考圖片清單是L0參考圖片清單及L1圖片清單之中的另一個。例如,第1參考圖片清單為L0參考圖片清單,第2參考圖片清單為L1參考圖片清單,也可。或者,第1參考圖片清單為L1參考圖片清單,第2參考圖片清單為L0參考圖片清單,也可。[Supplement] The first reference picture list described above is one of the L0 reference picture list and the L1 picture list, and the second reference picture list described above is the other of the L0 reference picture list and the L1 picture list. For example, the first reference picture list is the L0 reference picture list, and the second reference picture list is the L1 reference picture list. Alternatively, the first reference picture list is the L1 reference picture list, and the second reference picture list is the L0 reference picture list.

又,參考區塊的移動向量也可定標成從處理對象區塊參考其他參考圖片的候選移動向量,前述其他參考圖片是與參考圖片索引為0之參考圖片不同的其他參考圖片。又,參考區塊之移動向量也可不進行定標,以原狀導出來做為候選移動向量。Moreover, the motion vector of the reference block may also be scaled to refer to candidate motion vectors of other reference pictures from the processing target block, and the other reference pictures are other reference pictures different from the reference picture whose reference picture index is 0. Moreover, the motion vector of the reference block may also be unscaled and derived as a candidate motion vector.

又,定標比值為1時,在定標比值的適用中,也可略過定標處理。Further, when the scaling ratio is 1, the scaling processing may be skipped in the application of the scaling ratio.

又,本實施形態中之編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200,各自也可被做為圖像編碼裝置及圖像解碼裝置來利用,也可被做為動態圖像編碼裝置及動態圖像解碼裝置來利用。或者,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200可各自做為間預測裝置來利用。Further, each of the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 in the present embodiment may be used as an image encoding device and an image decoding device, or may be used as a moving image encoding device and a moving image decoding device. use. Alternatively, the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 may each be utilized as an inter prediction device.

即,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200,各自也可只對應於包含有候選清單產生部134之間預測部126、及包含有候選清單產生部234之間預測部218。然後,熵編碼部110及熵解碼部202等也可包含在其他裝置。In other words, each of the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 may correspond to only the prediction unit 126 including the candidate list generation unit 134 and the prediction unit 218 including the candidate list generation unit 234. The entropy coding unit 110, the entropy decoding unit 202, and the like may be included in other devices.

又,在本實施形態中,各構成要素可以專用的硬體所構成,或透過執行適於各構成要素的軟體程式來實現。各構成要素也可讓CPU或者處理器等之程式執行部讀出記錄在硬碟或者半導體記憶體等之記錄媒體的軟體程式來執行,藉此來實現。Further, in the present embodiment, each component can be realized by a dedicated hardware or by executing a software program suitable for each component. Each of the components can be realized by causing a program execution unit such as a CPU or a processor to execute a software program recorded on a recording medium such as a hard disk or a semiconductor memory.

具體來說,編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200各自也可具有處理電路(Processing Circuitry)、及記憶裝置(Storage),該記憶裝置是電連接於該處理電路,可由該處理電路進行存取。例如,處理電路是對應於電路160或260、記憶裝置是對應記憶體162或262。Specifically, each of the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 may have a processing circuit (Processing Circuitry) and a memory device (Storage), and the memory device is electrically connected to the processing circuit and can be accessed by the processing circuit. For example, the processing circuit corresponds to circuit 160 or 260, and the memory device is corresponding memory 162 or 262.

處理電路包含有專用的硬體及程式執行部至少一者,使用記憶裝置來執行處理。又,記憶裝置在處理電路含有程式執行部時,記憶藉該程式執行部所執行之軟體程式。The processing circuit includes at least one of a dedicated hardware and a program execution unit that performs processing using a memory device. Further, when the processing circuit includes the program execution unit, the memory device stores the software program executed by the program execution unit.

在此,實現本實施形態之編碼裝置100或者解碼裝置200等之軟體為如下的程式。Here, the software that implements the encoding device 100 or the decoding device 200 of the present embodiment is the following program.

即,這個程式是讓電腦執行一種編碼方法,該編碼方法是將動態圖像的資訊進行編碼之方法,進行:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於編碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包含第1參考圖片所含之1個以上參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象圖像中的編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇前述預測移動向量;並且使用預測移動向量,將前述編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。That is, the program is to let the computer execute an encoding method, which is a method of encoding the information of the moving image by performing mapping of the plurality of the aforementioned reference blocks to the encoding according to the motion vector of the reference block. a corresponding region in the target image, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, and the first reference The picture is a first reference picture list constituting two reference picture lists for bi-prediction, and the second reference picture is a second reference picture list constituting the two reference picture lists; When the encoding target block in the encoding target image is encoded, the candidate motion vector is derived from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region as a plurality of candidates for the prediction motion vector of the encoding target block. One of the motion vectors; selecting the aforementioned prediction motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors; and using the prediction motion vector to encode the foregoing Like a block of information is encoded.

或者,這個程式也可讓電腦執行一種解碼方法,該解碼方法是將動態圖像的資訊進行解碼之方法,進行:依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於解碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包含第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單;在前述對應區域重疊在前述解碼對象圖像中的解碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為相對於前述解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個;從前述複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇前述預測移動向量;並且使用預測移動向量,將前述解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼。Alternatively, the program may also cause the computer to perform a decoding method, which is a method of decoding the information of the moving image by: mapping the plurality of the reference blocks to the reference vector according to the motion vector of the reference block a corresponding region in the decoding target image, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, and the foregoing The first reference picture is a first reference picture list constituting two reference picture lists for bi-prediction, and the second reference picture is a second reference picture list constituting the two reference picture lists; When the region overlaps the decoding target block in the decoding target image, the candidate motion vector is derived from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region as the predicted motion vector with respect to the decoding target block. One of a plurality of candidate motion vectors; selecting the aforementioned predicted motion vector from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors; and using the predicted motion vector, The aforementioned decoding target block to decode the information.

又,如上述,各構成要素也可為電路。該等電路也可以整體構成為1個電路,也可分別為個別的電路。又,各構成要素也可以通用式的處理器來實現,也可以專用的處理器來實現。Further, as described above, each component may be a circuit. These circuits may be integrally formed as one circuit or as individual circuits. Further, each component may be implemented by a general-purpose processor or by a dedicated processor.

又,也可讓別的構成要素來執行特定的構成要素所要執行的處理。又,要執行處理的順序也可變更,複數個處理也可並行地執行。又,編碼解碼裝置也可包含有編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200。Further, it is also possible to allow other constituent elements to execute the processing to be executed by the specific constituent elements. Further, the order in which the processing is to be executed may be changed, and a plurality of processing may be executed in parallel. Further, the codec device may include the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200.

在說明中所使用過的第1及第2等序數,也可適當地更替。又,對構成要素等,也可重新附上序數,也可移除之。The first and second orthographic numbers used in the description may be appropriately replaced. Further, the constituent numbers may be re-attached to the constituent elements or the like, and may be removed.

以上,針對編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200之態樣,已根據實施形態來說明,但編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200的態樣並不限於該實施形態。只要在不脫離本揭示的旨趣之狀態下,熟悉此項技藝之人士可思及之各種變形實施在本實施形態者、或者將不同實施形態的構成要素組合而所構建的形態,也可包括在編碼裝置100及解碼裝置200之態樣的範圍內。Although the aspects of the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 have been described above based on the embodiments, the aspects of the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200 are not limited to the embodiment. Any form that can be implemented by combining the various embodiments of the present invention or the components of different embodiments can be included in the present invention without departing from the scope of the present disclosure. Within the scope of the aspect of the encoding device 100 and the decoding device 200.

(實施形態2) 在以上之各實施形態中,功能區塊每一個通常可藉MPU及記憶體等來實現。又,藉功能區塊每一個所進行的處理通常可以經由處理器等之程式執行部讀出ROM等之記錄媒體所記錄的軟體(程式)來執行,而予以實現。該軟體也可藉下載等來發佈,也可記錄在半導體記憶體等之記錄媒體來發佈。另,將各功能區塊透過硬體(專用電路)來實現,當然也可以。(Embodiment 2) In each of the above embodiments, each of the functional blocks can be realized by an MPU, a memory, or the like. Further, the processing performed by each of the function blocks can be realized by executing a software (program) recorded on a recording medium such as a ROM by a program execution unit such as a processor. The software can also be distributed by downloading or the like, or can be recorded on a recording medium such as a semiconductor memory. In addition, it is also possible to implement each functional block through a hardware (dedicated circuit).

又,在各實施形態中所說明的處理也可以使用單一裝置(系統)進行集中處理來實現,或者也可以使用複數個裝置進行分散處理來實現。又,執行上述程式的處理器也可為單數個,也可為複數個。即,可進行集中處理,或者也可進行分散處理。Further, the processing described in the respective embodiments may be realized by performing centralized processing using a single device (system), or may be realized by performing distributed processing using a plurality of devices. Moreover, the processor that executes the above program may be singular or plural. That is, the centralized processing may be performed or the dispersion processing may be performed.

本揭示的態樣並不限於以上的實施例,可做各種變更,其等變更也包括在本揭示的態樣之範圍內。The aspects of the present disclosure are not limited to the above embodiments, and various changes can be made, and variations thereof are also included in the scope of the present disclosure.

進而在此,說明在上述各實施形態中所示之動態圖像編碼方法(圖像編碼方法)或動態圖像解碼方法(圖像解碼方法)之應用例及使用該方法之系統。該系統是以具有使用圖像編碼方法之圖像編碼裝置、使用圖像解碼方法之圖像解碼裝置、及具有兩者之圖像編碼解碼裝置為特徵所在。針對系統中的其他構成,配合情況的需要,可適當地變更。Further, an application example of the moving image encoding method (image encoding method) or the moving image decoding method (image decoding method) shown in each of the above embodiments and a system using the same will be described. This system is characterized by an image encoding device using an image encoding method, an image decoding device using an image decoding method, and an image encoding and decoding device having both. The other components in the system can be appropriately changed in accordance with the needs of the situation.

[使用例] 第35圖係顯示實現內容分發服務之內容供給系統ex100之整體構成圖。將通訊服務之提供領域分割成所期望之大小,在各胞元內分別設置有為固定無線台之基地台ex106、ex107、ex108、ex109、ex110。[Example of Use] Fig. 35 is a view showing the overall configuration of the content supply system ex100 that realizes the content distribution service. The area of communication service is divided into desired sizes, and base stations ex106, ex107, ex108, ex109, and ex110, which are fixed wireless stations, are provided in each cell.

在該內容供給系統ex100中,經由網際網路服務提供者ex102或通訊網ex104、及基地台ex106至ex110,而將電腦ex111、遊戲機ex112、攝像機ex113、家電ex114、及智慧型手機ex115等各種機器連接於網際網路ex101。該內容供給系統ex100可構成為組合上述任意要素連接。也可不經過為固定無線台之基地台ex106至ex110,而是使各機器經由電話線路網或者近距離無線裝置等直接或間接地互相連接。又,串流伺服器ex103是經由網際網路ex101等而與電腦ex111、遊戲機ex112、攝像機ex113、家電ex114、及智慧型手機ex115等之各機器連接。又,串流伺服器ex103是經由衛星ex116而與飛機ex117內之熱點內的終端機等連接。In the content supply system ex100, various devices such as the computer ex111, the game machine ex112, the camera ex113, the home appliance ex114, and the smart phone ex115 are connected via the Internet service provider ex102 or the communication network ex104 and the base stations ex106 to ex110. Connected to the Internet ex101. The content supply system ex100 can be configured to combine the above-described arbitrary elements. It is also possible to connect the machines directly or indirectly via a telephone line network or a short-range wireless device, without going through the base stations ex106 to ex110 of the fixed wireless station. Further, the streaming server ex103 is connected to each of the devices such as the computer ex111, the game machine ex112, the camera ex113, the home appliance ex114, and the smartphone ex115 via the Internet ex101 or the like. Further, the streaming server ex103 is connected to a terminal or the like in the hot spot in the aircraft ex117 via the satellite ex116.

另,也可利用無線存取點或熱點等,來替代基地台ex106至ex110。又,串流伺服器ex103也可以不經由網際網路ex101或者網際網路服務提供者ex102,而直接與通訊網ex104連接,也可不經由衛星ex116,而直接與飛機ex117連接。Alternatively, the base station ex106 to ex110 may be replaced by a wireless access point or a hot spot or the like. Further, the streaming server ex103 may be directly connected to the communication network ex104 without via the Internet ex101 or the Internet service provider ex102, or may be directly connected to the aircraft ex117 without via the satellite ex116.

攝像機ex113是數位相機等可進行靜態圖像攝影及動態圖像攝影之機器。又,智慧型手機ex115一般是指對應於2G、3G、3.9G、4G、接著今後是被稱為5G之行動通訊系統的方式之智慧型話機、行動電話機、或者PHS(Personal Handyphone System)等。The camera ex113 is a machine that can perform still image shooting and moving image shooting such as a digital camera. In addition, the smart phone ex115 generally refers to a smart phone, a mobile phone, or a PHS (Personal Handyphone System) that corresponds to 2G, 3G, 3.9G, 4G, and the future is called a 5G mobile communication system.

家電ex118是包括在冰箱、或者家用燃料電池熱電共生系統之機器等。The home appliance ex118 is a machine included in a refrigerator or a domestic fuel cell thermoelectric symbiosis system.

在內容供給系統ex100中,讓具有攝影功能的終端機經由基地台ex106等而連接到串流伺服器ex103,以此可進行現場直播等。在現場直播中,終端機(電腦ex111、遊戲機ex112、攝像機ex113、家電ex114、智慧型手機ex115、及飛機ex117内之終端機等)是將如下所得到的資料發送到串流伺服器ex103,其中該資料是對用戶使用該終端機所攝影的靜態圖像或者動態圖像內容進行在上述各實施形態所說明的編碼處理,且將藉編碼所得到的影像資料、及已將對應於影像的聲音編碼後的聲音資料進行多工而所得到者。即,各終端機是做為本揭示一態樣的圖像編碼裝置而發揮功能。In the content supply system ex100, the terminal having the photographing function is connected to the streaming server ex103 via the base station ex106 or the like, thereby enabling live broadcast or the like. In the live broadcast, the terminal (computer ex111, game machine ex112, camera ex113, home appliance ex114, smart phone ex115, terminal in the aircraft ex117, etc.) transmits the data obtained as follows to the stream server ex103. The data is obtained by performing the encoding process described in the above embodiments on the still image or the moving image content captured by the user using the terminal device, and the image data obtained by the encoding and the image corresponding to the image. The voice-coded sound data is obtained by multiplexing. That is, each terminal functions as an image coding apparatus which is one aspect of the disclosure.

另一方面,串流伺服器ex103是對於有了請求的客戶端將被發送的內容資料進行串流分發。客戶端是指可將上述經過編碼處理的資料進行解碼之電腦ex111、遊戲機ex112、攝像機ex113、家電ex114、智慧型手機ex115、或者飛機ex117內的終端機等。已接收到所分發的資料的各機器就將所接收的資料進行解碼處理後進行再現。即,各機器是做為本揭示一態樣之圖像解碼裝置而發揮功能。On the other hand, the streaming server ex103 is to stream-distribute the content material to be transmitted to the client having the request. The client is a computer ex111, a game machine ex112, a camera ex113, a home appliance ex114, a smart phone ex115, or a terminal in the aircraft ex117, which can decode the encoded data. Each device that has received the distributed data decodes the received data and performs reproduction. In other words, each device functions as an image decoding device which is one aspect of the disclosure.

[分散處理] 又,串流伺服器ex103也可為複數個伺服器或者是複數個電腦,將資料分散處理或記錄分發者。例如,串流伺服器ex103也可藉由CDN(Contents Delivery Network)來實現,透過連接分散在世界各地的多數邊緣伺服器(edge server)彼此之間的網路來實現內容分發。在CDN中,因應客戶端而動態地分配實體性接近的邊緣伺服器。然後,內容被該邊緣伺服器快取及分發,以此可減少延遲的情況。又,在發生有任何錯誤時或者因流量增加等而使通訊狀態改變時,可以複數個邊緣伺服器分散處理,或者將分發主體切換到其他邊緣伺服器,而對已發生障礙的網路部分進行迂迴,來持續進行分發,因此可實現高速且穩定的分發。[Distributing Process] Further, the streaming server ex103 may be a plurality of servers or a plurality of computers, and the data may be distributed or recorded to the distributor. For example, the streaming server ex103 can also be implemented by a CDN (Contents Delivery Network), and content distribution can be realized by connecting a network of a plurality of edge servers distributed around the world. In the CDN, a physical proximity edge server is dynamically allocated in response to the client. The content is then cached and distributed by the edge server, which reduces latency. Moreover, when any error occurs or the communication state is changed due to an increase in traffic, etc., a plurality of edge servers may be distributed, or the distribution body may be switched to another edge server, and the network portion where the obstacle has occurred may be performed. It is roundabout to continue distribution, so high-speed and stable distribution is possible.

又,不只是分發自身的分散處理,也可將所攝影的資料的編碼處理在各終端機進行,也可在伺服器側進行,也可互相分擔來進行。舉一例來說,一般在編碼處理中,進行處理循環2次。第1次的循環,會檢測以訊框或者場景單位的圖像之複雜度,或者編碼量。又,在第2次的循環,會維持畫質,進行使編碼效率提高的處理。例如,終端機進行第1次的編碼處理,已收到內容的伺服器側進行第2次的編碼處理,以此可一邊減少在各終端機的處理負擔,又能一邊提高內容的品質及效率。此時,若有幾乎以實時接收而要解碼的請求時,也可將終端機已進行過第1次的編碼完畢資料在其他終端機接收且進行再現,因此能達到更柔軟的實時分發。Further, not only the distribution processing of the distribution itself, but also the encoding processing of the photographed data may be performed at each terminal, or may be performed on the server side or may be performed separately. For example, in the encoding process, the processing loop is generally performed twice. The first cycle detects the complexity of the image in frame or scene unit, or the amount of code. Moreover, in the second cycle, the image quality is maintained, and the process of improving the coding efficiency is performed. For example, the terminal performs the first encoding process, and the server side that has received the content performs the second encoding process, thereby reducing the processing load on each terminal and improving the quality and efficiency of the content. . In this case, if there is a request to be decoded almost in real time, the first encoded data that has been transmitted by the terminal can be received and reproduced in another terminal, so that softer real-time distribution can be achieved.

舉另一例來說,攝像機ex113等是從圖像進行特徵量擷取,將有關於特徵量的資料進行壓縮,做為詮釋(meta)資料,而發送到伺服器。伺服器是例如從特徵量來判斷目標的重要性,而切換量化精度等因應圖像的意義來進行壓縮。特徵量資料對於伺服器上之再次壓縮時的移動向量預測之精度及效率提昇特別有效。又,在終端機進行VLC(可變長度編碼)等之簡易性編碼,在伺服器進行CABAC(Context適應型二值算術編碼方式)等處理負荷大的編碼,也可。For another example, the camera ex113 or the like extracts the feature amount from the image, compresses the data about the feature amount, and transmits it as a meta material to the server. The server determines the importance of the target from the feature amount, for example, and switches the quantization accuracy and the like in accordance with the meaning of the image. The feature quantity data is particularly effective for the accuracy and efficiency improvement of the motion vector prediction when recompressing on the server. Further, the terminal device performs simple coding such as VLC (variable length coding), and the server may perform coding with a large processing load such as CABAC (Context Adaptive Binary Arithmetic Coding).

進而,以其他例來說,在體育場、購物商場、或者工廠等之中,會有經由複數個終端機而拍攝到幾乎相同的場景的複數個影像資料存在的情況。在該時候,使用進行過拍攝的複數個終端機、及因應需要而使用未拍攝的其他終端機及伺服器,以諸如GOP(Group of Picture)單位、圖片單位、或者將圖片分割之方塊單位等,分別分配編碼處理,來進行分散處理。藉此,減少延遲,能實現更佳的實時性。Further, in another example, in a stadium, a shopping mall, a factory, or the like, a plurality of pieces of video data in which almost the same scene is captured via a plurality of terminals may exist. At this time, use a plurality of terminals that have been photographed, and use other terminal devices and servers that are not photographed as needed, such as a GOP (Group of Picture) unit, a picture unit, or a square unit that divides the picture. The encoding process is separately assigned to perform the distributed processing. Thereby, the delay can be reduced, and real-time performance can be achieved.

又,複數個影像資料為幾乎相同的場景,因此也可在伺服器進行管理及/或指示,將在各終端機所拍攝的影像資料相互參考。或者,也可使伺服器接收來自各終端機的編碼完畢資料,在複數個資料之間變更參考關係,或者將圖片本身進行補正或交換,來重新進行編碼。藉此,可產生將一個一個資料的品質及效率提高的串流。Moreover, since the plurality of image data are almost the same scene, it is also possible to manage and/or instruct the server to refer to the image data captured by each terminal. Alternatively, the server may receive the encoded data from each terminal, change the reference relationship between the plurality of data, or correct or exchange the image itself to re-encode. Thereby, a stream that improves the quality and efficiency of one piece of data can be generated.

又,伺服器也可先進行將影像資料的編碼方式變更的轉碼,再分發影像資料。例如,伺服器也可將MPEG系的編碼方式轉換成VP系,也可將H.264轉換成H.265。In addition, the server may first perform transcoding to change the encoding mode of the image data, and then distribute the image data. For example, the server can also convert the MPEG-based encoding method into a VP system, or convert H.264 to H.265.

如此,編碼處理可透過終端機或者是1個以上的伺服器來進行。藉此,在下文中,作為進行處理的主體是採用「伺服器」或者是「終端機」等的記述,但也可讓以伺服器所進行的處理的一部分或者全部在終端機來進行,也可讓以終端機所進行的處理的一部分或者全部在伺服器來進行。又,有關於該等部分,針對解碼處理也是同樣。In this way, the encoding process can be performed by a terminal or by one or more servers. In the following, the main body of the processing is a description using a "server" or a "terminal", but some or all of the processing by the server may be performed at the terminal. Part or all of the processing performed by the terminal is performed on the server. Also, regarding these parts, the same applies to the decoding process.

[3D、多視角] 近年來,將幾乎互相同步的複數個攝像機ex113及/或智慧型手機ex115等之終端機所攝影的不同場景、或者是相同場景以不同的視角拍攝的圖像或影像整合來利用的情形也變多了。以各終端機所拍攝的影像是根據另外取得的終端機間之相對的位置關係、或者影像所含的特徵點一致的區域等來整合。[3D, multi-view] In recent years, different scenes photographed by terminals such as camera ex113 and/or smart phone ex115 that are almost synchronized with each other, or images or images that are shot at different angles in the same scene are integrated. The situation of using it has also increased. The images captured by the respective terminals are integrated based on the relative positional relationship between the separately obtained terminals, or the area where the feature points included in the images match.

伺服器不只將二維的動態圖像進行編碼,還可根據動態圖像的場景解析等,而自動或者是在用戶所指定的時刻,將靜態圖像進行編碼,再發送到接收終端機。伺服器進而在可取得攝影終端機之間的相對的位置關係時,不只是二維的動態圖像,還可根據從不同視角而對相同場景拍攝的影像,產生該場景的三維形狀。另,伺服器也可另外將透過點雲(point cloud)等所產生的三維的資料進行編碼,也可根據使用三維資料而辨識或者追蹤人物或目標的結果,從以複數個終端機拍攝的影像選擇,或者再構成,而產生要發送到接收終端機的影像,也可。The server not only encodes the two-dimensional moving image, but also encodes the still image automatically or at the time specified by the user according to the scene analysis of the moving image, and then transmits the static image to the receiving terminal. Further, when the server can obtain the relative positional relationship between the photographing terminals, not only the two-dimensional moving image but also the three-dimensional shape of the scene can be generated from the images captured from the different scenes from the same scene. In addition, the server can additionally encode three-dimensional data generated by a point cloud or the like, or can recognize or track the result of a person or a target based on using three-dimensional data, and images taken from a plurality of terminals. Selecting, or reconfiguring, to generate an image to be sent to the receiving terminal.

如此進行後,用戶要任意選擇對應於各攝影終端機的各影像來觀賞場景也可,要觀賞從使用複數個圖像或者影像而再構成的三維資料剪出任意視點的影像的內容也可。進而,與影像同樣,也可從複數個不同視角收取聲音,令伺服器配合影像,與來自特定視角或空間的聲音和影像進行多工,之後再發送。In this way, the user may arbitrarily select each of the images corresponding to each of the photographing terminals to view the scene, and may view the content of the image of the arbitrary viewpoint from the three-dimensional data reconstructed using a plurality of images or images. Further, similar to the image, the sound can be collected from a plurality of different viewing angles, and the server can cooperate with the image to perform multiplexing with the sound and image from a specific viewing angle or space, and then transmit.

又,近年來, Virtual Reality(VR/虛擬實境)及Augmented Reality(AR/擴增實境)等對應現實世界及虛擬世界的內容也漸漸普及了。在VR的圖像的情況,也可使伺服器分別作出左眼用及右眼用的視點圖像,透過Multi-View Coding(MVC/多視角編碼)等,進行在各視點影像之間容許參考的編碼,也可不互相參考下做為不同串流來進行編碼。在解碼不同串流時,以因應用戶的視點而將虛擬的三維空間重現的方式,使其互相同步且再現為佳。In addition, in recent years, content corresponding to the real world and the virtual world, such as Virtual Reality (VR/Virtual Reality) and Augmented Reality (AR/Augmented Reality), has gradually spread. In the case of an VR image, the server can also make viewpoint images for the left eye and the right eye, and allow for reference between the viewpoint images by Multi-View Coding (MVC/Multi-view coding). The encoding may also be encoded as a different stream without referring to each other. When decoding different streams, it is preferable to synchronize and reproduce the virtual three-dimensional space in response to the user's viewpoint.

在AR的圖像的情況,伺服器會根據三維性質位置或者用戶的視點的移動,而將虛擬空間上的虛擬物體資訊重疊在現實空間的攝像機資訊。解碼裝置也可取得或者保持虛擬物體資訊及三維資料,因應用戶的視點的移動,產生二維圖像,而順利地接續,以此作成重疊資料。或者,解碼裝置也可在虛擬物體資訊的請求指令外,將用戶的視點的移動也發送到伺服器,伺服器配合接收的視點的移動而從保持在伺服器的三維資料來作成重疊資料,且將重疊資料進行編碼,再分發到解碼裝置。另,重疊資料除了RGB以外還具有顯示穿透度的α值,伺服器將從三維資料所作成的目標以外的部分之α值設定為0等,且使該部分為穿透的狀態下進行編碼,也可。或者,伺服器也可如同色鍵(Chroma key)產生資料,該資料為將預定的值之RGB值設定為背景,目標以外的部份則設定為背景色。In the case of the image of the AR, the server superimposes the virtual object information on the virtual space on the camera information in the real space according to the position of the three-dimensional property or the movement of the viewpoint of the user. The decoding device can also acquire or maintain virtual object information and three-dimensional data, and generate a two-dimensional image in response to the movement of the user's viewpoint, and smoothly connect to create overlapping data. Alternatively, the decoding device may also send the movement of the user's viewpoint to the server in addition to the request instruction of the virtual object information, and the server creates overlapping data from the three-dimensional data held by the server in accordance with the movement of the received viewpoint, and The overlapping data is encoded and distributed to the decoding device. In addition, the superimposed data has an alpha value indicating the transmittance in addition to RGB, and the server sets the alpha value of the portion other than the target made from the three-dimensional data to 0 or the like, and encodes the portion in a state of being penetrated. ,also may. Alternatively, the server may generate data as a chroma key, which sets the RGB value of the predetermined value as the background, and sets the portion other than the target as the background color.

同樣,被進行分發的資料的解碼處理也可在客戶的各終端機進行,或是也可在伺服器側進行,或者也可相互分擔進行。以一例來說,某終端機一旦將接收請求送到伺服器,在其他終端機接收因應該請求的內容,進行解碼處理,將已解碼完畢的訊號發送到具有顯示器的裝置,也可。能在不依賴可通訊的終端機本身的性能之狀態下,將處理分散而選擇適合的內容,以此可再現畫質佳的資料。又,以另一例來說,一邊在TV等接收大尺寸的圖像資料,一邊將圖片分割後的方塊等一部分的區域在觀眾的個人終端進行解碼而顯示,也可。藉此,可共享整體圖像,並可在身邊確認本身的負責領域或者想更加詳細確認的區域。Similarly, the decoding process of the distributed data may be performed at each terminal of the client, or may be performed on the server side, or may be shared with each other. For example, when a terminal sends a reception request to the server, the other terminal receives the content requested, performs decoding processing, and transmits the decoded signal to the device having the display. It is possible to reproduce the processing and to select the appropriate content without depending on the performance of the communication terminal itself, thereby reproducing the image quality. Further, in another example, while a large-sized image data is received by a TV or the like, a part of a region such as a square divided by the image is decoded and displayed on the personal terminal of the viewer. By this, the entire image can be shared, and the area of responsibility for itself or the area to be confirmed in more detail can be confirmed by the side.

又,今後不管是室內或室外,在可使用近距離、中距離、或者長距離之數種無線通訊的狀況下,利用MPEG-DASH等之分發系統規格,一邊對於連線中的通訊切換適合的資料,一邊無縫地接收內容,這是可預想得到的。藉此,用戶不只是本身的終端機,也可一邊自由地選擇設在室內或室外之顯示器等之解碼裝置或者顯示裝置,一邊實時地進行切換。又,根據本身的位置資訊等,可一邊切換解碼的終端機及顯示的終端機,一邊進行解碼。藉此,使得如下方式也可變得可行,即,在往目的地的移動中,一邊讓埋設有可進行顯示的元件之旁邊的建築物的壁面或者是地面的一部分顯示地圖資訊,一邊移動。又,基於網路上之對編碼資料的存取容易性,諸如有編碼資料會被伺服器快取,該伺服器是從接收終端機在短時間內可進行存取,或者是被複製到內容分發服務(Contents Delivery Service)中的邊緣伺服器等,來切換接收資料的位元率,也是可能。In the future, in the case of indoor or outdoor use, it is possible to use a distribution system specification such as MPEG-DASH in a situation where a plurality of types of wireless communication such as a short distance, a medium distance, or a long distance can be used. Data, while receiving content seamlessly, is predictable. Thereby, the user can switch in real time not only by the terminal device but also by a decoding device or a display device such as a display provided indoors or outdoors. Further, it is possible to perform decoding while switching the decoded terminal device and the displayed terminal device based on the own location information and the like. Thereby, it is also possible to make it possible to move the map information while displaying the map information on the wall surface of the building or the part of the ground on the side where the displayable element is embedded in the movement to the destination. Moreover, based on the ease of accessing the encoded material on the network, such as the encoded data is cached by the server, the server can be accessed from the receiving terminal in a short time, or copied to the content distribution. It is also possible to switch the bit rate of the received data by an edge server or the like in the Contents Delivery Service.

[可調式編碼] 有關於內容的切換,是利用顯示於圖36之可擴充之串流來說明,該串流是應用在上述各實施形態所示的動態圖像編碼方法而被壓縮編碼的串流。伺服器具有複數個串流,且該等複數個串流是一個個的串流而言內容相同但品質不同,上述具有複數個串流的伺服器雖也無妨,但也可為如下構成,即,靈活運用時間上/空間上可調式的串流之特徵,來切換內容,其中該時間上/空間上可調式的串流是如圖所示藉由分層來進行編碼而實現。即,解碼側因應例如性能的內在因素及通訊頻帶的狀態等之外在因素,來決定要解碼到哪一層,以此解碼側可自由地切換低影像解析度的內容及高影像解析度的內容,而進行解碼。例如想要把曾在移動中於智慧型手機ex115收看的影像的後續部分放到回家後以網路TV等的機器收看時,該機器只要將相同的串流進行解碼到不同層即可,因此可減輕伺服器側的負擔。[Adjustable coding] The switching of the content is explained by the expandable stream shown in Fig. 36, which is a string compressed and encoded by the moving picture coding method shown in each of the above embodiments. flow. The server has a plurality of streams, and the plurality of streams are identical in content but different in quality. The server having the plurality of streams may be any other, but may be configured as follows. The content is switched by using the temporal/space-adjustable stream feature, wherein the temporally/spatially adjustable stream is implemented by layering as shown in the figure. In other words, the decoding side determines which layer to decode based on factors such as the inherent factors of performance and the state of the communication band, so that the decoding side can freely switch between low-resolution content and high-resolution content. And decode it. For example, if you want to put a subsequent part of the image that was viewed on the mobile phone ex115 on the mobile home and watch it on a network TV or the like, the machine only needs to decode the same stream to different layers. Therefore, the burden on the server side can be reduced.

進而,如上述,在每層將圖片進行編碼,且在基本層的上位有加強層存在之實現可擴充性(scalability)之構成以外,也可為加強層含有基於圖像的統計資訊等之詮釋資訊,解碼側根據詮釋資訊,將基本層的圖片進行超影像解析,以此產生已高畫質化的內容。所謂超影像解析也可是同一解析度下的SN比的提昇、以及解析度的擴大之任一者。詮釋資訊是包括用以特定超影像解析處理所使用的線性或者是非線性的濾波係數的資訊、或者、用以特定超影像解析處理所使用的濾波處理、機械學習或者是最小平方運算中的參數值的資訊等。Further, as described above, in addition to the configuration in which the picture is encoded in each layer and the scalability of the enhancement layer exists in the upper layer of the base layer, the enhancement layer may contain an interpretation based on image-based statistical information or the like. Information, the decoding side based on the interpretation information, the base layer of the image is super-image analysis, in order to produce high-quality content. The super-image analysis may be any one of the improvement of the SN ratio and the expansion of the resolution at the same resolution. The interpretation information is information including linear or non-linear filter coefficients used for a specific super image analysis process, or filter values used in a specific super image analysis process, mechanical learning, or parameter values in a least squares operation. Information, etc.

或者,也可為如下構成,即,因應圖像內的目標(object)等的意涵,將圖片分割成方塊等,解碼側選擇要解碼的方塊,以此只將一部分的區域進行解碼。又,把目標的屬性(人物、車、球等)與影像內的位置(同一圖像中的座標位置等),當做為詮釋資訊來儲存,以此,解碼側可根據詮釋資訊,特定所希望的目標的位置,來決定包含該目標的方塊。例如,如圖37所示,詮釋資訊是使用HEVC中的SEI訊息等與像素資料不同之資料儲存構造來儲存。該詮釋資訊是例如顯示主目標的位置、尺寸、或者色彩等。Alternatively, the picture may be divided into squares or the like in accordance with the meaning of an object or the like in the image, and the decoding side selects the block to be decoded, thereby decoding only a part of the area. In addition, the attributes of the target (person, car, ball, etc.) and the position in the image (coordinate position in the same image, etc.) are stored as interpretation information, so that the decoding side can specify the desired information based on the interpretation information. The location of the target to determine the square containing the target. For example, as shown in FIG. 37, the interpretation information is stored using a material storage structure different from the pixel material, such as an SEI message in HEVC. The interpretation information is, for example, displaying the position, size, or color of the main target.

又,也可以串流、序列或者隨機存取單位等由複數個圖片所構成的單位來儲存詮釋資訊。藉此,解碼側可取得特定人物出現在影像內的時刻等,配合圖片單位的資訊,以此便可特定目標存在的圖片、及在圖片內之目標的位置。Alternatively, the interpretation information may be stored in a unit composed of a plurality of pictures such as a stream, a sequence, or a random access unit. Thereby, the decoding side can obtain the time when the specific person appears in the image, and the information of the picture unit can be used, so that the picture existing in the specific target and the position of the target in the picture can be specified.

[網頁的最適化] 圖38是顯示電腦ex111等之中網頁(web page)的顯示畫面例之圖。圖39是顯示智慧型手機ex115等之網頁的顯示畫面例之圖。如圖38及圖39所示,網頁有包括複數個鏈接圖像的情況,其中該等鏈接圖像為朝圖像內容的鏈接,該等鏈接圖像的看到方式會依據閱覽的元件而有所不同。在於畫面上看得到複數個鏈接圖像時,迄至用戶明白表示選擇鏈接圖像為止,或者是迄至鏈接圖像靠近畫面的中央附近或者鏈接圖像整體進入畫面內為止,顯示裝置(解碼裝置)是顯示各內容所具有的靜態圖像或I圖片來作為鏈接圖像,或以複數個靜態圖像或I圖片等顯示像gif動畫般的影像,或只有接收基本層而將影像進行解碼及顯示。[Optimization of Web Page] FIG. 38 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen of a web page in a computer ex111 or the like. FIG. 39 is a view showing an example of a display screen of a web page of the smart phone ex115 or the like. As shown in FIG. 38 and FIG. 39, the webpage includes a plurality of linked images, wherein the linked images are links to image content, and the manner in which the linked images are viewed depends on the components being viewed. Different. When a plurality of linked images are viewed on the screen, the display device (decoding device) until the user understands that the link image is selected, or until the link image approaches the center of the screen or the entire link image enters the screen. ) is to display a still image or an I picture of each content as a link image, or to display a gif-like image in a plurality of still images or I pictures, or to decode the image only by receiving the base layer and display.

在由用戶選擇了鏈接圖像時,顯示裝置會將基本層視為最優先,來進行解碼。另,若在構成網頁的HTML具有顯示可調式型態的內容的資訊時,顯示裝置也可進行解碼迄至加強層為止。又,為了保證實時性,在被選擇之前或者通訊頻帶極窄時,顯示裝置只對參考前方的圖片(I圖片、P圖片、僅只參考前方的B圖片)進行解碼及顯示,以此可減少前頭圖片的解碼時刻與顯示時刻間的延遲(從內容的解碼開始迄至顯示開始之延遲)。又,顯示裝置也可硬是忽視圖片的參考關係,而使全部的B圖片及P圖片為參考前方,先粗略地進行解碼,然後經過一段時間,隨著所接收的圖片的增加,再進行正常的解碼。When the linked image is selected by the user, the display device regards the base layer as the highest priority for decoding. Further, when the HTML constituting the web page has information for displaying the content of the adjustable type, the display device can also decode until the enhancement layer. Moreover, in order to ensure real-time performance, before the selection or the communication band is extremely narrow, the display device can only decode and display the picture in front of the reference picture (I picture, P picture, only the B picture in front), thereby reducing the head. The delay between the decoding time of the picture and the display time (delay from the start of decoding of the content to the start of display). Moreover, the display device can also ignore the reference relationship of the picture, so that all the B pictures and the P picture are referred to the front, and the decoding is roughly performed first, and then, after a period of time, the normal picture is added as the received picture increases. decoding.

[自動行駛] 又,為了汽車的自動行駛或者支援行駛,而發送及接收二維或者三維的地圖資訊等之靜態圖像或者是影像資料時,接收終端機除了屬於1層以上的層級之圖像資料以外,也可接收天氣或者施工的資訊等來做為詮釋資訊,並使該等資訊對應而進行解碼。另,詮釋資訊也可屬於層,也可只單純地與圖像資料進行多工。[Automatic driving] In addition, when a static image or image data such as two-dimensional or three-dimensional map information is transmitted and received for automatic driving or support driving of a car, the receiving terminal has an image of one level or more. In addition to the data, it is also possible to receive weather or construction information as an interpretation of the information and to decode the information accordingly. In addition, the interpretation of information can also belong to the layer, or simply multiplex with the image data.

此時,含有接收終端機的汽車、空拍機或者飛機等會移動,因此接收終端機會在請求接收時,將該接收終端機的位置資訊進行發送,以此可一邊切換基地台ex106至ex110,一邊實現無縫的接收及解碼。又,接收終端機可因應用戶的選擇、用戶的狀況或者通訊頻帶的狀態,而動態地切換將詮釋資訊接收到哪一程度,或者是將地圖資訊更新到何種程度。At this time, since the car, the aerial camera, or the airplane including the receiving terminal moves, the receiving terminal can transmit the location information of the receiving terminal when requesting reception, thereby switching the base stations ex106 to ex110. Seamless reception and decoding on one side. Moreover, the receiving terminal can dynamically switch to which extent the interpretation information is received or to what extent the map information is updated, depending on the user's selection, the state of the user, or the state of the communication band.

如上進行,在內容供給系統ex100中,可讓客戶實時接收用戶所發送的已編碼的資訊並將其解碼,且進行再現。As described above, in the content supply system ex100, the client can receive the encoded information transmitted by the user in real time and decode it, and perform reproduction.

[個人內容的分發] 又,在內容供給系統ex100中,不只以透過影像分發業者所進行的高畫質進行長時間的內容,還能以透過個人所進行的低畫質進行短時間的內容的單點傳播、或者多點播送進行分發。又,像這樣的個人的內容,認為今後也會增加。為了將個人內容做成更優異的內容,伺服器也可進行編輯處理,之後再進行編碼處理。這是例如可以如下的構成來實現。[Distribution of Personal Content] In the content supply system ex100, not only the long-term content is transmitted by the high-quality image transmitted by the image distribution company, but also the short-time content can be transmitted through the low image quality performed by the individual. Distribute by unicast or multicast. In addition, the content of the individual is considered to increase in the future. In order to make the personal content into more excellent content, the server can also perform editing processing and then perform encoding processing. This can be realized, for example, as follows.

在攝影時實時或者先儲存後於攝影後,伺服器從原圖或者編碼完畢資料,進行攝影錯誤、場景搜尋、意義的解析、及目標檢測等之辨識處理。接著,伺服器根據辨識結果,而以手動或者自動地進行補正失焦或手震等,或者是刪除明度比其他圖片低或未對到焦距的場景等重要性低的場景,或者是強調目標的邊緣,或者是變化色調等之編輯。伺服器根據編輯結果,而將編輯後的資料進行編碼。又,已知道攝影時間太長時,收視率會下降,伺服器也可根據圖像處理結果,不只是對如上述般重要性低的場景,亦對動作少的場景等自動地進行剪輯,以因應撮影時間而成為特定的時間範圍內的內容。或者,伺服器也可根據場景的意義解析的結果,來產生摘要(digest),且進行編碼。In the real-time or first-time storage after photography, the server performs recognition processing such as shooting error, scene search, meaning analysis, and target detection from the original image or the encoded data. Then, according to the identification result, the server manually or automatically corrects the out-of-focus or the jitter, or deletes a scene with a low importance such as a scene with a lower brightness than the other pictures or a focal length, or an object that emphasizes the target. Edges, or edits that change tones, etc. The server encodes the edited data based on the edited result. Moreover, it is known that when the shooting time is too long, the viewing rate is lowered, and the server can automatically edit the scenes based on the image processing results, not only for scenes of low importance as described above, but also for scenes with less motion. It becomes content within a specific time range in response to the shadow time. Alternatively, the server may also generate a digest based on the result of the semantic analysis of the scene and encode it.

另,在個人內容中,若保持原狀,也有成為著作權、著作人人格權、或者肖像權等侵害的東西被拍進去的事例,也有共享的範圍超過所意圖的範圍等,對個人來說是不宜的情況。因此,例如,伺服器也可刻意地將畫面的周邊部的人臉或者是家裡等,變更成不對焦的圖像,來進行編碼。又,伺服器也可辨識在編碼對象圖像內是否有拍到人物的臉,其中該人物是與已事先登錄的人物不同,若有拍到時,對臉的部分進行加上馬賽克等之處理。或者,在編碼的前處理或者後處理上,從著作權等的觀點來看,用戶指定想要加工圖像的人物或者背景區域,伺服器將所指定的區域替換成別的影像,或者進行模糊焦點等的處理,也可。若是人物時,在動態圖像中,可一邊追蹤人物,一邊將臉的部分影像替換。In addition, in the personal content, if it is the original state, there are cases in which the copyright, the author's personality right, or the portrait right are infringed, and the scope of sharing is more than the intended range, which is not suitable for the individual. Case. Therefore, for example, the server can also intentionally change the face of the peripheral portion of the screen or the home to an unfocused image to perform encoding. Moreover, the server can also recognize whether the face of the person is photographed in the image to be encoded, wherein the character is different from the person who has previously registered, and if it is photographed, the part of the face is decorated with a mosaic or the like. . Alternatively, in the pre-processing or post-processing of the encoding, from the viewpoint of copyright, etc., the user specifies a person or a background area in which the image is to be processed, and the server replaces the designated area with another image or blurs the focus. Processing can also be done. In the case of a character, in the moving image, it is possible to replace a part of the image of the face while tracking the person.

又,由於資料量小的個人內容的收看在實時性的要求高,雖然依頻帶寬度有所差異,但解碼裝置首先是以基本層最優先地接收,然後進行解碼及再現。解碼裝置也可在這其間接收加強層,在有再現循環時等有再現2次以上的時候,連同加強層在內將高畫質的影像再現。若是已進行如此有可擴充性編碼之串流的話,就能提供如下體驗,即,在未選擇時或者剛開始看的階段,是粗糙的動畫,但串流漸漸地變精緻了,圖像就會變好。除了可擴充編碼以外,以在第1次再現的粗糙的串流、及參考第1次動畫來編碼的第2次的串流,當做為1個串流來構成,也可提供同樣的體驗。Further, since the viewing of personal content having a small amount of data is highly demanded in real time, although the bandwidth varies depending on the bandwidth, the decoding device first receives the highest priority in the base layer, and then performs decoding and reproduction. The decoding device can also receive the enhancement layer therebetween, and when there are two or more reproductions in the reproduction cycle, the high-quality image is reproduced together with the enhancement layer. If you have done such a stream of scalable coding, you can provide the following experience, that is, when you are not selected or at the beginning of the viewing phase, it is a rough animation, but the stream is gradually refined, and the image is Will get better. In addition to the scalable coding, the same stream can be provided by using a rough stream that is reproduced for the first time and a second stream that is encoded with reference to the first animation as one stream.

[其他使用例] 又,該等編碼或者解碼處理,一般來說是在各終端機所具有的LSIex500中來處理。LSIex500可以是單晶片,也可以是由複數個晶片所構成。另,將動態圖像編碼或者解碼用的軟體也可裝入以電腦ex111等可讀取的某些記錄媒體(CD-ROM、軟碟、或者硬碟等),並使用該軟體來進行編碼或者解碼處理。進而,智慧型手機ex115是附有攝像機時,也可發送以該攝像機取得的動畫資料。此時的動畫資料是已經透過智慧型手機ex115所具有的LSIex500進行編碼處理的資料。[Other use cases] Further, these encoding or decoding processes are generally processed in the LSI ex500 included in each terminal. The LSI ex500 may be a single wafer or a plurality of wafers. In addition, the software for encoding or decoding a moving image can also be loaded into some recording medium (CD-ROM, floppy disk, or hard disk, etc.) readable by a computer ex111, and encoded using the software or Decoding processing. Further, when the smartphone ex115 is attached to a camera, it can also transmit animation data acquired by the camera. The animation data at this time is data that has been encoded by the LSI ex500 which is included in the smart phone ex115.

另,LSIex500也可為下載應用軟體程式來起動之構成。此時,首先,終端機要判斷該終端機是否對應內容的編碼方式,或者是否具有特定服務的執行能力。在終端機未對應內容的編碼方式時,或者不具有特定服務的執行能力時,終端機要下載編解碼器或者應用軟體程式,之後進行內容的取得及再現。In addition, the LSIex500 can also be configured to download an application software program. At this time, first, the terminal determines whether the terminal corresponds to the encoding mode of the content, or whether it has the execution capability of the specific service. When the terminal does not correspond to the encoding method of the content, or does not have the execution capability of the specific service, the terminal device downloads the codec or the application software program, and then acquires and reproduces the content.

又,不限於經由網際網路ex101的內容供給系統ex100,在數位式廣播用系統也可裝入上述各實施形態之至少動態圖像編碼裝置(圖像編碼裝置)或者動態圖像解碼裝置(圖像解碼裝置)之任一者。由於是利用衛星等而在廣播用的電波乘載已將影像與聲音進行多工處理的多工資料,來進行傳送接收,所以相對於內容供給系統ex100的易於進行單點傳播的構成,數位式廣播用系統雖有是利於多點播送的差異,但有關於編碼處理及解碼處理,仍可做同樣的應用。Further, the content encoding system ex100 via the Internet ex101 is not limited, and at least the moving image encoding device (image encoding device) or the moving image decoding device of the above embodiments may be incorporated in the digital broadcasting system. Any of the decoding devices. Since it is a multiplexed data that has been subjected to multiplex processing of video and audio by radio waves for broadcasting by satellite or the like, and is transmitted and received by the radio wave for broadcasting, it is easy to perform unicast propagation with respect to the content supply system ex100, and digitally. Although the broadcast system is advantageous for multicast transmission, the same application can be applied to the encoding processing and the decoding processing.

[硬體構成] 圖40是顯示智慧型手機ex115的圖。又,圖41是顯示智慧型手機ex115的構成例之圖。智慧型手機ex115包含有:天線ex450,是用以於與基地台ex110之間收發電波;攝像機部ex465,是可拍攝影像及靜態圖像;以及顯示部ex458,是顯示已將以攝像機部ex465所拍攝的影像、及以天線ex450所接收的影像等進行解碼之資料。智慧型手機ex115更包含有:操作部ex466,為觸控面板等;聲音輸出部ex457,為用以輸出聲音或者音響的揚聲器等;聲音輸入部ex456,為用以輸入聲音之麥克風等;記憶部ex467,可將所拍攝的影像或者靜態圖像、已錄取的聲音、已接收的影像或者靜態圖像、郵件等的已編碼的資料、或者已解碼的資料保存;及插槽部ex464,為與SIMex468之間的介面部,其中SIMex468為用以特定用戶,從網路開始實行對各種資料進行存取的認證。另,替代記憶部ex467,也可使用外接式記憶體。[Hardware Configuration] FIG. 40 is a diagram showing the smartphone ex115. Moreover, FIG. 41 is a view showing an example of the configuration of the smartphone ex115. The smart phone ex115 includes an antenna ex450 for transmitting and receiving radio waves with the base station ex110, a camera portion ex465 for capturing images and a still image, and a display portion ex458 for displaying the camera portion ex465. The captured image and the data decoded by the image received by the antenna ex450. The smart phone ex115 further includes an operation unit ex466, which is a touch panel or the like, a sound output unit ex457, which is a speaker for outputting sound or sound, and an audio input unit ex456, which is a microphone for inputting sound, and the like. Ex467, can save the captured image or still image, the recorded sound, the received image or the still image, the encoded data such as mail, or the decoded data; and the slot portion ex464, The interface between SIMex468, in which SIMex468 is used for specific users, from the network to implement access to a variety of materials. Alternatively, an external memory can be used instead of the memory unit ex467.

又,將顯示部ex458及操作部ex466等統合性地控制的主控制部ex460,與電源電路部ex461、操作輸入控制部ex462、影像訊號處理部ex455、攝像機介面部ex463、顯示器控制部ex459、調變/解調部ex452、多工/分離部ex453、聲音訊號處理部ex454、插槽部ex464、以及記憶部ex467是經由匯流排ex470來連接。Further, the main control unit ex460, which is integrally controlled by the display unit ex458 and the operation unit ex466, and the power supply circuit unit ex461, the operation input control unit ex462, the video signal processing unit ex455, the camera interface ex463, and the display control unit ex459 are adjusted. The variable/demodulation unit ex452, the multiplex/separation unit ex453, the audio signal processing unit ex454, the slot unit ex464, and the memory unit ex467 are connected via the bus bar ex470.

電源電路部ex461是藉由用戶的操作使電源開關成為開啟狀態時,從電池組對各部供應電力,藉此使智慧型手機ex115起動成可動作的狀態。When the power supply switch is turned on by the user's operation, the power supply circuit unit ex461 supplies power to each unit from the battery pack, thereby starting the smart phone ex115 to be operable.

智慧型手機ex115是基於具有CPU、ROM及RAM等之主控制部ex460的控制,進行通話及資料通訊等的處理。在通話時是將以聲音輸入部ex456所收音的聲音訊號在聲音訊號處理部ex454轉換成數位式聲音訊號,將該訊號在調變/解調部ex452進行頻譜擴散處理,在發送/接收部ex451實施數位類比轉換處理以及頻率轉換處理,之後再經由天線ex450進行發送。又,將接收資料放大,並實施頻率轉換處理以及類比數位轉換處理,在調變/解調部ex452進行頻譜反擴散處理,在聲音訊號處理部ex454轉換成類比聲音訊號,之後再將該訊號從聲音輸出部ex457進行輸出。在資料通訊模式時,透過本體部的操作部ex466等的操作,將正文、靜態圖像、或者影像資料經由操作輸入控制部ex462而送出至主控制部ex460,同樣被進行收發處理。在資料通訊模式時,於發送影像、靜態圖像、或者影像及聲音的情況,影像訊號處理部ex455是將記憶部ex467所保存的影像訊號、或者從攝像機部ex465所輸入的影像訊號透過上述各實施形態所示的動態圖像編碼方法進行壓縮編碼,且將業經編碼的影像資料送出至多工/分離部ex453。又,聲音訊號處理部ex454是將在以攝像機部ex465將影像或者靜態圖像等攝影中於聲音輸入部ex456所收音的聲音訊號進行編碼,且將業經編碼的聲音資料送出至多工/分離部ex453。多工/分離部ex453是將業經編碼完畢的影像資料及業經編碼完畢的聲音資料以預定的方式進行多工,且於調變/解調部(調變/解調電路部)ex452、及發送/接收部ex451實施調變處理及轉換處理,再經由天線ex450來發送。The smartphone ex115 performs processing such as call and data communication based on the control of the main control unit ex460 such as a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM. At the time of the call, the audio signal received by the voice input unit ex456 is converted into a digital audio signal by the audio signal processing unit ex454, and the signal is subjected to spectrum diffusion processing in the modulation/demodulation unit ex452, and the transmission/reception unit ex451 The digital analog conversion processing and the frequency conversion processing are performed, and then transmitted via the antenna ex450. Further, the received data is amplified, and the frequency conversion processing and the analog digital conversion processing are performed, and the spectrum de-diffusion processing is performed in the modulation/demodulation unit ex452, and converted into an analog sound signal by the audio signal processing unit ex454, and then the signal is transmitted from the analog signal. The sound output unit ex457 outputs. In the data communication mode, the text, the still image, or the video data is sent to the main control unit ex460 via the operation input control unit ex462 through the operation of the operation unit ex466 or the like of the main unit, and the transmission and reception processing is performed in the same manner. In the data communication mode, when transmitting a video, a still image, or a video or a sound, the video signal processing unit ex455 transmits the video signal stored in the memory unit ex467 or the video signal input from the camera unit ex465 through the respective The moving picture coding method shown in the embodiment performs compression coding, and the coded video data is sent to the multiplex/separation unit ex453. Further, the audio signal processing unit ex454 encodes the audio signal received by the audio input unit ex456 during the imaging of the video or the still image by the camera unit ex465, and sends the encoded audio data to the multiplex/separation unit ex453. . The multiplex/separation unit ex453 multiplexes the encoded video data and the encoded audio data in a predetermined manner, and performs modulation and demodulation (modulation/demodulation circuit unit) ex452 and transmission. The receiving unit ex451 performs the modulation processing and the conversion processing, and transmits it via the antenna ex450.

在接收到電子郵件或者對話(chat)所附的影像、或者聯結到網頁等的影像時,為了將經由天線ex450所接收到的多工資料進行解碼,多工/分離部ex453將多工資料進行分離,藉此把多工資料分成影像資料的位元串流及聲音資料的位元串流,經由同步匯流排ex470,而將業經編碼的影像資料供給至影像訊號處理部ex455,並將業經編碼的聲音資料供給至聲音訊號處理部ex454。影像訊號處理部ex455透過對應上述各實施形態所示的動態圖像編碼方法之動態圖像解碼方法,而將影像訊號進行解碼,且經由顯示器控制部ex459,而從顯示部ex458,顯示被聯結的動態圖像檔所含之影像或者靜態圖像。又,聲音訊號處理部ex454是將聲音訊號進行解碼,且從聲音輸出部ex457輸出聲音。另,由於實時串流傳輸(real-time streaming)已經普及了,依用戶的狀況,聲音的再現也可能會有對社會上不合適的場面發生。為此,作為初始值,聲音訊號不要再現,而只將影像資料再現的構成是較被希望的。也可以是只有在用戶進行了操作,如點選影像資料等的時候,將聲音同步地再現。When receiving an image attached to an e-mail or a chat or an image linked to a web page or the like, in order to decode the multiplexed data received via the antenna ex450, the multiplex/separation unit ex453 performs the multiplexed data. Separating, thereby dividing the multiplexed data into a bit stream of the image data and a bit stream of the sound data, and supplying the encoded image data to the image signal processing unit ex455 via the synchronous bus ex470, and encoding the data The sound data is supplied to the audio signal processing unit ex454. The video signal processing unit ex455 decodes the video signal by the moving picture decoding method corresponding to the moving picture coding method described in each of the above embodiments, and displays the connected unit from the display unit ex458 via the display control unit ex459. An image or still image contained in a dynamic image file. Further, the audio signal processing unit ex454 decodes the audio signal and outputs the sound from the audio output unit ex457. In addition, since real-time streaming has become widespread, depending on the user's situation, the reproduction of sound may also occur in socially inappropriate scenes. For this reason, as an initial value, the sound signal is not reproduced, and only the composition of the image data reproduction is more desirable. It is also possible to reproduce the sound synchronously only when the user performs an operation such as clicking on image data.

又,在此,是以智慧型手機ex115為例進行了說明,以終端機而言也可考慮如下3種安裝形式,除了具有編碼器及解碼器兩者的訊號收發型終端機之外,只具有編碼器的發訊終端機、及只具有解碼器的收訊終端機。進而,在數位廣播用系統中,是以接收或者發送在影像資料上已有聲音資料等進行多工處理之多工資料的情形來說明,但多工資料上除了聲音資料以外,也可有與影像有關聯的文字資料等進行多工處理,也可接收或者發送影像資料本身,而不是多工資料。Here, the smart phone ex115 has been described as an example. The terminal device can also be considered in the following three installation forms, except for the signal transceiving type terminal having both the encoder and the decoder. A messaging terminal having an encoder and a receiving terminal having only a decoder. Further, in the digital broadcasting system, the multiplexed data for performing multiplex processing on the video data is received or transmitted, but the multiplexed data may be combined with the sound data. The image has associated text data and other multiplex processing, and can also receive or send the image data itself, rather than multiplex data.

另,以含有CPU的主控制部ex460控制編碼處理或者解碼處理的情形來說明,但終端機具備GPU的情況也居多。因此,如後述構成也可,即,透過在CPU與GPU共通化的記憶體、或者有將位址加以管理以形成共通使用之狀態的記憶體,靈活運用GPU的性能,將廣大區域匯整來一起處理者。藉此,可縮短編碼時間,確保實時性,可實現低延遲。尤其,不是利用CPU,而是透過GPU,以圖片等的單位匯整來一起進行移動估測、解區塊濾波器、SAO(Sample Adaptive Offset)、及轉換、量化的處理時,就極具效率。Further, the case where the main control unit ex460 including the CPU controls the encoding process or the decoding process will be described, but the case where the terminal has the GPU is also large. Therefore, the configuration may be as follows, that is, the memory that is shared by the CPU and the GPU, or the memory that manages the address to form a common use state, and utilizes the performance of the GPU to integrate the vast area. Dealers together. Thereby, the encoding time can be shortened, real-time performance can be ensured, and low latency can be realized. In particular, it is efficient to use the CPU instead of the GPU to perform motion estimation, deblocking filter, SAO (Sample Adaptive Offset), and conversion and quantization processing in units of pictures and the like. .

產業利用性 本揭示是可利用在諸如電視接收機、數位視頻錄影機、車用導航、行動電話機、數位照相機、數位視頻攝影機、視訊會議系統、或者電子鏡等。Industrial Applicability The present disclosure is applicable to, for example, television receivers, digital video recorders, car navigation, mobile phones, digital cameras, digital video cameras, video conferencing systems, or electronic mirrors.

100‧‧‧編碼裝置
102‧‧‧分割部
104‧‧‧減法部
106‧‧‧轉換部
108‧‧‧量化部
110‧‧‧熵編碼部
112、204‧‧‧反量化部
114、206‧‧‧反轉換部
116、208‧‧‧加法部
118、210‧‧‧區塊記憶體
120、212‧‧‧迴路濾波部
122、214‧‧‧訊框記憶體
124、216‧‧‧內預測部
126、218‧‧‧間預測部
128、220‧‧‧預測控制部
132‧‧‧圖片型式決定部
134、234‧‧‧候選清單產生部
136、236‧‧‧候選區塊資訊記憶體
160、260‧‧‧電路
162、262‧‧‧記憶體
200‧‧‧解碼裝置
202‧‧‧熵解碼部
ex100‧‧‧內容供給系統
ex101‧‧‧網際網路
ex102‧‧‧網際網路服務提供者
ex103‧‧‧串流伺服器
ex104‧‧‧通訊網
ex106至ex110‧‧‧基地台
ex111‧‧‧電腦
ex112‧‧‧遊戲機
ex113‧‧‧攝像機
ex114‧‧‧家電
ex115‧‧‧智慧型手機
ex116‧‧‧衛星
ex117‧‧‧飛機
ex450‧‧‧天線
ex451‧‧‧發送/接收部
ex452‧‧‧調變/解調部
ex453‧‧‧多工/分離部
ex454‧‧‧聲音訊號處理部
ex455‧‧‧影像訊號處理部
ex456‧‧‧聲音輸入部
ex457‧‧‧聲音輸出部
ex458‧‧‧顯示部
ex459‧‧‧顯示器控制部
ex460‧‧‧主控制部
ex461‧‧‧電源電路部
ex462‧‧‧操作輸入控制部
ex463‧‧‧攝像機介面部
ex464‧‧‧插槽部
ex465‧‧‧攝像機部
ex466‧‧‧操作部
ex467‧‧‧記憶部
ex468‧‧‧SIM
ex470‧‧‧匯流排
100‧‧‧ coding device
102‧‧‧ Division
104‧‧‧Subtraction Department
106‧‧‧Transition Department
108‧‧‧Quantity Department
110‧‧‧ Entropy Coding Department
112, 204‧‧‧Anti-Quantization Department
114, 206‧‧‧Anti-conversion department
116, 208‧‧ Addition Department
118, 210‧‧‧ Block memory
120, 212‧‧‧Circuit Filtering Department
122, 214‧‧‧ frame memory
124, 216‧‧ Internal Forecasting Department
126, 218‧ ‧ forecasting department
128, 220‧‧‧Predictive Control Department
132‧‧‧ Picture Type Determination Department
134, 234‧‧‧ Candidate List Generation Department
136, 236‧‧‧ candidate block information memory
160, 260‧‧‧ circuits
162, 262‧‧‧ memory
200‧‧‧ decoding device
202‧‧‧ Entropy Decoding Department
Ex100‧‧‧Content Supply System
Ex101‧‧‧Internet
Ex102‧‧‧Internet Service Provider
Ex103‧‧‧Streaming server
Ex104‧‧‧Communication Network
Ex106 to ex110‧‧‧ base station
Ex111‧‧‧ computer
Ex112‧‧‧game machine
Ex113‧‧‧Camera
Ex114‧‧‧Home appliances
Ex115‧‧‧Smart mobile phone
Ex116‧‧‧ satellite
Ex117‧‧ aircraft
Ex450‧‧‧Antenna
Ex451‧‧‧Send/Receive Department
Ex452‧‧‧Modulation/Demodulation Department
Ex453‧‧‧Multiplex/Separation Department
Ex454‧‧‧Sound Signal Processing Department
Ex455‧‧‧Image Signal Processing Department
Ex456‧‧‧Sound Input Department
Ex457‧‧‧Sound Output Department
Ex458‧‧‧Display Department
Ex459‧‧‧Display Control Department
Ex460‧‧‧Main Control Department
Ex461‧‧‧Power Circuit Department
Ex462‧‧‧Operation Input Control Department
Ex463‧‧‧Camera face
Ex464‧‧‧Slots
Ex465‧‧‧ camera department
Ex466‧‧‧Operation Department
Ex467‧‧‧Memory Department
Ex468‧‧‧SIM
Ex470‧‧‧ busbar

圖1是顯示實施形態1之編碼裝置之功能構成的方塊圖。 圖2是顯示實施形態1之區塊分割之一例之圖。 圖3是顯示對應於各轉換型式之轉換基底函數之表。 圖4A是顯示在ALF所使用之濾波器之形狀一例之圖。 圖4B是顯示ALF所使用之濾波器的形狀另一例之圖。 圖4C是顯示ALF所使用之濾波器的形狀另一例之圖。 圖5A是顯示內預測中之67個內預測模式之圖。 圖5B是流程圖,用以說明藉OBMC處理之預測圖像補正處理之概要。 圖5C是概念圖,用以說明藉OBMC處理之預測圖像補正處理之概要。 圖5D是顯示FRUC一例之圖。 圖6是用以說明在沿著移動軌跡的2個區塊之間的圖案匹配(雙向匹配)之圖。 圖7是用以說明當前圖片內的模板與參考圖片內之區塊間的圖片匹配(模板匹配)之圖。 圖8是用以說明假設等速直線移動之模型的圖。 圖9A是用以說明子區塊單位的移動向量之導出之圖,該子區塊單位的移動向量是基於複數個鄰接區塊之移動向量。 圖9B是用以說明合併模式之移動向量導出處理之概要之圖。 圖9C是用以說明DMVR處理之概要之概念圖。 圖9D是用以說明預測圖像產生方法之概要之圖,該預測圖像產生方法是使用了LIC處理的亮度補正處理。 圖10是方塊圖,顯示實施形態1之解碼裝置的功能構成。 圖11是顯示鄰接區塊及鄰接區塊的移動向量之概念圖。 圖12是顯示同位區塊(co-located block)及同位區塊的移動向量之概念圖。 圖13是ATMVP區塊及ATMVP區塊的移動向量之概念圖。 圖14是顯示編碼對象區塊、鄰接區塊及移動物之範圍的關係之例的概念圖。 圖15是顯示不適合的ATMVP區塊之例的概念圖。 圖16是方塊圖,更具體地顯示實施形態1之編碼裝置的功能構成。 圖17是方塊圖,更具體地顯示實施形態1之解碼裝置的功能構成。 圖18A是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是從L0參考圖片清單所含之雙預測的同位區塊所導出。 圖18B是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是從L1參考圖片清單所含之雙預測的同位區塊所導出。 圖19A是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是從L0參考圖片清單所含之單預測的同位區塊所導出。 圖19B是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是從L1參考圖片清單所含之單預測的同位區塊所導出。 圖20A是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是相對於僅只一方向的雙預測之編碼對象區塊而從L0參考圖片清單所含之雙預測的同位區塊所導出。 圖20B是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是相對於僅只一方向的雙預測之編碼對象區塊,而從L1參考圖片清單所含之雙預測的同位區塊所導出。 圖21A是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是從L0參考圖片清單所含之ATMVP區塊所導出。 圖21B是顯示候選移動向量之概念圖,該候選移動向量是從L1參考圖片清單所含之ATMVP區塊所導出。 圖22是概念圖,顯示有關於複數個候選移動向量之複數個群組。 圖23是概念圖,顯示用以導出空間候選移動向量之區塊。 圖24是概念圖,顯示L0參考圖片清單所含之區塊及L1參考圖片清單所含之區塊之匹配。 圖25是顯示空白區域之概念圖。 圖26是顯示重複區域之概念圖。 圖27是顯示編碼對象區塊及對應區域之例之概念圖。 圖28是顯示編碼對象區塊及2個對應區域之例之概念圖。 圖29是概念圖,顯示編碼對象區塊、複數個鄰接區塊及複數個對應區域之例。 圖30是概念圖,顯示作為編碼單位而被決定的區塊、及以預定的尺寸而被決定之子區塊。 圖31是顯示實施形態1之編碼裝置之安裝例之方塊圖。 圖32A是流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像編碼時的候選移動向量之導出之第1動作例。 圖32B是流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像編碼時的候選移動向量之導出之第2動作例。 圖32C是流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像編碼時的候選移動向量之導出之第3動作例。 圖33是方塊圖,顯示實施形態1之解碼裝置的安裝例。 圖34A是流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像解碼時的候選移動向量之導出之第1動作例。 圖34B是流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像解碼時的候選移動向量之導出之第2動作例。 圖34C是流程圖,顯示有關於動態圖像解碼時的候選移動向量之導出之第3動作例。 圖35是實現內容分發服務之內容供給系統的整體構成圖。 圖36是顯示可調式編碼時之編碼構造一例之圖。 圖37是顯示可調式編碼時之編碼構成一例之圖。 圖38是顯示網頁的顯示畫面例之圖。 圖39是顯示網頁的顯示畫面例之圖。 圖40是顯示智慧型手機一例之圖。 圖41是顯示智慧型手機的構成例之方塊圖。Fig. 1 is a block diagram showing a functional configuration of an encoding apparatus according to a first embodiment. Fig. 2 is a view showing an example of block division in the first embodiment; Figure 3 is a table showing the conversion basis functions corresponding to the respective conversion patterns. Fig. 4A is a view showing an example of the shape of a filter used in ALF. Fig. 4B is a view showing another example of the shape of the filter used in the ALF. Fig. 4C is a view showing another example of the shape of the filter used in the ALF. Figure 5A is a graph showing 67 intra prediction modes in intra prediction. Fig. 5B is a flow chart for explaining an outline of a predicted image correction process by OBMC processing. Fig. 5C is a conceptual diagram for explaining an outline of prediction image correction processing by OBMC processing. Fig. 5D is a diagram showing an example of FRUC. Figure 6 is a diagram for explaining pattern matching (bidirectional matching) between two blocks along a movement trajectory. FIG. 7 is a diagram for explaining picture matching (template matching) between a template in a current picture and a block in a reference picture. Fig. 8 is a view for explaining a model assuming constant-speed linear movement. FIG. 9A is a diagram for explaining the derivation of a motion vector of a sub-block unit, and the motion vector of the sub-block unit is based on a motion vector of a plurality of adjacent blocks. Fig. 9B is a diagram for explaining an outline of a motion vector derivation process in a merge mode. Fig. 9C is a conceptual diagram for explaining an outline of DMVR processing. 9D is a diagram for explaining an outline of a method of generating a predicted image, which is a brightness correction process using LIC processing. Figure 10 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of a decoding apparatus according to the first embodiment. Figure 11 is a conceptual diagram showing the motion vectors of adjacent blocks and adjacent blocks. Figure 12 is a conceptual diagram showing the motion vectors of co-located blocks and co-located blocks. Figure 13 is a conceptual diagram of the motion vectors of the ATMVP block and the ATMVP block. Fig. 14 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a relationship between a coding target block, an adjacent block, and a range of a moving object. Figure 15 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of an unsuitable ATMVP block. Fig. 16 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the coding apparatus of the first embodiment. Fig. 17 is a block diagram showing the functional configuration of the decoding apparatus of the first embodiment. Figure 18A is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from the bi-predicted co-located blocks contained in the L0 reference picture list. Figure 18B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from the bi-predicted co-located blocks contained in the L1 reference picture list. Figure 19A is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from a single predicted co-located block contained in the L0 reference picture list. Figure 19B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from a single predicted co-located block contained in the L1 reference picture list. FIG. 20A is a conceptual diagram showing a candidate motion vector derived from a bi-predicted co-located block included in the L0 reference picture list with respect to a bi-predicted coding target block of only one direction. FIG. 20B is a conceptual diagram showing a candidate motion vector which is derived from a bi-predicted parity block included in the L1 reference picture list with respect to a bi-predicted coding target block of only one direction. Figure 21A is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from ATMVP blocks contained in the L0 reference picture list. Figure 21B is a conceptual diagram showing candidate motion vectors derived from ATMVP blocks contained in the L1 reference picture list. Figure 22 is a conceptual diagram showing a plurality of groups with respect to a plurality of candidate motion vectors. Figure 23 is a conceptual diagram showing blocks used to derive spatial candidate motion vectors. Figure 24 is a conceptual diagram showing the matching of the blocks contained in the L0 reference picture list and the blocks contained in the L1 reference picture list. Figure 25 is a conceptual diagram showing a blank area. Fig. 26 is a conceptual diagram showing a repeating area. Fig. 27 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a coding target block and a corresponding area. Fig. 28 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a coding target block and two corresponding areas. 29 is a conceptual diagram showing an example of a coding target block, a plurality of adjacent blocks, and a plurality of corresponding regions. Fig. 30 is a conceptual diagram showing a block determined as a coding unit and a sub-block determined in a predetermined size. Figure 31 is a block diagram showing an example of mounting of the encoding device of the first embodiment. Fig. 32A is a flowchart showing a first operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture coding. Fig. 32B is a flowchart showing a second operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture coding. Fig. 32C is a flowchart showing a third operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture coding. Figure 33 is a block diagram showing an example of mounting of the decoding apparatus of the first embodiment. Fig. 34A is a flowchart showing a first operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture decoding. Fig. 34B is a flowchart showing a second operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture decoding. Fig. 34C is a flowchart showing a third operation example regarding the derivation of the candidate motion vector at the time of moving picture decoding. Fig. 35 is a view showing the overall configuration of a content supply system for realizing a content distribution service. Fig. 36 is a view showing an example of a coding structure in the case of adjustable coding. Fig. 37 is a view showing an example of a coding structure in the case of adjustable coding. 38 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen of a web page. 39 is a diagram showing an example of a display screen of a web page. Figure 40 is a diagram showing an example of a smart phone. Fig. 41 is a block diagram showing a configuration example of a smart phone.

Claims (18)

一種編碼裝置,是將動態圖像的資訊進行編碼,包含有:記憶體、及可對前述記憶體進行存取的電路,可對前述記憶體進行存取的前述電路是: 依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於編碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單; 在前述對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象圖像中的編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述編碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個; 從前述複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇前述預測移動向量; 並且,使用前述預測移動向量,將前述編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。An encoding device for encoding information of a moving image includes: a memory and a circuit for accessing the memory; and the foregoing circuit for accessing the memory is: according to a reference block Transmitting a vector, and mapping the plurality of reference blocks to corresponding regions in the image to be encoded, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture, and 2 refers to one or more reference blocks included in the picture, wherein the first reference picture is a first reference picture list constituting a list of two reference pictures used for bi-prediction, and the second reference picture constitutes the two a second reference picture list in the reference picture list; when the corresponding corresponding area overlaps the coding target block in the encoding target image, the candidate movement is derived from the motion vector of the reference block already mapped to the corresponding area a vector as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the encoding target block; and selecting the aforementioned pre-selection from among the plurality of candidate motion vectors Motion vector; and, using the prediction motion vector, the information about the coding target block is encoded. 如請求項1之編碼裝置,其中前述電路是將前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊分別在前述編碼對象圖像中進行對映,之後將前述第2參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊分別在空白區域中進行對映,其中前述空白區域是在前述編碼對象圖像之中,前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊未進行對映的區域。The coding apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the circuit is configured to map one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture to the coding target image, and then to one of the second reference pictures. The above reference blocks are respectively mapped in a blank area, wherein the blank area is an area in which one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture are not mapped among the encoding target images. 如請求項1之編碼裝置,其中前述電路是在2個以上的對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象區塊時,從2個以上的參考區塊的2個以上的移動向量之中的至少1個移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量,其中前述2個以上的對應區域是前述複數個參考區塊之中的前述2個以上的參考區塊已進行對映的區域。The coding apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the circuit moves from at least one of two or more motion vectors of two or more reference blocks when two or more corresponding regions overlap the coding target block. The vector extracts the candidate motion vector, wherein the two or more corresponding regions are regions in which the two or more reference blocks among the plurality of reference blocks have been mapped. 如請求項1之編碼裝置,其中前述電路是在不存在有重疊在前述編碼對象區塊的前述對應區域,且存在有重疊在前述編碼對象區塊之周邊區域的前述對應區域時,從已對映於重疊在前述周邊區域的前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量。The encoding device of claim 1, wherein the foregoing circuit is in the absence of the aforementioned corresponding region overlapping the encoding target block, and there is a corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region of the encoding target block, The candidate motion vector is derived by mapping a motion vector of a reference block that overlaps the aforementioned corresponding region of the peripheral region. 如請求項1至4中任一項之編碼裝置,其中前述電路是: 在從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量時,評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個,於前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇最高度評價的候選移動向量,做為前述預測移動向量, 在評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個時,2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像之間的適合程度越高,越高度評價前述評價對象的候選移動向量,其中前述2個比較對象區域是與前述編碼對象區塊不同的2個區域,且至少其中一者是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。The encoding apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein said circuit is: when said predictive motion vector is selected from said plurality of candidate motion vectors, each of said plurality of candidate motion vectors is evaluated, in said plural Among the candidate motion vectors, the most highly evaluated candidate motion vector is selected as the predicted motion vector, and the degree of fit between the reconstructed images of the two comparison target regions is evaluated when evaluating each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors. The higher the evaluation, the more highly evaluated the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object, wherein the two comparison target regions are two regions different from the encoding target block, and at least one of them is determined according to the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object. 2 areas. 如請求項1至4中任一項之編碼裝置,其中前述電路是在從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量導出前述候選移動向量時,導出適用有定標比值之前述參考區塊的移動向量做為前述候選移動向量,其中前述定標比值是:從包括前述編碼對象圖像之編碼對象圖片到包括前述參考區塊之參考圖片的時間差,相對於從包括前述參考區塊的參考圖片到包括前述參考區塊的移動向量所指示的參考區域之參考圖片的時間差之比值。The encoding apparatus of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the foregoing circuit derives the aforementioned reference to which the scaling value is applied when the foregoing candidate motion vector is derived from a motion vector of a reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region. The motion vector of the block is used as the aforementioned candidate motion vector, wherein the aforementioned scaling ratio value is: a time difference from the encoding target picture including the foregoing encoding target image to the reference picture including the foregoing reference block, with respect to the slave including the aforementioned reference block The ratio of the reference picture to the time difference of the reference picture of the reference area indicated by the motion vector of the aforementioned reference block. 如請求項1至4中任一項之編碼裝置,其中前述編碼對象區塊是做為編碼單位而決定的區塊,或者是在做為前述編碼單位而決定的區塊中以預定尺寸而決定的子區塊。The encoding apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the encoding target block is a block determined as a coding unit, or is determined by a predetermined size in a block determined as the coding unit. Sub-block. 如請求項1至4中任一項之編碼裝置,其中前述電路進而針對前述編碼對象圖像中的複數個編碼對象區塊的每一個,在前述對應區域重疊在該編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出對於該編碼對象區塊之預測移動向量的候選移動向量。The encoding device according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the foregoing circuit further, for each of the plurality of encoding target blocks in the encoding target image, when the corresponding region overlaps the encoding target block, The motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding corresponding region is derived, and the candidate motion vector for the predicted motion vector of the encoding target block is derived. 一種解碼裝置,是將動態圖像的資訊進行解碼,包含有:記憶體、及可對前述記憶體進行存取的電路,可對前述記憶體進行存取的前述電路是: 依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於解碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊、及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之中的第2參考圖片清單; 在前述對應區域重疊在前述解碼對象圖像中的解碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域的參考區塊之移動向量,導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述解碼對象區塊的預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個; 從前述複數個候選移動向量之中,選擇前述預測移動向量; 並使用前述預測移動向量,將前述解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼。A decoding device for decoding information of a moving image includes: a memory and a circuit for accessing the memory; the foregoing circuit for accessing the memory is: according to a reference block Transmitting a vector, and mapping the plurality of reference blocks to corresponding regions in the decoding target image, wherein the plurality of reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture, and 2 refers to one or more reference blocks included in the picture, wherein the first reference picture is a first reference picture list constituting a list of two reference pictures used for bi-prediction, and the second reference picture constitutes the two a second reference picture list in the reference picture list; when the corresponding corresponding area overlaps the decoding target block in the decoding target image, the candidate movement is derived from the motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding area a vector as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block; and selecting the foregoing pre-selection among the plurality of candidate motion vectors Motion vectors; and the use of the prediction motion vector, the block of the decoded information decoded. 如請求項9之解碼裝置,其中前述電路是將前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊分別在前述解碼對象圖像中進行對映,之後將前述第2參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊分別在空白區域中進行對映,其中前述空白區域為於前述解碼對象圖像之中,前述第1參考圖片中的1個以上的參考區塊未進行對映的區域。The decoding device of claim 9, wherein the circuit is configured to map one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture to the decoding target image, and then to one of the second reference pictures. The above reference blocks are respectively mapped in a blank area, wherein the blank area is an area in which one or more reference blocks in the first reference picture are not mapped among the decoding target images. 如請求項9之解碼裝置,其中前述電路是在前述複數個參考區塊之中的2個以上的參考區塊已進行對映的2個以上的對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象區塊時,從前述2個以上的參考區塊的2個以上的移動向量之中的至少1個移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量。The decoding device of claim 9, wherein the circuit is that when two or more corresponding regions in which two or more reference blocks of the plurality of reference blocks have been mapped overlap in the encoding target block, The candidate motion vector is derived by at least one of two or more motion vectors of the two or more reference blocks. 如請求項9之解碼裝置,其中前述電路是在不存在有重疊在前述解碼對象區塊的前述對應區域,且存在有重疊在前述解碼對象區塊之周邊區域的前述對應區域時,從已對映於重疊在前述周邊區域的前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出前述候選移動向量。The decoding device of claim 9, wherein the foregoing circuit is in the absence of the aforementioned corresponding region overlapping the decoding target block, and there is a corresponding region overlapping the peripheral region of the decoding target block, The candidate motion vector is derived by mapping a motion vector of a reference block that overlaps the aforementioned corresponding region of the peripheral region. 如請求項9至12中任一項之解碼裝置,其中前述電路是: 在從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量時,評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個,於前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇最高度評價的候選移動向量,做為前述預測移動向量, 在評價前述複數個候選移動向量的每一個時,2個比較對象區域的再構成圖像之間的適合程度越高,越高度評價前述評價對象的候選移動向量,其中前述2個比較對象區域是與前述解碼對象區塊不同的2個區域,且至少其中一者是依照評價對象的候選移動向量而決定的2個區域。The decoding apparatus according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the foregoing circuit is: when each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors is selected from the plurality of candidate motion vectors, evaluating each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors, in the foregoing plural Among the candidate motion vectors, the most highly evaluated candidate motion vector is selected as the predicted motion vector, and the degree of fit between the reconstructed images of the two comparison target regions is evaluated when evaluating each of the plurality of candidate motion vectors. The higher the evaluation, the more highly evaluated the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object, wherein the two comparison target regions are two regions different from the decoding target block, and at least one of them is determined according to the candidate motion vector of the evaluation object. 2 areas. 如請求項9至12中任一項之解碼裝置,其中前述電路是在從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量導出前述候選移動向量時,導出適用有定標比值之前述參考區塊的移動向量,做為前述候選移動向量,其中前述定標比值是從包括前述編碼對象圖像之編碼對象圖片到包括前述參考區塊之參考圖片的時間差之相對於從包括前述參考區塊的參考圖片到包括前述參考區塊的移動向量所指示的參考區域的參考圖片的時間差之比值。The decoding device of any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the foregoing circuit derives the aforementioned reference to which the scaling value is applied when the foregoing candidate motion vector is derived from a motion vector of a reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region. a motion vector of the block as the foregoing candidate motion vector, wherein the aforementioned scaling ratio is a time difference from the encoding target picture including the foregoing encoding target image to the reference picture including the foregoing reference block, relative to the slave reference block including the foregoing reference block The ratio of the reference picture to the time difference of the reference picture of the reference area indicated by the motion vector of the aforementioned reference block. 如請求項9至12中任一項之解碼裝置,其中前述解碼對象區塊是做為解碼單位而決定之區塊,或者是在做為前述解碼單位而決定之區塊之中,以預定的尺寸所決定之子區塊。The decoding device according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the decoding target block is a block determined as a decoding unit, or is determined in a block determined as the decoding unit. The sub-block determined by the size. 如請求項9至12中任一項之解碼裝置,其中前述電路進而針對前述解碼對象圖像中的複數個解碼對象區塊的每一個,在前述對應區域重疊在該解碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考區塊的移動向量,導出相對於該解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量的候選移動向量。The decoding device according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein the foregoing circuit further, for each of the plurality of decoding target blocks in the decoding target image, when the corresponding region overlaps the decoding target block, The motion vector of the reference block that has been mapped to the corresponding region is derived, and the candidate motion vector with respect to the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block is derived. 一種編碼方法,是將動態圖像的資訊進行編碼的方法,進行: 依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於編碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之第2參考圖片清單; 在前述對應區域重疊在前述編碼對象圖像中的編碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考圖片的移動向量導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述編碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個; 從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量; 且使用前述預測移動向量,而將前述編碼對象區塊的資訊進行編碼。An encoding method is a method for encoding information of a moving image, performing: mapping, according to a motion vector of a reference block, a plurality of the reference blocks to corresponding regions in the image to be encoded, wherein the foregoing plurality The reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, and the first reference picture is composed of two for prediction. a reference picture list in the reference picture list, wherein the second reference picture is a second reference picture list constituting the two reference picture lists; and when the corresponding area overlaps the coding target block in the coding target image Deriving a candidate motion vector from a motion vector of a reference picture that has been mapped to the corresponding region as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the encoding target block; from the plurality of candidate motion vectors The foregoing predicted motion vector is selected; and the information of the foregoing encoding target block is encoded using the aforementioned predicted motion vector. 一種解碼方法,是將動態圖像的資訊進行解碼的方法,進行: 依照參考區塊的移動向量,而將複數個前述參考區塊分別對映於解碼對象圖像中的對應區域,其中前述複數個參考區塊是包括第1參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊及第2參考圖片所含之1個以上的參考區塊,前述第1參考圖片是構成用於雙預測之2個參考圖片清單之中的第1參考圖片清單,前述第2參考圖片是構成前述2個參考圖片清單之第2參考圖片清單; 在前述對應區域重疊在前述解碼對象圖像中的解碼對象區塊時,從已對映於前述對應區域之參考圖片的移動向量導出候選移動向量,做為對於前述解碼對象區塊之預測移動向量之複數個候選移動向量之1個; 從前述複數個候選移動向量之中選擇前述預測移動向量; 且使用前述預測移動向量,而將前述解碼對象區塊的資訊進行解碼。A decoding method is a method for decoding information of a moving image, and performing: mapping, according to a motion vector of a reference block, a plurality of the reference blocks to corresponding regions in a decoding target image, where the foregoing plurality The reference blocks include one or more reference blocks included in the first reference picture and one or more reference blocks included in the second reference picture, and the first reference picture is composed of two for prediction. Referring to a first reference picture list in the picture list, the second reference picture is a second reference picture list constituting the two reference picture lists; and when the corresponding area overlaps the decoding target block in the decoding target picture Deriving a candidate motion vector from a motion vector of a reference picture that has been mapped to the corresponding region as one of a plurality of candidate motion vectors for the prediction motion vector of the decoding target block; from the plurality of candidate motion vectors The foregoing predicted motion vector is selected; and the information of the decoding target block is decoded using the aforementioned predicted motion vector.
TW106142775A 2016-12-09 2017-12-06 Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method TW201828705A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662432130P 2016-12-09 2016-12-09
US62/432,130 2016-12-09

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201828705A true TW201828705A (en) 2018-08-01

Family

ID=62491082

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106142775A TW201828705A (en) 2016-12-09 2017-12-06 Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201828705A (en)
WO (1) WO2018105582A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112740679A (en) * 2018-09-13 2021-04-30 华为技术有限公司 Apparatus and method for conditional decoder-side motion vector modification in video coding
CN114727114A (en) * 2018-09-21 2022-07-08 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining motion vector

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110650349B (en) 2018-06-26 2024-02-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Image encoding method, decoding method, encoder, decoder and storage medium
BR112020026686A2 (en) * 2018-07-17 2021-03-30 Panasonic Intellectual Property Corporation Of America SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VIDEO ENCODING
JP2021192468A (en) * 2018-09-04 2021-12-16 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Decoding device and method, encoding device and method, and program
US10999589B2 (en) * 2018-10-04 2021-05-04 Tencent America LLC Method and apparatus for video coding
JP6933235B2 (en) * 2018-12-13 2021-09-08 株式会社Jvcケンウッド Image decoding device, image decoding method, and image decoding program
US20230328225A1 (en) * 2022-04-11 2023-10-12 Tencent America LLC Bilateral matching with affine motion

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2004208259A (en) * 2002-04-19 2004-07-22 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Motion vector calculating method
CN102939751B (en) * 2010-03-31 2016-03-16 法国电信 The method and apparatus for carrying out Code And Decode to image sequence of prediction is implemented by forward motion compensation, corresponding stream and computer program
US9124898B2 (en) * 2010-07-12 2015-09-01 Mediatek Inc. Method and apparatus of temporal motion vector prediction

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112740679A (en) * 2018-09-13 2021-04-30 华为技术有限公司 Apparatus and method for conditional decoder-side motion vector modification in video coding
US11563948B2 (en) 2018-09-13 2023-01-24 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for conditional decoder-side motion vector refinement in video coding
CN112740679B (en) * 2018-09-13 2023-03-24 华为技术有限公司 Apparatus and method for conditional decoder-side motion vector modification in video coding
CN114727114A (en) * 2018-09-21 2022-07-08 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining motion vector
CN114727114B (en) * 2018-09-21 2024-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for determining motion vector

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018105582A1 (en) 2018-06-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI820019B (en) Image decoding device and decoding method
WO2018199051A1 (en) Coding device, decoding device, coding method, and decoding method
JP6946419B2 (en) Decoding device, decoding method and program
JP7260685B2 (en) Encoding device and encoding method
JPWO2018212110A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method and decoding method
TWI782974B (en) Decoding device, decoding method, and non-transitory computer-readable medium
WO2018105582A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
WO2019151279A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
WO2019151284A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
KR20210145762A (en) Encoding apparatus, decoding apparatus, encoding method and decoding method
JP2021101576A (en) Decoding device and storage medium
WO2019221103A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
TWI814726B (en) Encoding device and decoding device
WO2018105580A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
JP6770192B2 (en) Encoding device, coding method, decoding device and decoding method
JP6767579B2 (en) Encoding device, coding method, decoding device and decoding method
JP6910461B2 (en) Coding device, decoding device, coding method and decoding method
WO2019151297A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
WO2019151280A1 (en) Coding device, decoding device, coding method, and decoding method
WO2019163794A1 (en) Encoding device and encoding method
WO2019124191A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
WO2018105581A1 (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
TW201909631A (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
TW201924338A (en) Encoding device, decoding device, encoding method, and decoding method
TW201826794A (en) Image coding apparatus, image decoding apparatus, and method